This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag

'RELENG_4_5_0_RELEASE'.

Makefile.inc1

@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ update:
 	@echo "--------------------------------------------------------------"
 	@echo ">>> Updating ${.CURDIR} from cvs repository" ${CVSROOT}
 	@echo "--------------------------------------------------------------"
-	cd ${.CURDIR}; cvs -q update -rRELENG_4 -P -d
+	cd ${.CURDIR}; cvs -q update -rRELENG_4_5 -P -d
 .endif
 
 #

UPDATING

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Updating Information for FreeBSD STABLE users
+Updating Information for FreeBSD STABLE users, 4.5 security branch
 
 This file is maintained and copyrighted by M. Warner Losh
 <[email protected]>.  Please send new entries directly to him.  See end
@@ -9,6 +9,16 @@ A reverse chronology since 4.0 was released is included, followed by
 the common items quick how-tos, followed by entries for versions of
 -current prior to 4.0 Release.
 
+This is for the 4.5 release branch.  All entries since 4.5 are an
+itemized list of commits to this branch, numbered from the beginning.
+By this count, we're at 4.5.0.
+
+The security advisories related to various patches contain information
+on how to build/install a minimal set of binaries and start/stop a
+minimal number of processes, if possible, for that patch.  For those
+updates that don't have an advisory, or to be safe, you can do a full
+build and install as described in the COMMON ITEMS section.
+
 20020105:
 	The locale names have been renamed in -stable to match
 	-current:

bin/chmod/chmod.1

@@ -211,11 +211,11 @@ symbol ``X'' are only meaningful in conjunction with the
 .Ar op
 symbol ``+'', and are ignored in all other cases.
 .It u
-The user permission bits in the original mode of the file.
+The user permission bits in the mode of the original file.
 .It g
-The group permission bits in the original mode of the file.
+The group permission bits in the mode of the original file.
 .It o
-The other permission bits in the original mode of the file.
+The other permission bits in the mode of the original file.
 .El
 .Pp
 The

bin/ps/ps.1

@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@
 .Op Fl p Ar pid
 .Op Fl t Ar tty
 .Op Fl U Ar username
+.Op Fl W Ar swap
 .Nm
 .Op Fl L
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
@@ -165,6 +166,9 @@ The
 option implies the
 .Fl m
 option.
+.It Fl W
+Extract swap information from the specified file instead of
+using libkvm.
 .It Fl w
 Use 132 columns to display information, instead of the default which
 is your window size.
@@ -479,6 +483,10 @@ exit or stop status (valid only for stopped or zombie process)
 .El
 .Sh FILES
 .Bl -tag -width /var/db/kvm_kernel.db -compact
+.It Pa /dev
+special files and device names
+.It Pa /dev/drum
+default swap device
 .It Pa /dev/kmem
 default kernel memory
 .It Pa /var/run/dev.db

bin/ps/ps.c

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ main(argc, argv)
 	uid_t *uids;
 	int all, ch, flag, i, fmt, lineno, nentries, dropgid;
 	int prtheader, wflag, what, xflg, uid, nuids;
-	char *nlistf, *memf, errbuf[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX];
+	char *nlistf, *memf, *swapf, errbuf[_POSIX2_LINE_MAX];
 
 	(void) setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
 
@@ -147,12 +147,12 @@ main(argc, argv)
 	uids = NULL;
 	ttydev = NODEV;
 	dropgid = 0;
-	memf = nlistf = _PATH_DEVNULL;
+	memf = nlistf = swapf = _PATH_DEVNULL;
 	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv,
 #if defined(LAZY_PS)
-	    "aCcefghjLlM:mN:O:o:p:rSTt:U:uvwx")) != -1)
+	    "aCcefghjLlM:mN:O:o:p:rSTt:U:uvW:wx")) != -1)
 #else
-	    "aCceghjLlM:mN:O:o:p:rSTt:U:uvwx")) != -1)
+	    "aCceghjLlM:mN:O:o:p:rSTt:U:uvW:wx")) != -1)
 #endif
 		switch((char)ch) {
 		case 'a':
@@ -261,6 +261,10 @@ main(argc, argv)
 			fmt = 1;
 			vfmt[0] = '\0';
 			break;
+		case 'W':
+			swapf = optarg;
+			dropgid = 1;
+			break;
 		case 'w':
 			if (wflag)
 				termwidth = UNLIMITED;
@@ -284,6 +288,8 @@ main(argc, argv)
 		nlistf = *argv;
 		if (*++argv) {
 			memf = *argv;
+			if (*++argv)
+				swapf = *argv;
 		}
 	}
 #endif
@@ -296,7 +302,7 @@ main(argc, argv)
 		setuid(getuid());
 	}
 
-	kd = kvm_openfiles(nlistf, memf, NULL, O_RDONLY, errbuf);
+	kd = kvm_openfiles(nlistf, memf, swapf, O_RDONLY, errbuf);
 	if (kd == 0)
 		errx(1, "%s", errbuf);
 
@@ -605,7 +611,7 @@ kludge_oldps_options(s)
 	 * option string, the remainder of the string is the argument to
 	 * that flag; do not modify that argument.
 	 */
-	if (strcspn(s, "MNOoU") == len && *cp == 't' && *s != '-')
+	if (strcspn(s, "MNOoUW") == len && *cp == 't' && *s != '-')
 		*cp = 'T';
 	else {
 		/*
@@ -637,7 +643,7 @@ usage()
 
 	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s\n%s\n%s\n",
 	    "usage: ps [-aChjlmrSTuvwx] [-O|o fmt] [-p pid] [-t tty] [-U user]",
-	    "          [-M core] [-N system]",
+	    "          [-M core] [-N system] [-W swap]",
 	    "       ps [-L]");
 	exit(1);
 }

bin/sh/redir.c

@@ -145,8 +145,11 @@ again:
 			}
 			if (!try) {
 				sv->renamed[fd] = i;
+				close(fd);
 			}
 			INTON;
+		} else {
+			close(fd);
 		}
 		if (fd == 0)
 			fd0_redirected++;
@@ -183,7 +186,6 @@ openredirect(redir, memory)
 			error("cannot open %s: %s", fname, errmsg(errno, E_OPEN));
 movefd:
 		if (f != fd) {
-			close(fd);
 			copyfd(f, fd);
 			close(f);
 		}
@@ -236,10 +238,8 @@ movefd:
 		if (redir->ndup.dupfd >= 0) {	/* if not ">&-" */
 			if (memory[redir->ndup.dupfd])
 				memory[fd] = 1;
-			else {
-				close(fd);
+			else
 				copyfd(redir->ndup.dupfd, fd);
-			}
 		}
 		break;
 	case NHERE:

contrib/bind/bin/named-bootconf/test.boot

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-directory /var/named
-forwarders 1.2.3.4 1.2.3.5
-limit datasize 10000000
-limit files 1000
-limit transfers-in 100
-limit transfers-per-ns 20
-; no-round-robin in HP specific
-options no-round-robin fake-iquery forward-only no-fetch-glue no-recursion
-slave
-tcplist 10.0.0.1
-xfrnets 10.0.0.2
-cache .	rootservers
-primary example.net example.net.db
-secondary example.com 127.0.0.1 example.com.db
-stub example.org 127.0.0.1 example.org.db
-primary/IN example.net example.net.db
-secondary/IN example.com 127.0.0.1 example.com.db
-stub/IN example.org 127.0.0.1 example.org.db
-secondary/IN example.com 127.0.0.1
-stub/IN example.org 127.0.0.1
-primary/CHAOS example.net example.net.db
-secondary/CHAOS example.com 127.0.0.1 example.com.db
-stub/CHAOS example.org 127.0.0.1 example.org.db
-secondary/CHAOS example.com 127.0.0.1
-stub/CHAOS example.org 127.0.0.1
-primary/HS example.net example.net.db
-secondary/HS example.com 127.0.0.1 example.com.db
-stub/HS example.org 127.0.0.1 example.org.db
-secondary/HS example.com 127.0.0.1
-stub/HS example.org 127.0.0.1

contrib/bind/include/netgroup.h

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef netgroup_h
-#define netgroup_h
-
-int getnetgrent(const char **machinep, const char **userp,
-		const char **domainp);
-
-int getnetgrent_r(char **machinep, char **userp, char **domainp,
-		  char *buffer, int buflen);
-
-void setnetgrent(const char *netgroup);
-
-void endnetgrent(void);
-
-int innetgr(const char *netgroup, const char *machine,
-	    const char *user, const char *domain);
-
-#endif

contrib/bind/lib/inet/inet_data.c

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1999 by Internet Software Consortium.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM DISCLAIMS
- * ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTERNET SOFTWARE
- * CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
- * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
- * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-static char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_data.c,v 1.2 2001/06/20 22:06:36 marka Exp $";
-#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
-
-#include "port_before.h"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-#include <arpa/nameser.h>
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <resolv.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#include "port_after.h"
-
-const struct in6_addr isc_in6addr_any = IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT;
-const struct in6_addr isc_in6addr_loopback = IN6ADDR_LOOPBACK_INIT;

contrib/bind/lib/isc/hex.c

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2001 by Internet Software Consortium.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM DISCLAIMS
- * ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTERNET SOFTWARE
- * CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
- * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
- * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <port_before.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <isc/misc.h>
-#include <port_after.h>
-
-static const char hex[17] = "0123456789abcdef";
-
-int
-isc_gethexstring(unsigned char *buf, size_t len, int count, FILE *fp,
-		 int *multiline)
-{
-	int c, n;
-	unsigned char x;
-	char *s;
-	int result = count;
-	
-	x = 0; /* silence compiler */
-	n = 0;
-	while (count > 0) {
-		c = fgetc(fp);
-
-		if ((c == EOF) ||
-		    (c == '\n' && !*multiline) ||
-		    (c == '(' && *multiline) ||
-		    (c == ')' && !*multiline))
-			goto formerr;
-		/* comment */
-		if (c == ';') {
-			while ((c = fgetc(fp)) != EOF && c != '\n')
-				/* empty */
-			if (c == '\n' && *multiline)
-				continue;
-			goto formerr;
-		}
-		/* white space */
-		if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
-			continue;
-		/* multiline */
-		if ('(' == c || c == ')') {
-			*multiline = (c == '(' /*)*/);
-			continue;
-		}
-		if ((s = strchr(hex, tolower(c))) == NULL)
-			goto formerr;
-		x = (x<<4) | (s - hex);
-		if (++n == 2) {
-			if (len > 0) {
-				*buf++ = x;
-				len--;
-			} else
-				result = -1;
-			count--;
-			n = 0;
-		}
-	}
-	return (result);
-
- formerr:
-	if (c == '\n')
-		ungetc(c, fp);
-	return (-1);
-}
-
-void
-isc_puthexstring(FILE *fp, const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen,
-		 size_t len1, size_t len2, const char *sep)
-{
-	size_t i = 0;
-
-	if (len1 < 4)
-		len1 = 4;
-	if (len2 < 4)
-		len2 = 4;
-	while (buflen > 0) {
-		fputc(hex[(buf[0]>>4)&0xf], fp);
-		fputc(hex[buf[0]&0xf], fp);
-		i += 2;
-		buflen--;
-		buf++;
-		if (i >= len1 && sep != NULL) {
-			fputs(sep, fp);
-			i = 0;
-			len1 = len2;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-void
-isc_tohex(const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen, char *t) {
-	while (buflen > 0) {
-		*t++ = hex[(buf[0]>>4)&0xf];
-		*t++ = hex[buf[0]&0xf];
-		buf++;
-		buflen--;
-	}
-	*t = '\0';
-}

contrib/bind/lib/resolv/res_private.h

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef res_private_h
-#define res_private_h
-
-struct __res_state_ext {
-	union res_sockaddr_union nsaddrs[MAXNS];
-	struct sort_list {
-		int     af;
-		union {
-			struct in_addr  ina;
-			struct in6_addr in6a;
-		} addr, mask;
-	} sort_list[MAXRESOLVSORT];
-	char nsuffix[64];
-	char bsuffix[64];
-};
-
-extern int
-res_ourserver_p(const res_state statp, const struct sockaddr *sa);
-
-#endif

contrib/binutils/bfd/archive64.c

@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-/* MIPS-specific support for 64-bit ELF
-   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
-   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support
-   Linker support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
-   <[email protected]>
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* This file supports the 64-bit (MIPS) ELF archives.  */
-
-#include "bfd.h"
-#include "sysdep.h"
-#include "libbfd.h"
-#include "aout/ar.h"
-
-/* Irix 6 defines a 64bit archive map format, so that they can
-   have archives more than 4 GB in size.  */
-
-boolean bfd_elf64_archive_slurp_armap PARAMS ((bfd *));
-boolean bfd_elf64_archive_write_armap
-  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, struct orl *, unsigned int, int));
-
-/* Read an Irix 6 armap.  */
-
-boolean
-bfd_elf64_archive_slurp_armap (abfd)
-     bfd *abfd;
-{
-  struct artdata *ardata = bfd_ardata (abfd);
-  char nextname[17];
-  file_ptr arhdrpos;
-  bfd_size_type i, parsed_size, nsymz, stringsize, carsym_size, ptrsize;
-  struct areltdata *mapdata;
-  bfd_byte int_buf[8];
-  char *stringbase;
-  bfd_byte *raw_armap = NULL;
-  carsym *carsyms;
-  bfd_size_type amt;
-
-  ardata->symdefs = NULL;
-
-  /* Get the name of the first element.  */
-  arhdrpos = bfd_tell (abfd);
-  i = bfd_bread ((PTR) nextname, (bfd_size_type) 16, abfd);
-  if (i == 0)
-    return true;
-  if (i != 16)
-    return false;
-
-  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) - 16, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
-    return false;
-
-  /* Archives with traditional armaps are still permitted.  */
-  if (strncmp (nextname, "/               ", 16) == 0)
-    return bfd_slurp_armap (abfd);
-
-  if (strncmp (nextname, "/SYM64/         ", 16) != 0)
-    {
-      bfd_has_map (abfd) = false;
-      return true;
-    }
-
-  mapdata = (struct areltdata *) _bfd_read_ar_hdr (abfd);
-  if (mapdata == NULL)
-    return false;
-  parsed_size = mapdata->parsed_size;
-  bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) mapdata);
-
-  if (bfd_bread (int_buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, abfd) != 8)
-    {
-      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
-	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
-      return false;
-    }
-
-  nsymz = bfd_getb64 (int_buf);
-  stringsize = parsed_size - 8 * nsymz - 8;
-
-  carsym_size = nsymz * sizeof (carsym);
-  ptrsize = 8 * nsymz;
-
-  amt = carsym_size + stringsize + 1;
-  ardata->symdefs = (carsym *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
-  if (ardata->symdefs == NULL)
-    return false;
-  carsyms = ardata->symdefs;
-  stringbase = ((char *) ardata->symdefs) + carsym_size;
-
-  raw_armap = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, ptrsize);
-  if (raw_armap == NULL)
-    goto release_symdefs;
-
-  if (bfd_bread (raw_armap, ptrsize, abfd) != ptrsize
-      || bfd_bread (stringbase, stringsize, abfd) != stringsize)
-    {
-      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
-	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
-      goto release_raw_armap;
-    }
-
-  for (i = 0; i < nsymz; i++)
-    {
-      carsyms->file_offset = bfd_getb64 (raw_armap + i * 8);
-      carsyms->name = stringbase;
-      stringbase += strlen (stringbase) + 1;
-      ++carsyms;
-    }
-  *stringbase = '\0';
-
-  ardata->symdef_count = nsymz;
-  ardata->first_file_filepos = bfd_tell (abfd);
-  /* Pad to an even boundary if you have to.  */
-  ardata->first_file_filepos += (ardata->first_file_filepos) % 2;
-
-  bfd_has_map (abfd) = true;
-  bfd_release (abfd, raw_armap);
-
-  return true;
-
-release_raw_armap:
-  bfd_release (abfd, raw_armap);
-release_symdefs:
-  bfd_release (abfd, ardata->symdefs);
-  return false;
-}
-
-/* Write out an Irix 6 armap.  The Irix 6 tools are supposed to be
-   able to handle ordinary ELF armaps, but at least on Irix 6.2 the
-   linker crashes.  */
-
-boolean
-bfd_elf64_archive_write_armap (arch, elength, map, symbol_count, stridx)
-     bfd *arch;
-     unsigned int elength;
-     struct orl *map;
-     unsigned int symbol_count;
-     int stridx;
-{
-  unsigned int ranlibsize = (symbol_count * 8) + 8;
-  unsigned int stringsize = stridx;
-  unsigned int mapsize = stringsize + ranlibsize;
-  file_ptr archive_member_file_ptr;
-  bfd *current = arch->archive_head;
-  unsigned int count;
-  struct ar_hdr hdr;
-  unsigned int i;
-  int padding;
-  bfd_byte buf[8];
-
-  padding = BFD_ALIGN (mapsize, 8) - mapsize;
-  mapsize += padding;
-
-  /* work out where the first object file will go in the archive */
-  archive_member_file_ptr = (mapsize
-			     + elength
-			     + sizeof (struct ar_hdr)
-			     + SARMAG);
-
-  memset ((char *) (&hdr), 0, sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
-  strcpy (hdr.ar_name, "/SYM64/");
-  sprintf (hdr.ar_size, "%-10d", (int) mapsize);
-  sprintf (hdr.ar_date, "%ld", (long) time (NULL));
-  /* This, at least, is what Intel coff sets the values to.: */
-  sprintf ((hdr.ar_uid), "%d", 0);
-  sprintf ((hdr.ar_gid), "%d", 0);
-  sprintf ((hdr.ar_mode), "%-7o", (unsigned) 0);
-  strncpy (hdr.ar_fmag, ARFMAG, 2);
-
-  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (struct ar_hdr); i++)
-    if (((char *) (&hdr))[i] == '\0')
-      (((char *) (&hdr))[i]) = ' ';
-
-  /* Write the ar header for this item and the number of symbols */
-
-  if (bfd_bwrite ((PTR) &hdr, (bfd_size_type) sizeof (struct ar_hdr), arch)
-      != sizeof (struct ar_hdr))
-    return false;
-
-  bfd_putb64 ((bfd_vma) symbol_count, buf);
-  if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, arch) != 8)
-    return false;
-
-  /* Two passes, first write the file offsets for each symbol -
-     remembering that each offset is on a two byte boundary.  */
-
-  /* Write out the file offset for the file associated with each
-     symbol, and remember to keep the offsets padded out.  */
-
-  current = arch->archive_head;
-  count = 0;
-  while (current != (bfd *) NULL && count < symbol_count)
-    {
-      /* For each symbol which is used defined in this object, write out
-	 the object file's address in the archive */
-
-      while (map[count].u.abfd == current)
-	{
-	  bfd_putb64 ((bfd_vma) archive_member_file_ptr, buf);
-	  if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, arch) != 8)
-	    return false;
-	  count++;
-	}
-      /* Add size of this archive entry */
-      archive_member_file_ptr += (arelt_size (current)
-				  + sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
-      /* remember about the even alignment */
-      archive_member_file_ptr += archive_member_file_ptr % 2;
-      current = current->next;
-    }
-
-  /* now write the strings themselves */
-  for (count = 0; count < symbol_count; count++)
-    {
-      size_t len = strlen (*map[count].name) + 1;
-
-      if (bfd_bwrite (*map[count].name, (bfd_size_type) len, arch) != len)
-	return false;
-    }
-
-  /* The spec says that this should be padded to an 8 byte boundary.
-     However, the Irix 6.2 tools do not appear to do this.  */
-  while (padding != 0)
-    {
-      if (bfd_bwrite ("", (bfd_size_type) 1, arch) != 1)
-	return false;
-      --padding;
-    }
-
-  return true;
-}

contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/header.sed

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-s|\(.*\) [^ ]*header.sed.*|\1|
-s|[^ ]*/||g
-s|^ *|"|
-s| |", "|g
-s|$|"|
-s|, \([^ ]*\)$| and \1|
-s|^|/* DO NOT EDIT!  -*- buffer-read-only: t -*-  This file is automatically generated from |
-s|\(.\{60\}[^ ]* \)|\1\
-   |g
-s|$|.\
-   Run "make headers" in your build bfd/ to regenerate.  */\
-|

contrib/binutils/bfd/elf-strtab.c

@@ -1,449 +0,0 @@
-/* ELF strtab with GC and suffix merging support.
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Jakub Jelinek <[email protected]>.
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include "bfd.h"
-#include "sysdep.h"
-#include "libbfd.h"
-#include "elf-bfd.h"
-#include "hashtab.h"
-
-/* An entry in the strtab hash table.  */
-
-struct elf_strtab_hash_entry
-{
-  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
-  /* Length of this entry.  */
-  unsigned int len;
-  unsigned int refcount;
-  union {
-    /* Index within the merged section.  */
-    bfd_size_type index;
-    /* Entry this is a suffix of (if len is 0).  */
-    struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *suffix;
-    struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *next;
-  } u;
-};
-
-/* The strtab hash table.  */
-
-struct elf_strtab_hash
-{
-  struct bfd_hash_table table;
-  /* Next available index.  */
-  bfd_size_type size;
-  /* Number of array entries alloced.  */
-  bfd_size_type alloced;
-  /* Final strtab size.  */
-  bfd_size_type sec_size;
-  /* Array of pointers to strtab entries.  */
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **array;
-};
-
-static struct bfd_hash_entry *elf_strtab_hash_newfunc
-  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
-static int cmplengthentry PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
-static int last4_eq PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
-
-/* Routine to create an entry in a section merge hashtab.  */
-
-static struct bfd_hash_entry *
-elf_strtab_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
-     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
-     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
-     const char *string;
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) entry;
-
-  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
-     subclass.  */
-  if (ret == (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) NULL)
-    ret = ((struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *)
-	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry)));
-  if (ret == (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
-  ret = ((struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *)
-	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
-
-  if (ret)
-    {
-      /* Initialize the local fields.  */
-      ret->u.index = -1;
-      ret->refcount = 0;
-      ret->len = 0;
-    }
-
-  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *)ret;
-}
-
-/* Create a new hash table.  */
-
-struct elf_strtab_hash *
-_bfd_elf_strtab_init ()
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash *table;
-  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hash);
-
-  table = (struct elf_strtab_hash *) bfd_malloc (amt);
-  if (table == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  if (! bfd_hash_table_init (&table->table, elf_strtab_hash_newfunc))
-    {
-      free (table);
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
-  table->sec_size = 0;
-  table->size = 1;
-  table->alloced = 64;
-  amt = sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hasn_entry *);
-  table->array = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **)
-		 bfd_malloc (table->alloced * amt);
-  if (table->array == NULL)
-    {
-      free (table);
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
-  table->array[0] = NULL;
-
-  return table;
-}
-
-/* Free a strtab.  */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_strtab_free (tab)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-{
-  bfd_hash_table_free (&tab->table);
-  free (tab->array);
-  free (tab);
-}
-
-/* Get the index of an entity in a hash table, adding it if it is not
-   already present.  */
-
-bfd_size_type
-_bfd_elf_strtab_add (tab, str, copy)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-     const char *str;
-     boolean copy;
-{
-  register struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *entry;
-
-  /* We handle this specially, since we don't want to do refcounting
-     on it.  */
-  if (*str == '\0')
-    return 0;
-
-  BFD_ASSERT (tab->sec_size == 0);
-  entry = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *)
-	  bfd_hash_lookup (&tab->table, str, true, copy);
-
-  if (entry == NULL)
-    return (bfd_size_type) -1;
-
-  entry->refcount++;
-  if (entry->len == 0)
-    {
-      entry->len = strlen (str) + 1;
-      if (tab->size == tab->alloced)
-	{
-	  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *);
-	  tab->alloced *= 2;
-	  tab->array = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **)
-		       bfd_realloc (tab->array, tab->alloced * amt);
-	  if (tab->array == NULL)
-	    return (bfd_size_type) -1;
-	}
-
-      entry->u.index = tab->size++;
-      tab->array[entry->u.index] = entry;
-    }
-  return entry->u.index;
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_strtab_addref (tab, idx)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-     bfd_size_type idx;
-{
-  if (idx == 0 || idx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
-    return;
-  BFD_ASSERT (tab->sec_size == 0);
-  BFD_ASSERT (idx < tab->size);
-  ++tab->array[idx]->refcount;
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_strtab_delref (tab, idx)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-     bfd_size_type idx;
-{
-  if (idx == 0 || idx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
-    return;
-  BFD_ASSERT (tab->sec_size == 0);
-  BFD_ASSERT (idx < tab->size);
-  BFD_ASSERT (tab->array[idx]->refcount > 0);
-  --tab->array[idx]->refcount;
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (tab)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-{
-  bfd_size_type idx;
-
-  for (idx = 1; idx < tab->size; ++idx)
-    tab->array[idx]->refcount = 0;
-}
-
-bfd_size_type
-_bfd_elf_strtab_size (tab)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-{
-  return tab->sec_size ? tab->sec_size : tab->size;
-}
-
-bfd_size_type
-_bfd_elf_strtab_offset (tab, idx)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-     bfd_size_type idx;
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *entry;
-
-  if (idx == 0)
-    return 0;
-  BFD_ASSERT (idx < tab->size);
-  BFD_ASSERT (tab->sec_size);
-  entry = tab->array[idx];
-  BFD_ASSERT (entry->refcount > 0);
-  entry->refcount--;
-  return tab->array[idx]->u.index;
-}
-
-boolean
-_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, tab)
-     register bfd *abfd;
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-{
-  bfd_size_type off = 1, i;
-
-  if (bfd_bwrite ("", 1, abfd) != 1)
-    return false;
-
-  for (i = 1; i < tab->size; ++i)
-    {
-      register const char *str;
-      register size_t len;
-
-      str = tab->array[i]->root.string;
-      len = tab->array[i]->len;
-      BFD_ASSERT (tab->array[i]->refcount == 0);
-      if (len == 0)
-	continue;
-
-      if (bfd_bwrite ((PTR) str, (bfd_size_type) len, abfd) != len)
-	return false;
-
-      off += len;
-    }
-
-  BFD_ASSERT (off == tab->sec_size);
-  return true;
-}
-
-/* Compare two elf_strtab_hash_entry structures.  This is called via qsort.  */
-
-static int
-cmplengthentry (a, b)
-     const PTR a;
-     const PTR b;
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry * A = *(struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **) a;
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry * B = *(struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **) b;
-
-  if (A->len < B->len)
-    return 1;
-  else if (A->len > B->len)
-    return -1;
-
-  return memcmp (A->root.string, B->root.string, A->len);
-}
-
-static int
-last4_eq (a, b)
-     const PTR a;
-     const PTR b;
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry * A = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) a;
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry * B = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) b;
-
-  if (memcmp (A->root.string + A->len - 5, B->root.string + B->len - 5, 4)
-      != 0)
-    /* This was a hashtable collision.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  if (A->len <= B->len)
-    /* B cannot be a suffix of A unless A is equal to B, which is guaranteed
-       not to be equal by the hash table.  */
-    return 0;
-
-  return memcmp (A->root.string + (A->len - B->len),
-		 B->root.string, B->len - 5) == 0;
-}
-
-/* This function assigns final string table offsets for used strings,
-   merging strings matching suffixes of longer strings if possible.  */
-
-void
-_bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (tab)
-     struct elf_strtab_hash *tab;
-{
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **array, **a, **end, *e;
-  htab_t last4tab = NULL;
-  bfd_size_type size, amt;
-  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *last[256], **last_ptr[256];
-
-  /* GCC 2.91.66 (egcs-1.1.2) on i386 miscompiles this function when i is
-     a 64-bit bfd_size_type: a 64-bit target or --enable-64-bit-bfd.
-     Besides, indexing with a long long wouldn't give anything but extra
-     cycles.  */
-  size_t i;
-
-  /* Now sort the strings by length, longest first.  */
-  array = NULL;
-  amt = tab->size * sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *);
-  array = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry **) bfd_malloc (amt);
-  if (array == NULL)
-    goto alloc_failure;
-
-  memset (last, 0, sizeof (last));
-  for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
-    last_ptr[i] = &last[i];
-  for (i = 1, a = array; i < tab->size; ++i)
-    if (tab->array[i]->refcount)
-      *a++ = tab->array[i];
-    else
-      tab->array[i]->len = 0;
-
-  size = a - array;
-
-  qsort (array, size, sizeof (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *), cmplengthentry);
-
-  last4tab = htab_create (size * 4, NULL, last4_eq, NULL);
-  if (last4tab == NULL)
-    goto alloc_failure;
-
-  /* Now insert the strings into hash tables (strings with last 4 characters
-     and strings with last character equal), look for longer strings which
-     we're suffix of.  */
-  for (a = array, end = array + size; a < end; a++)
-    {
-      register hashval_t hash;
-      unsigned int c;
-      unsigned int j;
-      const unsigned char *s;
-      PTR *p;
-
-      e = *a;
-      if (e->len > 4)
-	{
-	  s = e->root.string + e->len - 1;
-	  hash = 0;
-	  for (j = 0; j < 4; j++)
-	    {
-	      c = *--s;
-	      hash += c + (c << 17);
-	      hash ^= hash >> 2;
-	    }
-	  p = htab_find_slot_with_hash (last4tab, e, hash, INSERT);
-	  if (p == NULL)
-	    goto alloc_failure;
-	  if (*p)
-	    {
-	      struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *ent;
-
-	      ent = (struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *) *p;
-	      e->u.suffix = ent;
-	      e->len = 0;
-	      continue;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    *p = (PTR) e;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  struct elf_strtab_hash_entry *tem;
-
-	  c = e->root.string[e->len - 2] & 0xff;
-
-	  for (tem = last[c]; tem; tem = tem->u.next)
-	    if (tem->len > e->len
-		&& memcmp (tem->root.string + (tem->len - e->len),
-			   e->root.string, e->len - 1) == 0)
-	      break;
-	  if (tem)
-	    {
-	      e->u.suffix = tem;
-	      e->len = 0;
-	      continue;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      c = e->root.string[e->len - 2] & 0xff;
-      /* Put longest strings first.  */
-      *last_ptr[c] = e;
-      last_ptr[c] = &e->u.next;
-      e->u.next = NULL;
-    }
-
-alloc_failure:
-  if (array)
-    free (array);
-  if (last4tab)
-    htab_delete (last4tab);
-
-  /* Now assign positions to the strings we want to keep.  */
-  size = 1;
-  for (i = 1; i < tab->size; ++i)
-    {
-      e = tab->array[i];
-      if (e->refcount && e->len)
-	{
-	  e->u.index = size;
-	  size += e->len;
-	}
-    }
-
-  tab->sec_size = size;
-
-  /* And now adjust the rest.  */
-  for (i = 1; i < tab->size; ++i)
-    {
-      e = tab->array[i];
-      if (e->refcount && ! e->len)
-	e->u.index = e->u.suffix->u.index
-		     + (e->u.suffix->len - strlen (e->root.string) - 1);
-    }
-}

contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-arc.texi

@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-@c Copyright 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@c This is part of the GAS manual.
-@c For copying conditions, see the file as.texinfo.
-
-@ifset GENERIC
-@page
-@node ARC-Dependent
-@chapter ARC Dependent Features
-@end ifset
-
-@ifclear GENERIC
-@node Machine Dependencies
-@chapter ARC Dependent Features
-@end ifclear
-
-@set ARC_CORE_DEFAULT 6
-
-@cindex ARC support
-@menu
-* ARC Options::              Options
-* ARC Syntax::               Syntax
-* ARC Floating Point::       Floating Point
-* ARC Directives::           ARC Machine Directives
-* ARC Opcodes::              Opcodes
-@end menu
-
-
-@node ARC Options
-@section Options
-@cindex ARC options (none)
-@cindex options for ARC (none)
-
-@table @code
-
-@cindex @code{-marc[5|6|7|8]} command line option, ARC
-@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
-This option selects the core processor variant. Using
-@code{-marc} is the same as @code{-marc@value{ARC_CORE_DEFAULT}}, which
-is also the default.
-
-@table @code
-
-@cindex @code{arc5} arc5, ARC
-@item arc5
-Base instruction set.
-
-@cindex @code{arc6} arc6, ARC
-@item arc6
-Jump-and-link (jl) instruction. No requirement of an instruction between
-setting flags and conditional jump. For example:
-
-@smallexample
-  mov.f r0,r1
-  beq   foo
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex @code{arc7} arc7, ARC
-@item arc7
-Break (brk) and sleep (sleep) instructions.
-
-@cindex @code{arc8} arc8, ARC
-@item arc8
-Software interrupt (swi) instruction.
-
-@end table
-
-Note: the @code{.option} directive can to be used to select a core
-variant from within assembly code.
-
-@cindex @code{-EB} command line option, ARC
-@item -EB
-This option specifies that the output generated by the assembler should
-be marked as being encoded for a big-endian processor.
-
-@cindex @code{-EL} command line option, ARC
-@item -EL
-This option specifies that the output generated by the assembler should
-be marked as being encoded for a little-endian processor - this is the
-default.
-
-@end table
-
-
-@node ARC Syntax
-@section Syntax
-@menu
-* ARC-Chars::                Special Characters
-* ARC-Regs::                 Register Names
-@end menu
-
-@node ARC-Chars
-@subsection Special Characters
-
-@cindex ARC special characters
-@cindex special characters, ARC
-*TODO*
-
-@node ARC-Regs
-@subsection Register Names
-
-@cindex ARC register names
-@cindex register names, ARC
-*TODO*
-
-
-@node ARC Floating Point
-@section Floating Point
-
-@cindex floating point, ARC (@sc{ieee})
-@cindex ARC floating point (@sc{ieee})
-The ARC core does not currently have hardware floating point
-support. Software floating point support is provided by @code{GCC}
-and uses @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers.
-
-
-@node ARC Directives
-@section ARC Machine Directives
-
-@cindex machine directives, ARC
-@cindex ARC machine directives
-The ARC version of @code{@value{AS}} supports the following additional
-machine directives:
-
-@table @code
-
-@cindex @code{2byte} directive, ARC
-@item .2byte @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{3byte} directive, ARC
-@item .3byte @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{4byte} directive, ARC
-@item .4byte @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{extAuxRegister} directive, ARC
-@item .extAuxRegister @var{name},@var{address},@var{mode}
-*TODO*
-
-@smallexample
-  .extAuxRegister mulhi,0x12,w
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex @code{extCondCode} directive, ARC
-@item .extCondCode @var{suffix},@var{value}
-*TODO*
-
-@smallexample
-  .extCondCode is_busy,0x14
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex @code{extCoreRegister} directive, ARC
-@item .extCoreRegister @var{name},@var{regnum},@var{mode},@var{shortcut}
-*TODO*
-
-@smallexample
-  .extCoreRegister mlo,57,r,can_shortcut
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex @code{extInstruction} directive, ARC
-@item .extInstruction @var{name},@var{opcode},@var{subopcode},@var{suffixclass},@var{syntaxclass}
-*TODO*
-
-@smallexample
-  .extInstruction mul64,0x14,0x0,SUFFIX_COND,SYNTAX_3OP|OP1_MUST_BE_IMM
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex @code{half} directive, ARC
-@item .half @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{long} directive, ARC
-@item .long @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{option} directive, ARC
-@item .option @var{arc|arc5|arc6|arc7|arc8}
-The @code{.option} directive must be followed by the desired core
-version. Again @code{arc} is an alias for
-@code{arc@value{ARC_CORE_DEFAULT}}.
-
-Note: the @code{.option} directive overrides the command line option
-@code{-marc}; a warning is emitted when the version is not consistent
-between the two - even for the implicit default core version
-(arc@value{ARC_CORE_DEFAULT}).
-
-@cindex @code{short} directive, ARC
-@item .short @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@cindex @code{word} directive, ARC
-@item .word @var{expressions}
-*TODO*
-
-@end table
-
-
-@node ARC Opcodes
-@section Opcodes
-
-@cindex ARC opcodes
-@cindex opcodes for ARC
-
-For information on the ARC instruction set, see @cite{ARC Programmers
-Reference Manual}, ARC Cores Ltd.

contrib/binutils/include/coff/external.h

@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-/* external.h  -- External COFF structures
-   
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef COFF_EXTERNAL_H
-#define COFF_EXTERNAL_H
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_FILHDR
-/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
-
-struct external_filehdr
-  {
-    char f_magic[2];	/* magic number			*/
-    char f_nscns[2];	/* number of sections		*/
-    char f_timdat[4];	/* time & date stamp		*/
-    char f_symptr[4];	/* file pointer to symtab	*/
-    char f_nsyms[4];	/* number of symtab entries	*/
-    char f_opthdr[2];	/* sizeof(optional hdr)		*/
-    char f_flags[2];	/* flags			*/
-  };
-
-#define	FILHDR	struct external_filehdr
-#define	FILHSZ	20
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_AOUTHDR
-/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
-
-typedef struct external_aouthdr
-  {
-    char magic[2];	/* type of file				*/
-    char vstamp[2];	/* version stamp			*/
-    char tsize[4];	/* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
-    char dsize[4];	/* initialized data "  "		*/
-    char bsize[4];	/* uninitialized data "   "		*/
-    char entry[4];	/* entry pt.				*/
-    char text_start[4];	/* base of text used for this file 	*/
-    char data_start[4];	/* base of data used for this file 	*/
-  }
-AOUTHDR;
-
-#define AOUTHDRSZ 28
-#define AOUTSZ 28
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_SCNHDR
-/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
-
-struct external_scnhdr
-  {
-    char s_name[8];	/* section name				*/
-    char s_paddr[4];	/* physical address, aliased s_nlib 	*/
-    char s_vaddr[4];	/* virtual address			*/
-    char s_size[4];	/* section size				*/
-    char s_scnptr[4];	/* file ptr to raw data for section 	*/
-    char s_relptr[4];	/* file ptr to relocation		*/
-    char s_lnnoptr[4];	/* file ptr to line numbers		*/
-    char s_nreloc[2];	/* number of relocation entries		*/
-    char s_nlnno[2];	/* number of line number entries	*/
-    char s_flags[4];	/* flags				*/
-  };
-
-#define	SCNHDR	struct external_scnhdr
-#define	SCNHSZ	40
-
-/* Names of "special" sections.  */
-
-#define _TEXT	 ".text"
-#define _DATA	 ".data"
-#define _BSS	 ".bss"
-#define _COMMENT ".comment"
-#define _LIB     ".lib"
-#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_SCNHDR */
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_LINENO
-
-/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
-
-#ifndef L_LNNO_SIZE
-#error  L_LNNO_SIZE needs to be defined
-#endif
-
-/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
-   Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
-   grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
-   symbol table index of the function name.  */
-struct external_lineno
-{
-  union
-  {
-    char l_symndx[4];	/* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
-    char l_paddr[4];	/* (physical) address of line number	*/
-  } l_addr;
-
-  char l_lnno[L_LNNO_SIZE];	/* line number		*/
-};
-
-#define	LINENO	struct external_lineno
-#define	LINESZ	(4 + L_LNNO_SIZE)
-
-#if L_LNNO_SIZE == 4
-#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext)      H_GET_32 (abfd,      (ext->l_lnno))
-#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, val, ext) H_PUT_32 (abfd, val, (ext->l_lnno))
-#endif
-#if L_LNNO_SIZE == 2
-#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext)      H_GET_16 (abfd,      (ext->l_lnno))
-#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, val, ext) H_PUT_16 (abfd, val, (ext->l_lnno))
-#endif
-
-#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_LINENO */
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_SYMENT
-/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
-
-#define E_SYMNMLEN	8	/* # characters in a symbol name	*/
-#ifndef E_FILNMLEN
-#define E_FILNMLEN	14
-#endif
-#define E_DIMNUM	4	/* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
-
-struct external_syment 
-{
-  union
-  {
-    char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
-
-    struct
-    {
-      char e_zeroes[4];
-      char e_offset[4];
-    } e;
-  } e;
-
-  char e_value[4];
-  char e_scnum[2];
-  char e_type[2];
-  char e_sclass[1];
-  char e_numaux[1];
-};
-
-#define	SYMENT	struct external_syment
-#define	SYMESZ	18	
-
-#ifndef N_BTMASK
-#define N_BTMASK	0xf
-#endif
-
-#ifndef N_TMASK
-#define N_TMASK		0x30
-#endif
-
-#ifndef N_BTSHFT
-#define N_BTSHFT	4
-#endif
-
-#ifndef N_TSHIFT
-#define N_TSHIFT	2
-#endif
-
-#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_SYMENT */
-
-#ifndef DO_NOT_DEFINE_AUXENT
-
-union external_auxent
-{
-  struct
-  {
-    char x_tagndx[4];		/* str, un, or enum tag indx */
-    
-    union
-    {
-      struct
-      {
-	char  x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
-	char  x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
-      } x_lnsz;
-      
-      char x_fsize[4];	/* size of function */
-      
-    } x_misc;
-    
-    union
-    {
-      struct 		/* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
-      {
-	char x_lnnoptr[4];	/* ptr to fcn line # */
-	char x_endndx[4];	/* entry ndx past block end */
-      } x_fcn;
-      
-      struct 		/* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
-      {
-	char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
-      } x_ary;
-      
-    } x_fcnary;
-    
-    char x_tvndx[2];	/* tv index */
-    
-  } x_sym;
-  
-  union
-  {
-    char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
-    
-    struct
-    {
-      char x_zeroes[4];
-      char x_offset[4];
-    } x_n;
-    
-  } x_file;
-  
-  struct
-  {
-    char x_scnlen[4];	/* section length */
-    char x_nreloc[2];	/* # relocation entries */
-    char x_nlinno[2];	/* # line numbers */
-#ifdef INCLUDE_COMDAT_FIELDS_IN_AUXENT
-    char x_checksum[4];		   /* section COMDAT checksum	      */
-    char x_associated[2];	   /* COMDAT associated section index */
-    char x_comdat[1];		   /* COMDAT selection number	      */
-#endif    
-  } x_scn;
-  
-  struct
-  {
-    char x_tvfill[4];	/* tv fill value */
-    char x_tvlen[2];	/* length of .tv */
-    char x_tvran[2][2];	/* tv range */
-  } x_tv;		/* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
-};
-
-#define	AUXENT	union external_auxent
-#define	AUXESZ	18
-
-#define _ETEXT	"etext"
-
-#endif /* not DO_NOT_DEFINE_AUXENT */
-
-#endif /* COFF_EXTERNAL_H */

contrib/binutils/include/elf/h8.h

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/* H8300/h8500 ELF support for BFD.
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ELF_H8_H
-#define _ELF_H8_H
-
-#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
-
-/* Relocations.  */
-/* Relocations 59..63 are GNU extensions.  */
-START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_h8_reloc_type)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_NONE, 0)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32, 1)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32_28, 2)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32_24, 3)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32_16, 4)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32U, 6)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32U_28, 7)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32U_24, 8)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32U_20, 9)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32U_16, 10)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24, 11)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24_20, 12)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24_16, 13)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24U, 14)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24U_20, 15)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24U_16, 16)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16, 17)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16U, 18)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16S_32, 19)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16S_28, 20)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16S_24, 21)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16S_20, 22)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16S, 23)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8, 24)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8U, 25)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8Z_32, 26)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8Z_28, 27)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8Z_24, 28)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8Z_20, 29)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR8Z_16, 30)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_PCREL16, 31)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_PCREL8, 32)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_BPOS, 33)
-  FAKE_RELOC (R_H8_FIRST_INVALID_DIR_RELOC, 34)
-  FAKE_RELOC (R_H8_LAST_INVALID_DIR_RELOC, 58)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16A8, 59)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR16R8, 60)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24A8, 61)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR24R8, 62)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_DIR32A16, 63)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_ABS32, 65)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_ABS32A16, 127)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_SYM, 128)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPneg, 129)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPadd, 130)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPsub, 131)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPmul, 132)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPdiv, 133)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPshla, 134)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPshra, 135)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPsctsize, 136)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPhword, 137)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPlword, 138)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPhigh, 139)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPlow, 140)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_H8_OPscttop, 141)
-END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_H8_max)
-
-/* Machine variant if we know it.  This field was invented at Cygnus,
-   but it is hoped that other vendors will adopt it.  If some standard
-   is developed, this code should be changed to follow it. */
-
-#define EF_H8_MACH		0x00FF0000
-
-#define E_H8_MACH_H8300		0x00800000
-#define E_H8_MACH_H8300H	0x00810000
-#define E_H8_MACH_H8300S	0x00820000
-
-#endif

contrib/binutils/include/elf/openrisc.h

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/* OpenRISC ELF support for BFD.
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ELF_OPENRISC_H
-#define _ELF_OPENRISC_H
-
-#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
-
-/* Relocations.  */
-START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_openrisc_reloc_type)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_NONE, 0)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_INSN_REL_26, 1)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_INSN_ABS_26, 2)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_LO_16_IN_INSN, 3)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_HI_16_IN_INSN, 4)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_8, 5)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_16, 6)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_32, 7)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 8)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_OPENRISC_GNU_VTENTRY, 9)
-END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_OPENRISC_max)
-
-#endif /* _ELF_OPENRISC_H */

contrib/binutils/include/elf/s390.h

@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/* 390 ELF support for BFD.
-   Copyright 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Carl B. Pedersen and Martin Schwidefsky.
-
-   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-   02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ELF_390_H
-#define _ELF_390_H
-
-/* Processor specific flags for the ELF header e_flags field.  */
-
-/* Symbol types.  */
-
-#define STACK_REG		15		/* Global Stack reg */
-#define BACKL_REG		14		/* Global Backlink reg */
-#define BASE_REG		13		/* Global Base reg */
-#define GOT_REG 		12		/* Holds addr of GOT */
-
-#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
-
-/* Relocation types.  */
-
-START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_s390_reloc_type)
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_NONE, 0)	/* No reloc.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_8, 1)		/* Direct 8 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_12, 2)		/* Direct 12 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_16, 3)		/* Direct 16 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_32, 4)		/* Direct 32 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PC32, 5)	/* PC relative 32 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOT12, 6)	/* 12 bit GOT offset.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOT32, 7)	/* 32 bit GOT offset.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PLT32, 8)	/* 32 bit PC relative PLT address.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_COPY, 9)	/* Copy symbol at runtime.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GLOB_DAT, 10)	/* Create GOT entry.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_JMP_SLOT, 11)	/* Create PLT entry.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_RELATIVE, 12)	/* Adjust by program base.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOTOFF, 13)	/* 32 bit offset to GOT.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOTPC, 14)	/* 32 bit PC relative offset to GOT.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOT16, 15)	/* 16 bit GOT offset.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PC16, 16)	/* PC relative 16 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PC16DBL, 17)	/* PC relative 16 bit shifted by 1.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PLT16DBL, 18)	/* 16 bit PC rel. PLT shifted by 1.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PC32DBL, 19)	/* PC relative 32 bit shifted by 1.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PLT32DBL, 20)	/* 32 bit PC rel. PLT shifted by 1.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOTPCDBL, 21)	/* 32 bit PC rel. GOT shifted by 1.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_64, 22)		/* Direct 64 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PC64, 23)	/* PC relative 64 bit.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOT64, 24)	/* 64 bit GOT offset.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_PLT64, 25)	/* 64 bit PC relative PLT address.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GOTENT, 26)	/* 32 bit PC rel. to GOT entry >> 1. */
-    /* These are GNU extensions to enable C++ vtable garbage collection.  */
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GNU_VTINHERIT, 250)
-    RELOC_NUMBER (R_390_GNU_VTENTRY, 251)
-END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_390_max)
-
-#endif /* _ELF_390_H */
-
-

contrib/binutils/include/elf/xstormy16.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* XSTORMY16 ELF support for BFD.
-   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ELF_XSTORMY16_H
-#define _ELF_XSTORMY16_H
-
-#include "elf/reloc-macros.h"
-
-/* Relocations.  */
-START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_xstormy16_reloc_type)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_NONE, 0)
-
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_32, 1)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_16, 2)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_8, 3)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_PC32, 4)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_PC16, 5)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_PC8, 6)
-
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_REL_12, 7)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_24, 8)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_FPTR16, 9)
-
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_GNU_VTINHERIT, 128)
-  RELOC_NUMBER (R_XSTORMY16_GNU_VTENTRY, 129)
-END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_XSTORMY16_max)
-
-/* Define the data & instruction memory discriminator.  In a linked
-   executable, an symbol should be deemed to point to an instruction
-   if ((address & XSTORMY16_INSN_MASK) == XSTORMY16_INSN_VALUE), and similarly
-   for the data space.  See also `ld/emulparams/elf32xstormy16.sh'.  */
-#define XSTORMY16_DATA_MASK   0xffc00000
-#define XSTORMY16_DATA_VALUE  0x00000000
-#define XSTORMY16_INSN_MASK   0xffc00000
-#define XSTORMY16_INSN_VALUE  0x00400000
-
-#endif /* _ELF_XSTORMY16_H */

contrib/binutils/include/fibheap.h

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/* A Fibonacci heap datatype.
-   Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Daniel Berlin ([email protected]).
-
-This file is part of GCC.
-   
-GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Fibonacci heaps are somewhat complex, but, there's an article in
-   DDJ that explains them pretty well:
-
-   http://www.ddj.com/articles/1997/9701/9701o/9701o.htm?topic=algoritms
-
-   Introduction to algorithms by Corman and Rivest also goes over them.
-
-   The original paper that introduced them is "Fibonacci heaps and their
-   uses in improved network optimization algorithms" by Tarjan and
-   Fredman (JACM 34(3), July 1987).
-
-   Amortized and real worst case time for operations:
-
-   ExtractMin: O(lg n) amortized. O(n) worst case.
-   DecreaseKey: O(1) amortized.  O(lg n) worst case. 
-   Insert: O(2) amortized. O(1) actual.  
-   Union: O(1) amortized. O(1) actual.  */
-
-#ifndef _FIBHEAP_H_
-#define _FIBHEAP_H_
-
-#include <ansidecl.h>
-
-typedef long fibheapkey_t;
-
-typedef struct fibheap
-{
-  size_t nodes;
-  struct fibnode *min;
-  struct fibnode *root;
-} *fibheap_t;
-
-typedef struct fibnode
-{
-  struct fibnode *parent;
-  struct fibnode *child;
-  struct fibnode *left;
-  struct fibnode *right;
-  fibheapkey_t key;
-  void *data;
-  unsigned int degree : 31;
-  unsigned int mark : 1;
-} *fibnode_t;
-
-extern fibheap_t fibheap_new PARAMS ((void));
-extern fibnode_t fibheap_insert PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibheapkey_t, void *));
-extern int fibheap_empty PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-extern fibheapkey_t fibheap_min_key PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-extern fibheapkey_t fibheap_replace_key PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t,
-						 fibheapkey_t));
-extern void *fibheap_replace_key_data PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t,
-					       fibheapkey_t, void *));
-extern void *fibheap_extract_min PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-extern void *fibheap_min PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-extern void *fibheap_replace_data PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t, void *));
-extern void *fibheap_delete_node PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t));
-extern void fibheap_delete PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-extern fibheap_t fibheap_union PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibheap_t));
-
-#endif /* _FIBHEAP_H_ */

contrib/binutils/include/ternary.h

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/* ternary.h - Ternary Search Trees
-   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   Contributed by Daniel Berlin ([email protected])
-
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-#ifndef TERNARY_H_
-#define TERNARY_H_
-/* Ternary search trees */
-
-typedef struct ternary_node_def *ternary_tree;
-
-typedef struct ternary_node_def
-{
-  char splitchar;
-  ternary_tree lokid;
-  ternary_tree eqkid;
-  ternary_tree hikid;
-}
-ternary_node;
-
-/* Insert string S into tree P, associating it with DATA. 
-   Return the data in the tree associated with the string if it's
-   already there, and replace is 0.
-   Otherwise, replaces if it it exists, inserts if it doesn't, and
-   returns the data you passed in. */
-PTR ternary_insert PARAMS ((ternary_tree *p, const char *s,
-			    PTR data, int replace));
-
-/* Delete the ternary search tree rooted at P. 
-   Does NOT delete the data you associated with the strings. */
-void ternary_cleanup PARAMS ((ternary_tree p));
-
-/* Search the ternary tree for string S, returning the data associated
-   with it if found. */
-PTR ternary_search PARAMS ((const ternary_node *p, const char *s));
-#endif

contrib/binutils/include/xregex.h

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-/* This file redefines all regex external names before including
-   a renamed copy of glibc's regex.h.  */
-
-#ifndef _XREGEX_H
-#define _XREGEX_H 1
-
-#  define regfree xregfree 
-#  define regexec xregexec
-#  define regcomp xregcomp
-#  define regerror xregerror
-#  define re_set_registers xre_set_registers
-#  define re_match_2 xre_match_2
-#  define re_match xre_match
-#  define re_search xre_search
-#  define re_compile_pattern xre_compile_pattern
-#  define re_set_syntax xre_set_syntax
-#  define re_search_2 xre_search_2
-#  define re_compile_fastmap xre_compile_fastmap
-#  define re_syntax_options xre_syntax_options
-#  define re_max_failures xre_max_failures
-
-#  define _REGEX_RE_COMP
-#  define re_comp xre_comp
-#  define re_exec xre_exec
-
-#include "xregex2.h"
-
-#endif /* xregex.h */

contrib/binutils/include/xregex2.h

@@ -1,565 +0,0 @@
-/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
-   expression library, version 0.12.
-   Copyright (C) 1985,1989-1993,1995-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
-   02111-1307 USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _REGEX_H
-#define _REGEX_H 1
-
-/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before
-   <regex.h>.  */
-
-#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined VMS
-/* VMS doesn't have `size_t' in <sys/types.h>, even though POSIX says it
-   should be there.  */
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
-   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
-   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
-   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
-typedef long int s_reg_t;
-typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
-
-/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
-   recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
-   remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
-   the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
-   add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
-typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
-
-/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
-   If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
-#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
-
-/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
-     literals.
-   If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals.  */
-#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported.  They are:
-     [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:],  [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
-     [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
-   If not set, then character classes are not supported.  */
-#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
-     expressions, of course).
-   If this bit is not set, then it depends:
-        ^  is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
-           expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
-        $  is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
-           before a close-group or an alternation operator.
-
-   This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
-   POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
-   We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
-   invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back.  */
-#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
-     regardless of where they are in the pattern.
-   If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
-     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically,
-     * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
-     open-group, or alternation operator.  */
-#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
-     immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
-#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
-   If not set, then it doesn't.  */
-#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
-   If not set, then it does.  */
-#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
-   If not set, they do.  */
-#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
-     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
-   If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals.  */
-#define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
-   If not set, they are.  */
-#define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
-   If not set, newline is literal.  */
-#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
-     are literals.
-  If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval.  */
-#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
-   If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals.  */
-#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
-   If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference.  */
-#define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
-   If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal.  */
-#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
-     than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
-   If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
-     starting range point, the range is ignored.  */
-#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
-   If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid.  */
-#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
-   without further backtracking.  */
-#define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
-   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
-#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
-   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
-   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
-   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
-   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
-   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
-#define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
-   a string of ordinary characters.  For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
-   treated as 'a\{1'.  */
-#define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
-
-/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
-   some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
-   stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
-   already-compiled regexps.  */
-extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
-
-/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
-   (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
-   don't delete them!)  */
-/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
-#define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK							\
-  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
-   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS			\
-   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
-   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE		  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS		\
-   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK						\
-  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG)	\
-   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS))
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK 						\
-  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
-   | RE_INTERVALS	    | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP							\
-  (RE_BK_PLUS_QM              | RE_CHAR_CLASSES				\
-   | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS				\
-   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP							\
-  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES        | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
-   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE			\
-   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT       | RE_NO_BK_PARENS				\
-   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP						\
-  (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES			\
-   | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
-
-/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff.  */
-#define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
-
-/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax.  */
-#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON						\
-  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE      | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL		\
-   | RE_INTERVALS  | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC						\
-  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
-
-/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
-   RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized.  Actually, this
-   isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled.  */
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC					\
-  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
-
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED					\
-  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
-   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS   | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
-   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_VBAR				\
-   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
-
-/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
-   removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added.  */
-#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED				\
-  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
-   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
-   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_REFS				\
-   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR	    | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
-/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
-
-/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow.  Some systems
-   (erroneously) define this in other header files, but we want our
-   value, so remove any previous define.  */
-#ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
-# undef RE_DUP_MAX
-#endif
-/* If sizeof(int) == 2, then ((1 << 15) - 1) overflows.  */
-#define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
-
-
-/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp').  */
-
-/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
-   If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax.  */
-#define REG_EXTENDED 1
-
-/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
-   If not set, then case is significant.  */
-#define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
-     characters in the string.
-   If not set, then anchors do match at newlines.  */
-#define REG_NEWLINE (REG_ICASE << 1)
-
-/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
-   If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors.  */
-#define REG_NOSUB (REG_NEWLINE << 1)
-
-
-/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec).  */
-
-/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
-     the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
-     beginning of a line).
-   If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
-     beginning of the string.  */
-#define REG_NOTBOL 1
-
-/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line.  */
-#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
-
-
-/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
-   `re_error_msg' table in regex.c.  */
-typedef enum
-{
-#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
-  REG_ENOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
-#endif
-
-  REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
-  REG_NOMATCH,		/* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
-
-  /* POSIX regcomp return error codes.  (In the order listed in the
-     standard.)  */
-  REG_BADPAT,		/* Invalid pattern.  */
-  REG_ECOLLATE,		/* Not implemented.  */
-  REG_ECTYPE,		/* Invalid character class name.  */
-  REG_EESCAPE,		/* Trailing backslash.  */
-  REG_ESUBREG,		/* Invalid back reference.  */
-  REG_EBRACK,		/* Unmatched left bracket.  */
-  REG_EPAREN,		/* Parenthesis imbalance.  */
-  REG_EBRACE,		/* Unmatched \{.  */
-  REG_BADBR,		/* Invalid contents of \{\}.  */
-  REG_ERANGE,		/* Invalid range end.  */
-  REG_ESPACE,		/* Ran out of memory.  */
-  REG_BADRPT,		/* No preceding re for repetition op.  */
-
-  /* Error codes we've added.  */
-  REG_EEND,		/* Premature end.  */
-  REG_ESIZE,		/* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes.  */
-  REG_ERPAREN		/* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp.  */
-} reg_errcode_t;
-
-/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern.  Before calling
-   the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap',
-   `translate', and `no_sub' can be set.  After the pattern has been
-   compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available.  All other fields are
-   private to the regex routines.  */
-
-#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
-# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char *
-#endif
-
-struct re_pattern_buffer
-{
-/* [[[begin pattern_buffer]]] */
-	/* Space that holds the compiled pattern.  It is declared as
-          `unsigned char *' because its elements are
-           sometimes used as array indexes.  */
-  unsigned char *buffer;
-
-	/* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points.  */
-  unsigned long int allocated;
-
-	/* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'.  */
-  unsigned long int used;
-
-        /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
-  reg_syntax_t syntax;
-
-        /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero.  re_search uses
-           the fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible
-           starting points for matches.  */
-  char *fastmap;
-
-        /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
-           comparing them, or zero for no translation.  The translation
-           is applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string
-           when it is matched.  */
-  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate;
-
-	/* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler.  */
-  size_t re_nsub;
-
-        /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
-           Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see
-           whether or not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set
-           this absolutely perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the
-           `duplicate' case).  */
-  unsigned can_be_null : 1;
-
-        /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure
-             for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
-           If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
-           If REGS_FIXED, use what's there.  */
-#define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
-#define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
-#define REGS_FIXED 2
-  unsigned regs_allocated : 2;
-
-        /* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one
-           by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap.  */
-  unsigned fastmap_accurate : 1;
-
-        /* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about
-           subexpressions.  */
-  unsigned no_sub : 1;
-
-        /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the
-           beginning of the string.  */
-  unsigned not_bol : 1;
-
-        /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor.  */
-  unsigned not_eol : 1;
-
-        /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches.  */
-  unsigned newline_anchor : 1;
-
-/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */
-};
-
-typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
-
-/* Type for byte offsets within the string.  POSIX mandates this.  */
-typedef int regoff_t;
-
-
-/* This is the structure we store register match data in.  See
-   regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match.  */
-struct re_registers
-{
-  unsigned num_regs;
-  regoff_t *start;
-  regoff_t *end;
-};
-
-
-/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
-   `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
-   the first time a `regs' structure is passed.  */
-#ifndef RE_NREGS
-# define RE_NREGS 30
-#endif
-
-
-/* POSIX specification for registers.  Aside from the different names than
-   `re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
-   structure of arrays.  */
-typedef struct
-{
-  regoff_t rm_so;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start.  */
-  regoff_t rm_eo;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end.  */
-} regmatch_t;
-
-/* Declarations for routines.  */
-
-/* To avoid duplicating every routine declaration -- once with a
-   prototype (if we are ANSI), and once without (if we aren't) -- we
-   use the following macro to declare argument types.  This
-   unfortunately clutters up the declarations a bit, but I think it's
-   worth it.  */
-
-#if __STDC__
-
-# define _RE_ARGS(args) args
-
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-
-# define _RE_ARGS(args) ()
-
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-
-/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
-   You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable.  */
-extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
-
-/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
-   and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
-   BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
-extern const char *re_compile_pattern
-  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
-             struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
-
-
-/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
-   accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
-   internal error.  */
-extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
-
-
-/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
-   compiled into BUFFER.  Start searching at position START, for RANGE
-   characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
-   match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
-   information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
-extern int re_search
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
-            int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
-
-
-/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
-   STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
-extern int re_search_2
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
-             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
-             int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
-
-
-/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
-   in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
-extern int re_match
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
-             int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
-
-
-/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'.  */
-extern int re_match_2
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
-             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
-             int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
-
-
-/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
-   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
-   for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS must be
-   allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof
-   (regoff_t)' bytes long.
-
-   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
-   register data.
-
-   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
-   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
-   freeing the old data.  */
-extern void re_set_registers
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
-             unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
-
-#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
-# ifndef _CRAY
-/* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
-extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
-extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
-   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".  */
-#ifndef __restrict
-# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
-#  if defined restrict || 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
-#   define __restrict restrict
-#  else
-#   define __restrict
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-/* For now unconditionally define __restrict_arr to expand to nothing.
-   Ideally we would have a test for the compiler which allows defining
-   it to restrict.  */
-#define __restrict_arr
-
-/* POSIX compatibility.  */
-extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__restrict __preg,
-			      const char *__restrict __pattern,
-			      int __cflags));
-
-extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__restrict __preg,
-			      const char *__restrict __string, size_t __nmatch,
-			      regmatch_t __pmatch[__restrict_arr],
-			      int __eflags));
-
-extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
-				  char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
-
-extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif	/* C++ */
-
-#endif /* regex.h */
-
-/*
-Local variables:
-make-backup-files: t
-version-control: t
-trim-versions-without-asking: nil
-End:
-*/

contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf64alpha_nbsd.sh

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-. ${srcdir}/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh
-ENTRY=__start

contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_i386_ldso.sh

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-SCRIPT_NAME=elf
-OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-i386"
-TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08048000
-MAXPAGESIZE=0x1000
-NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08048000
-ARCH=i386
-MACHINE=
-NOP=0x90909090
-TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
-GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
-ELF_INTERPRETER_NAME=\"/usr/lib/ld.so.1\"
-NO_SMALL_DATA=yes

contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/needrelax.em

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
-#   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-
-# This file is sourced from elf32.em.  It is used by targets for
-# which relaxation is not just an optimization, but for correctness.
-
-LDEMUL_BEFORE_ALLOCATION=need_relax_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation
-
-cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
-
-static void need_relax_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation PARAMS ((void));
-
-static void
-need_relax_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
-{
-  /* Call main function; we're just extending it.  */
-  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ();
-
-  /* Force -relax on if not doing a relocatable link.  */
-  if (! link_info.relocateable)
-    command_line.relax = true;
-}
-EOF

contrib/binutils/libiberty/_doprnt.c

@@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
-/* Provide a version of _doprnt in terms of fprintf.
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Kaveh Ghazi  ([email protected])  3/29/98
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "ansidecl.h"
-#include "safe-ctype.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#else
-#include <varargs.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#undef _doprnt
-
-#ifdef HAVE__DOPRNT
-#define TEST
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TEST /* Make sure to use the internal one.  */
-#define _doprnt my_doprnt
-#endif
-
-#define COPY_VA_INT \
-  do { \
-	 const int value = abs (va_arg (ap, int)); \
-	 char buf[32]; \
-	 ptr++; /* Go past the asterisk.  */ \
-	 *sptr = '\0'; /* NULL terminate sptr.  */ \
-	 sprintf(buf, "%d", value); \
-	 strcat(sptr, buf); \
-	 while (*sptr) sptr++; \
-     } while (0)
-
-#define PRINT_CHAR(CHAR) \
-  do { \
-	 putc(CHAR, stream); \
-	 ptr++; \
-	 total_printed++; \
-	 continue; \
-     } while (0)
-
-#define PRINT_TYPE(TYPE) \
-  do { \
-	int result; \
-	TYPE value = va_arg (ap, TYPE); \
-	*sptr++ = *ptr++; /* Copy the type specifier.  */ \
-	*sptr = '\0'; /* NULL terminate sptr.  */ \
-	result = fprintf(stream, specifier, value); \
-	if (result == -1) \
-	  return -1; \
-	else \
-	  { \
-	    total_printed += result; \
-	    continue; \
-	  } \
-      } while (0)
-
-int
-_doprnt (format, ap, stream)
-  const char * format;
-  va_list ap;
-  FILE * stream;
-{
-  const char * ptr = format;
-  char specifier[128];
-  int total_printed = 0;
-  
-  while (*ptr != '\0')
-    {
-      if (*ptr != '%') /* While we have regular characters, print them.  */
-	PRINT_CHAR(*ptr);
-      else /* We got a format specifier! */
-	{
-	  char * sptr = specifier;
-	  int wide_width = 0, short_width = 0;
-	  
-	  *sptr++ = *ptr++; /* Copy the % and move forward.  */
-
-	  while (strchr ("-+ #0", *ptr)) /* Move past flags.  */
-	    *sptr++ = *ptr++;
-
-	  if (*ptr == '*')
-	    COPY_VA_INT;
-	  else
-	    while (ISDIGIT(*ptr)) /* Handle explicit numeric value.  */
-	      *sptr++ = *ptr++;
-	  
-	  if (*ptr == '.')
-	    {
-	      *sptr++ = *ptr++; /* Copy and go past the period.  */
-	      if (*ptr == '*')
-		COPY_VA_INT;
-	      else
-		while (ISDIGIT(*ptr)) /* Handle explicit numeric value.  */
-		  *sptr++ = *ptr++;
-	    }
-	  while (strchr ("hlL", *ptr))
-	    {
-	      switch (*ptr)
-		{
-		case 'h':
-		  short_width = 1;
-		  break;
-		case 'l':
-		  wide_width++;
-		  break;
-		case 'L':
-		  wide_width = 2;
-		  break;
-		default:
-		  abort();
-		}
-	      *sptr++ = *ptr++;
-	    }
-
-	  switch (*ptr)
-	    {
-	    case 'd':
-	    case 'i':
-	    case 'o':
-	    case 'u':
-	    case 'x':
-	    case 'X':
-	    case 'c':
-	      {
-		/* Short values are promoted to int, so just copy it
-                   as an int and trust the C library printf to cast it
-                   to the right width.  */
-		if (short_width)
-		  PRINT_TYPE(int);
-		else
-		  {
-		    switch (wide_width)
-		      {
-		      case 0:
-			PRINT_TYPE(int);
-			break;
-		      case 1:
-			PRINT_TYPE(long);
-			break;
-		      case 2:
-		      default:
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(HAVE_LONG_LONG)
-			PRINT_TYPE(long long);
-#else
-			PRINT_TYPE(long); /* Fake it and hope for the best.  */
-#endif
-			break;
-		      } /* End of switch (wide_width) */
-		  } /* End of else statement */
-	      } /* End of integer case */
-	      break;
-	    case 'f':
-	    case 'e':
-	    case 'E':
-	    case 'g':
-	    case 'G':
-	      {
-		if (wide_width == 0)
-		  PRINT_TYPE(double);
-		else
-		  {
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE)
-		    PRINT_TYPE(long double);
-#else
-		    PRINT_TYPE(double); /* Fake it and hope for the best.  */
-#endif
-		  }
-	      }
-	      break;
-	    case 's':
-	      PRINT_TYPE(char *);
-	      break;
-	    case 'p':
-	      PRINT_TYPE(void *);
-	      break;
-	    case '%':
-	      PRINT_CHAR('%');
-	      break;
-	    default:
-	      abort();
-	    } /* End of switch (*ptr) */
-	} /* End of else statement */
-    }
-
-  return total_printed;
-}
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-#include <math.h>
-#ifndef M_PI
-#define M_PI (3.1415926535897932385)
-#endif
-
-#define RESULT(x) do \
-{ \
-    int i = (x); \
-    printf ("printed %d characters\n", i); \
-    fflush(stdin); \
-} while (0)
-
-static int checkit PARAMS ((const char * format, ...)) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1;
-
-static int
-checkit VPARAMS ((const char* format, ...))
-{
-  int result;
-  VA_OPEN (args, format);
-  VA_FIXEDARG (args, char *, format);
-
-  result = _doprnt (format, args, stdout);
-  VA_CLOSE (args);
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%d>\n", 0x12345678));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%d>\n", 0x12345678));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%200d>\n", 5));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%200d>\n", 5));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%.300d>\n", 6));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%.300d>\n", 6));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%100.150d>\n", 7));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%100.150d>\n", 7));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%s>\n",
-		  "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\
-777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333"));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%s>\n",
-		 "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\
-777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333"));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%f><%0+#f>%s%d%s>\n",
-		  1.0, 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx"));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%f><%0+#f>%s%d%s>\n",
-		 1.0, 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx"));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%4f><%.4f><%%><%4.4f>\n", M_PI, M_PI, M_PI));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%4f><%.4f><%%><%4.4f>\n", M_PI, M_PI, M_PI));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%*f><%.*f><%%><%*.*f>\n", 3, M_PI, 3, M_PI, 3, 3, M_PI));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%*f><%.*f><%%><%*.*f>\n", 3, M_PI, 3, M_PI, 3, 3, M_PI));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%d><%i><%o><%u><%x><%X><%c>\n",
-		  75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%d><%i><%o><%u><%x><%X><%c>\n",
-		 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("<%d><%i><%o><%u><%x><%X><%c>\n",
-		  75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75));
-  RESULT(printf ("<%d><%i><%o><%u><%x><%X><%c>\n",
-		 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75));
-
-  RESULT(checkit ("Testing (hd) short: <%d><%ld><%hd><%hd><%d>\n", 123, (long)234, 345, 123456789, 456));
-  RESULT(printf ("Testing (hd) short: <%d><%ld><%hd><%hd><%d>\n", 123, (long)234, 345, 123456789, 456));
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG)
-  RESULT(checkit ("Testing (lld) long long: <%d><%lld><%d>\n", 123, 234234234234234234LL, 345));
-  RESULT(printf ("Testing (lld) long long: <%d><%lld><%d>\n", 123, 234234234234234234LL, 345));
-  RESULT(checkit ("Testing (Ld) long long: <%d><%Ld><%d>\n", 123, 234234234234234234LL, 345));
-  RESULT(printf ("Testing (Ld) long long: <%d><%Ld><%d>\n", 123, 234234234234234234LL, 345));
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined (HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE)
-  RESULT(checkit ("Testing (Lf) long double: <%.20f><%.20Lf><%0+#.20f>\n",
-		  1.23456, 1.234567890123456789L, 1.23456));
-  RESULT(printf ("Testing (Lf) long double: <%.20f><%.20Lf><%0+#.20f>\n",
-		 1.23456, 1.234567890123456789L, 1.23456));
-#endif
-
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* TEST */

contrib/binutils/libiberty/copying-lib.texi

@@ -1,565 +0,0 @@
-@node Library Copying
-@appendixsec GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-
-@cindex LGPL, Lesser General Public License
-@center Version 2.1, February 1999
-
-@display
-Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-59 Temple Place -- Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
-
-Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
-of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts
-as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence the
-version number 2.1.]
-@end display
-
-@appendixsubsec Preamble
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software---to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
-  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated software---typically libraries---of the Free
-Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You can use
-it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this
-license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to
-use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
-not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
-you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
-for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
-it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do these
-things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
-rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
-you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
-with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
-  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
-library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
-  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
-there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is
-modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
-that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
-author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
-introduced by others.
-
-  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
-any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot
-effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
-restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that
-any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
-consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
-
-  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
-ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser
-General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
-is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use
-this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
-libraries into non-free programs.
-
-  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
-a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
-combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary
-General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
-entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General
-Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
-the library.
-
-  We call this license the @dfn{Lesser} General Public License because it
-does @emph{Less} to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
-Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less
-of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages
-are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
-libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
-special circumstances.
-
-  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
-encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
-a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be
-allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free
-library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this
-case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
-software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
-
-  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
-programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
-free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
-non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
-operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
-system.
-
-  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
-users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
-linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
-that program using a modified version of the Library.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
-``work based on the library'' and a ``work that uses the library''.  The
-former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
-be combined with the library in order to run.
-
-@iftex
-@appendixsubsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@center GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-@end ifinfo
-
-@enumerate 0
-@item
-This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program
-which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other
-authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this
-Lesser General Public License (also called ``this License'').  Each
-licensee is addressed as ``you''.
-
-  A ``library'' means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
-  The ``Library'', below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms.  A ``work based on the
-Library'' means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term ``modification''.)
-
-  ``Source code'' for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
-  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-
-@item
-You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
-  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-
-@item
-You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-@enumerate a
-@item
-The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
-@item
-You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
-stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-@item
-You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
-charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
-@item
-If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
-table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
-the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
-is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
-in the event an application does not supply such function or
-table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
-its purpose remains meaningful.
-
-(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
-a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
-application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
-application-supplied function or table used by this function must
-be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
-root function must still compute square roots.)
-@end enumerate
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-@item
-You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-
-  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
-  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
-@item
-You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
-  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-@item
-A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a ``work that uses the Library''.  Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
-  However, linking a ``work that uses the Library'' with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a ``work that uses the
-library''.  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
-  When a ``work that uses the Library'' uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
-  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
-  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-
-@item
-As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
-link a ``work that uses the Library'' with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
-  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
-@enumerate a
-@item
-Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
-machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
-changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
-Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
-with the Library, with the complete machine-readable ``work that
-uses the Library'', as object code and/or source code, so that the
-user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
-executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
-that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
-Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
-to use the modified definitions.)
-
-@item
-Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library.  A
-suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the
-library already present on the user's computer system, rather than
-copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate
-properly with a modified version of the library, if the user installs
-one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the
-version that the work was made with.
-
-@item
-Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
-least three years, to give the same user the materials
-specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
-than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
-@item
-If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
-specified materials from the same place.
-
-@item
-Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
-materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-@end enumerate
-
-  For an executable, the required form of the ``work that uses the
-Library'' must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
-the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
-normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
-executable.
-
-  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-
-@item
-You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
-@enumerate a
-@item
-Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
-based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
-facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
-Sections above.
-
-@item
-Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
-that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
-where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-@end enumerate
-
-@item
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
-@item
-You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
-@item
-Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
-this License.
-
-@item
-If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
-particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
-and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-@item
-If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
-an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
-so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
-excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
-written in the body of this License.
-
-@item
-The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-``any later version'', you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-
-@item
-If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
-@iftex
-@heading NO WARRANTY
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@center NO WARRANTY
-@end ifinfo
-
-@item
-BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-@item
-IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-@end enumerate
-
-@iftex
-@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-@end ifinfo
-
-@page
-@appendixsubsec How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
-
-  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
-everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
-redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
-ordinary General Public License).
-
-  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
-safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-@smallexample
-@var{one line to give the library's name and an idea of what it does.}
-Copyright (C) @var{year}  @var{name of author}
-
-This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at
-your option) any later version.
-
-This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.
-@end smallexample
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the library, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-@smallexample
-Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library
-`Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
-
-@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1990
-Ty Coon, President of Vice
-@end smallexample
-
-That's all there is to it!

contrib/binutils/libiberty/ffs.c

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/* ffs -- Find the first bit set in the parameter
-
-@deftypefn Supplemental int ffs (int @var{valu})
-
-Find the first (least significant) bit set in @var{valu}.  Bits are
-numbered from right to left, starting with bit 1 (corresponding to the
-value 1).  If @var{valu} is zero, zero is returned.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-*/
-
-int
-ffs (valu)
-  register int valu;
-{
-  register int bit;
-
-  if (valu == 0)
-    return 0;
-
-  for (bit = 1; !(valu & 1); bit++)
-  	valu >>= 1;
-
-  return bit;
-}
-

contrib/binutils/libiberty/fibheap.c

@@ -1,523 +0,0 @@
-/* A Fibonacci heap datatype.
-   Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Daniel Berlin ([email protected]).
-   
-This file is part of GNU CC.
-   
-GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
-#include <limits.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#include "libiberty.h"
-#include "fibheap.h"
-
-
-#define FIBHEAPKEY_MIN	LONG_MIN
-
-static void fibheap_ins_root PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t));
-static void fibheap_rem_root PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t));
-static void fibheap_consolidate PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-static void fibheap_link PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t, fibnode_t));
-static void fibheap_cut PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t, fibnode_t));
-static void fibheap_cascading_cut PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t));
-static fibnode_t fibheap_extr_min_node PARAMS ((fibheap_t));
-static int fibheap_compare PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibnode_t, fibnode_t));
-static int fibheap_comp_data PARAMS ((fibheap_t, fibheapkey_t, void *,
-				      fibnode_t));
-static fibnode_t fibnode_new PARAMS ((void));
-static void fibnode_insert_after PARAMS ((fibnode_t, fibnode_t));
-#define fibnode_insert_before(a, b) fibnode_insert_after (a->left, b)
-static fibnode_t fibnode_remove PARAMS ((fibnode_t));
-
-
-/* Create a new fibonacci heap.  */
-fibheap_t
-fibheap_new ()
-{
-  return (fibheap_t) xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct fibheap));
-}
-
-/* Create a new fibonacci heap node.  */
-static fibnode_t
-fibnode_new ()
-{
-  fibnode_t node;
-
-  node = xcalloc (1, sizeof *node);
-  node->left = node;
-  node->right = node;
-
-  return node;
-}
-
-static inline int
-fibheap_compare (heap, a, b)
-     fibheap_t heap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-     fibnode_t a;
-     fibnode_t b;
-{
-  if (a->key < b->key)
-    return -1;
-  if (a->key > b->key)
-    return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static inline int
-fibheap_comp_data (heap, key, data, b)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibheapkey_t key;
-     void *data;
-     fibnode_t b;
-{
-  struct fibnode a;
-
-  a.key = key;
-  a.data = data;
-
-  return fibheap_compare (heap, &a, b);
-}
-
-/* Insert DATA, with priority KEY, into HEAP.  */
-fibnode_t
-fibheap_insert (heap, key, data)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibheapkey_t key;
-     void *data;
-{
-  fibnode_t node;
-
-  /* Create the new node.  */
-  node = fibnode_new ();
-
-  /* Set the node's data.  */
-  node->data = data;
-  node->key = key;
-
-  /* Insert it into the root list.  */
-  fibheap_ins_root (heap, node);
-
-  /* If their was no minimum, or this key is less than the min,
-     it's the new min.  */
-  if (heap->min == NULL || node->key < heap->min->key)
-    heap->min = node;
-
-  heap->nodes++;
-
-  return node;
-}
-
-/* Return the data of the minimum node (if we know it).  */
-void *
-fibheap_min (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  /* If there is no min, we can't easily return it.  */
-  if (heap->min == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-  return heap->min->data;
-}
-
-/* Return the key of the minimum node (if we know it).  */
-fibheapkey_t
-fibheap_min_key (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  /* If there is no min, we can't easily return it.  */
-  if (heap->min == NULL)
-    return 0;
-  return heap->min->key;
-}
-
-/* Union HEAPA and HEAPB into a new heap.  */
-fibheap_t
-fibheap_union (heapa, heapb)
-     fibheap_t heapa;
-     fibheap_t heapb;
-{
-  fibnode_t a_root, b_root, temp;
-
-  /* If one of the heaps is empty, the union is just the other heap.  */
-  if ((a_root = heapa->root) == NULL)
-    {
-      free (heapa);
-      return heapb;
-    }
-  if ((b_root = heapb->root) == NULL)
-    {
-      free (heapb);
-      return heapa;
-    }
-
-  /* Merge them to the next nodes on the opposite chain.  */
-  a_root->left->right = b_root;
-  b_root->left->right = a_root;
-  temp = a_root->left;
-  a_root->left = b_root->left;
-  b_root->left = temp;
-  heapa->nodes += heapb->nodes;
-
-  /* And set the new minimum, if it's changed.  */
-  if (fibheap_compare (heapa, heapb->min, heapa->min) < 0)
-    heapa->min = heapb->min;
-
-  free (heapb);
-  return heapa;
-}
-
-/* Extract the data of the minimum node from HEAP.  */
-void *
-fibheap_extract_min (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  fibnode_t z;
-  void *ret = NULL;
-
-  /* If we don't have a min set, it means we have no nodes.  */
-  if (heap->min != NULL)
-    {
-      /* Otherwise, extract the min node, free the node, and return the
-         node's data.  */
-      z = fibheap_extr_min_node (heap);
-      ret = z->data;
-      free (z);
-    }
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/* Replace both the KEY and the DATA associated with NODE.  */
-void *
-fibheap_replace_key_data (heap, node, key, data)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-     fibheapkey_t key;
-     void *data;
-{
-  void *odata;
-  int okey;
-  fibnode_t y;
-
-  /* If we wanted to, we could actually do a real increase by redeleting and
-     inserting. However, this would require O (log n) time. So just bail out
-     for now.  */
-  if (fibheap_comp_data (heap, key, data, node) > 0)
-    return NULL;
-
-  odata = node->data;
-  okey = node->key;
-  node->data = data;
-  node->key = key;
-  y = node->parent;
-
-  if (okey == key)
-    return odata;
-
-  /* These two compares are specifically <= 0 to make sure that in the case
-     of equality, a node we replaced the data on, becomes the new min.  This
-     is needed so that delete's call to extractmin gets the right node.  */
-  if (y != NULL && fibheap_compare (heap, node, y) <= 0)
-    {
-      fibheap_cut (heap, node, y);
-      fibheap_cascading_cut (heap, y);
-    }
-
-  if (fibheap_compare (heap, node, heap->min) <= 0)
-    heap->min = node;
-
-  return odata;
-}
-
-/* Replace the DATA associated with NODE.  */
-void *
-fibheap_replace_data (heap, node, data)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-     void *data;
-{
-  return fibheap_replace_key_data (heap, node, node->key, data);
-}
-
-/* Replace the KEY associated with NODE.  */
-fibheapkey_t
-fibheap_replace_key (heap, node, key)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-     fibheapkey_t key;
-{
-  int okey = node->key;
-  fibheap_replace_key_data (heap, node, key, node->data);
-  return okey;
-}
-
-/* Delete NODE from HEAP.  */
-void *
-fibheap_delete_node (heap, node)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-{
-  void *ret = node->data;
-
-  /* To perform delete, we just make it the min key, and extract.  */
-  fibheap_replace_key (heap, node, FIBHEAPKEY_MIN);
-  fibheap_extract_min (heap);
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/* Delete HEAP.  */
-void
-fibheap_delete (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  while (heap->min != NULL)
-    free (fibheap_extr_min_node (heap));
-
-  free (heap);
-}
-
-/* Determine if HEAP is empty.  */
-int
-fibheap_empty (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  return heap->nodes == 0;
-}
-
-/* Extract the minimum node of the heap.  */
-static fibnode_t
-fibheap_extr_min_node (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  fibnode_t ret = heap->min;
-  fibnode_t x, y, orig;
-
-  /* Attach the child list of the minimum node to the root list of the heap.
-     If there is no child list, we don't do squat.  */
-  for (x = ret->child, orig = NULL; x != orig && x != NULL; x = y)
-    {
-      if (orig == NULL)
-	orig = x;
-      y = x->right;
-      x->parent = NULL;
-      fibheap_ins_root (heap, x);
-    }
-
-  /* Remove the old root.  */
-  fibheap_rem_root (heap, ret);
-  heap->nodes--;
-
-  /* If we are left with no nodes, then the min is NULL.  */
-  if (heap->nodes == 0)
-    heap->min = NULL;
-  else
-    {
-      /* Otherwise, consolidate to find new minimum, as well as do the reorg
-         work that needs to be done.  */
-      heap->min = ret->right;
-      fibheap_consolidate (heap);
-    }
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/* Insert NODE into the root list of HEAP.  */
-static void
-fibheap_ins_root (heap, node)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-{
-  /* If the heap is currently empty, the new node becomes the singleton
-     circular root list.  */
-  if (heap->root == NULL)
-    {
-      heap->root = node;
-      node->left = node;
-      node->right = node;
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Otherwise, insert it in the circular root list between the root
-     and it's right node.  */
-  fibnode_insert_after (heap->root, node);
-}
-
-/* Remove NODE from the rootlist of HEAP.  */
-static void
-fibheap_rem_root (heap, node)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-{
-  if (node->left == node)
-    heap->root = NULL;
-  else
-    heap->root = fibnode_remove (node);
-}
-
-/* Consolidate the heap.  */
-static void
-fibheap_consolidate (heap)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-{
-  fibnode_t a[1 + 8 * sizeof (long)];
-  fibnode_t w;
-  fibnode_t y;
-  fibnode_t x;
-  int i;
-  int d;
-  int D;
-
-  D = 1 + 8 * sizeof (long);
-
-  memset (a, 0, sizeof (fibnode_t) * D);
-
-  while ((w = heap->root) != NULL)
-    {
-      x = w;
-      fibheap_rem_root (heap, w);
-      d = x->degree;
-      while (a[d] != NULL)
-	{
-	  y = a[d];
-	  if (fibheap_compare (heap, x, y) > 0)
-	    {
-	      fibnode_t temp;
-	      temp = x;
-	      x = y;
-	      y = temp;
-	    }
-	  fibheap_link (heap, y, x);
-	  a[d] = NULL;
-	  d++;
-	}
-      a[d] = x;
-    }
-  heap->min = NULL;
-  for (i = 0; i < D; i++)
-    if (a[i] != NULL)
-      {
-	fibheap_ins_root (heap, a[i]);
-	if (heap->min == NULL || fibheap_compare (heap, a[i], heap->min) < 0)
-	  heap->min = a[i];
-      }
-}
-
-/* Make NODE a child of PARENT.  */
-static void
-fibheap_link (heap, node, parent)
-     fibheap_t heap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-     fibnode_t node;
-     fibnode_t parent;
-{
-  if (parent->child == NULL)
-    parent->child = node;
-  else
-    fibnode_insert_before (parent->child, node);
-  node->parent = parent;
-  parent->degree++;
-  node->mark = 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove NODE from PARENT's child list.  */
-static void
-fibheap_cut (heap, node, parent)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t node;
-     fibnode_t parent;
-{
-  fibnode_remove (node);
-  parent->degree--;
-  fibheap_ins_root (heap, node);
-  node->parent = NULL;
-  node->mark = 0;
-}
-
-static void
-fibheap_cascading_cut (heap, y)
-     fibheap_t heap;
-     fibnode_t y;
-{
-  fibnode_t z;
-
-  while ((z = y->parent) != NULL)
-    {
-      if (y->mark == 0)
-	{
-	  y->mark = 1;
-	  return;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  fibheap_cut (heap, y, z);
-	  y = z;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-fibnode_insert_after (a, b)
-     fibnode_t a;
-     fibnode_t b;
-{
-  if (a == a->right)
-    {
-      a->right = b;
-      a->left = b;
-      b->right = a;
-      b->left = a;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      b->right = a->right;
-      a->right->left = b;
-      a->right = b;
-      b->left = a;
-    }
-}
-
-static fibnode_t
-fibnode_remove (node)
-     fibnode_t node;
-{
-  fibnode_t ret;
-
-  if (node == node->left)
-    ret = NULL;
-  else
-    ret = node->left;
-
-  if (node->parent != NULL && node->parent->child == node)
-    node->parent->child = ret;
-
-  node->right->left = node->left;
-  node->left->right = node->right;
-
-  node->parent = NULL;
-  node->left = node;
-  node->right = node;
-
-  return ret;
-}

contrib/binutils/libiberty/fnmatch.txh

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-@deftypefn Replacement int fnmatch (const char *@var{pattern}, const char *@var{string}, int @var{flags})
-
-Matches @var{string} against @var{pattern}, returning zero if it
-matches, @code{FNM_NOMATCH} if not.  @var{pattern} may contain the
-wildcards @code{?} to match any one character, @code{*} to match any
-zero or more characters, or a set of alternate characters in square
-brackets, like @samp{[a-gt8]}, which match one character (@code{a}
-through @code{g}, or @code{t}, or @code{8}, in this example) if that one
-character is in the set.  A set may be inverted (i.e., match anything
-except what's in the set) by giving @code{^} or @code{!} as the first
-character in the set.  To include those characters in the set, list them
-as anything other than the first character of the set.  To include a
-dash in the set, list it last in the set.  A backslash character makes
-the following character not special, so for example you could match
-against a literal asterisk with @samp{\*}.  To match a literal
-backslash, use @samp{\\}.
-
-@code{flags} controls various aspects of the matching process, and is a
-boolean OR of zero or more of the following values (defined in
-@code{<fnmatch.h>}):
-
-@table @code
-
-@item FNM_PATHNAME
-@itemx FNM_FILE_NAME
-@var{string} is assumed to be a path name.  No wildcard will ever match
-@code{/}.
-
-@item FNM_NOESCAPE
-Do not interpret backslashes as quoting the following special character.
-
-@item FNM_PERIOD
-A leading period (at the beginning of @var{string}, or if
-@code{FNM_PATHNAME} after a slash) is not matched by @code{*} or
-@code{?} but must be matched explicitly.
-
-@item FNM_LEADING_DIR
-Means that @var{string} also matches @var{pattern} if some initial part
-of @var{string} matches, and is followed by @code{/} and zero or more
-characters.  For example, @samp{foo*} would match either @samp{foobar}
-or @samp{foobar/grill}.
-
-@item FNM_CASEFOLD
-Ignores case when performing the comparison.
-
-@end table
-
-@end deftypefn

contrib/binutils/libiberty/functions.texi

@@ -1,937 +0,0 @@
-@c Automatically generated from *.c and others (the comments before
-@c each entry tell you which file and where in that file).  DO NOT EDIT!
-@c Edit the *.c files, configure with --enable-maintainer-mode,
-@c and let gather-docs build you a new copy.
-
-@c alloca.c:26
-@deftypefn Replacement void* alloca (size_t @var{size})
-
-This function allocates memory which will be automatically reclaimed
-after the procedure exits.  The @libib{} implementation does not free
-the memory immediately but will do so eventually during subsequent
-calls to this function.  Memory is allocated using @code{xmalloc} under
-normal circumstances.
-
-The header file @file{alloca-conf.h} can be used in conjunction with the
-GNU Autoconf test @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} to test for and properly make
-available this function.  The @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} test requires that
-client code use a block of preprocessor code to be safe (see the Autoconf
-manual for more); this header incorporates that logic and more, including
-the possibility of a GCC built-in function.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c asprintf.c:33
-@deftypefn Extension int asprintf (char **@var{resptr}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
-
-Like @code{sprintf}, but instead of passing a pointer to a buffer, you
-pass a pointer to a pointer.  This function will compute the size of
-the buffer needed, allocate memory with @code{malloc}, and store a
-pointer to the allocated memory in @code{*@var{resptr}}.  The value
-returned is the same as @code{sprintf} would return.  If memory could
-not be allocated, zero is returned and @code{NULL} is stored in
-@code{*@var{resptr}}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c atexit.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int atexit (void (*@var{f})())
-
-Causes function @var{f} to be called at exit.  Returns 0.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c basename.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* basename (const char *@var{name})
-
-Returns a pointer to the last component of pathname @var{name}.
-Behavior is undefined if the pathname ends in a directory separator.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c bcmp.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int bcmp (char *@var{x}, char *@var{y}, int @var{count})
-
-Compares the first @var{count} bytes of two areas of memory.  Returns
-zero if they are the same, nonzero otherwise.  Returns zero if
-@var{count} is zero.  A nonzero result only indicates a difference,
-it does not indicate any sorting order (say, by having a positive
-result mean @var{x} sorts before @var{y}).
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c bcopy.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental void bcopy (char *@var{in}, char *@var{out}, int @var{length})
-
-Copies @var{length} bytes from memory region @var{in} to region
-@var{out}.  The use of @code{bcopy} is deprecated in new programs.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c bsearch.c:33
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* bsearch (const void *@var{key}, const void *@var{base}, size_t @var{nmemb}, size_t @var{size}, int (*@var{compar})(const void *, const void *))
-
-Performs a search over an array of @var{nmemb} elements pointed to by
-@var{base} for a member that matches the object pointed to by @var{key}.
-The size of each member is specified by @var{size}.  The array contents
-should be sorted in ascending order according to the @var{compar}
-comparison function.  This routine should take two arguments pointing to
-the @var{key} and to an array member, in that order, and should return an
-integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the @var{key} object
-is respectively less than, matching, or greater than the array member.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c argv.c:139
-@deftypefn Extension char** buildargv (char *@var{sp})
-
-Given a pointer to a string, parse the string extracting fields
-separated by whitespace and optionally enclosed within either single
-or double quotes (which are stripped off), and build a vector of
-pointers to copies of the string for each field.  The input string
-remains unchanged.  The last element of the vector is followed by a
-@code{NULL} element.
-
-All of the memory for the pointer array and copies of the string
-is obtained from @code{malloc}.  All of the memory can be returned to the
-system with the single function call @code{freeargv}, which takes the
-returned result of @code{buildargv}, as it's argument.
-
-Returns a pointer to the argument vector if successful.  Returns
-@code{NULL} if @var{sp} is @code{NULL} or if there is insufficient
-memory to complete building the argument vector.
-
-If the input is a null string (as opposed to a @code{NULL} pointer),
-then buildarg returns an argument vector that has one arg, a null
-string.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c bzero.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void bzero (char *@var{mem}, int @var{count})
-
-Zeros @var{count} bytes starting at @var{mem}.  Use of this function
-is deprecated in favor of @code{memset}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c calloc.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* calloc (size_t @var{nelem}, size_t @var{elsize})
-
-Uses @code{malloc} to allocate storage for @var{nelem} objects of
-@var{elsize} bytes each, then zeros the memory.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c choose-temp.c:42
-@deftypefn Extension char* choose_temp_base (void)
-
-Return a prefix for temporary file names or @code{NULL} if unable to
-find one.  The current directory is chosen if all else fails so the
-program is exited if a temporary directory can't be found (@code{mktemp}
-fails).  The buffer for the result is obtained with @code{xmalloc}.
-
-This function is provided for backwards compatability only.  Its use is
-not recommended.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c make-temp-file.c:88
-@deftypefn Replacement char* choose_tmpdir ()
-
-Returns a pointer to a directory path suitable for creating temporary
-files in.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c clock.c:27
-@deftypefn Supplemental long clock (void)
-
-Returns an approximation of the CPU time used by the process as a
-@code{clock_t}; divide this number by @samp{CLOCKS_PER_SEC} to get the
-number of seconds used.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c concat.c:24
-@deftypefn Extension char* concat (const char *@var{s1}, const char *@var{s2}, @dots{}, @code{NULL})
-
-Concatenate zero or more of strings and return the result in freshly
-@code{xmalloc}ed memory.  Returns @code{NULL} if insufficient memory is
-available.  The argument list is terminated by the first @code{NULL}
-pointer encountered.  Pointers to empty strings are ignored.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c argv.c:65
-@deftypefn Extension char** dupargv (char **@var{vector})
-
-Duplicate an argument vector.  Simply scans through @var{vector},
-duplicating each argument until the terminating @code{NULL} is found.
-Returns a pointer to the argument vector if successful.  Returns
-@code{NULL} if there is insufficient memory to complete building the
-argument vector.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strerror.c:566
-@deftypefn Extension int errno_max (void)
-
-Returns the maximum @code{errno} value for which a corresponding
-symbolic name or message is available.  Note that in the case where we
-use the @code{sys_errlist} supplied by the system, it is possible for
-there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.  In
-fact, the manual page for @code{perror(3C)} explicitly warns that one
-should check the size of the table (@code{sys_nerr}) before indexing
-it, since new error codes may be added to the system before they are
-added to the table.  Thus @code{sys_nerr} might be smaller than value
-implied by the largest @code{errno} value defined in @code{<errno.h>}.
-
-We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
-symbolic name or message.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c fdmatch.c:23
-@deftypefn Extension int fdmatch (int @var{fd1}, int @var{fd2})
-
-Check to see if two open file descriptors refer to the same file.
-This is useful, for example, when we have an open file descriptor for
-an unnamed file, and the name of a file that we believe to correspond
-to that fd.  This can happen when we are exec'd with an already open
-file (@code{stdout} for example) or from the SVR4 @file{/proc} calls
-that return open file descriptors for mapped address spaces.  All we
-have to do is open the file by name and check the two file descriptors
-for a match, which is done by comparing major and minor device numbers
-and inode numbers.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c ffs.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental int ffs (int @var{valu})
-
-Find the first (least significant) bit set in @var{valu}.  Bits are
-numbered from right to left, starting with bit 1 (corresponding to the
-value 1).  If @var{valu} is zero, zero is returned.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c fnmatch.txh:1
-@deftypefn Replacement int fnmatch (const char *@var{pattern}, const char *@var{string}, int @var{flags})
-
-Matches @var{string} against @var{pattern}, returning zero if it
-matches, @code{FNM_NOMATCH} if not.  @var{pattern} may contain the
-wildcards @code{?} to match any one character, @code{*} to match any
-zero or more characters, or a set of alternate characters in square
-brackets, like @samp{[a-gt8]}, which match one character (@code{a}
-through @code{g}, or @code{t}, or @code{8}, in this example) if that one
-character is in the set.  A set may be inverted (i.e., match anything
-except what's in the set) by giving @code{^} or @code{!} as the first
-character in the set.  To include those characters in the set, list them
-as anything other than the first character of the set.  To include a
-dash in the set, list it last in the set.  A backslash character makes
-the following character not special, so for example you could match
-against a literal asterisk with @samp{\*}.  To match a literal
-backslash, use @samp{\\}.
-
-@code{flags} controls various aspects of the matching process, and is a
-boolean OR of zero or more of the following values (defined in
-@code{<fnmatch.h>}):
-
-@table @code
-
-@item FNM_PATHNAME
-@itemx FNM_FILE_NAME
-@var{string} is assumed to be a path name.  No wildcard will ever match
-@code{/}.
-
-@item FNM_NOESCAPE
-Do not interpret backslashes as quoting the following special character.
-
-@item FNM_PERIOD
-A leading period (at the beginning of @var{string}, or if
-@code{FNM_PATHNAME} after a slash) is not matched by @code{*} or
-@code{?} but must be matched explicitly.
-
-@item FNM_LEADING_DIR
-Means that @var{string} also matches @var{pattern} if some initial part
-of @var{string} matches, and is followed by @code{/} and zero or more
-characters.  For example, @samp{foo*} would match either @samp{foobar}
-or @samp{foobar/grill}.
-
-@item FNM_CASEFOLD
-Ignores case when performing the comparison.
-
-@end table
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c argv.c:111
-@deftypefn Extension void freeargv (char **@var{vector})
-
-Free an argument vector that was built using @code{buildargv}.  Simply
-scans through @var{vector}, freeing the memory for each argument until
-the terminating @code{NULL} is found, and then frees @var{vector}
-itself.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c getruntime.c:78
-@deftypefn Replacement long get_run_time (void)
-
-Returns the time used so far, in microseconds.  If possible, this is
-the time used by this process, else it is the elapsed time since the
-process started.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c getcwd.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* getcwd (char *@var{pathname}, int @var{len})
-
-Copy the absolute pathname for the current working directory into
-@var{pathname}, which is assumed to point to a buffer of at least
-@var{len} bytes, and return a pointer to the buffer.  If the current
-directory's path doesn't fit in @var{len} characters, the result is
-@code{NULL} and @code{errno} is set.  If @var{pathname} is a null pointer,
-@code{getcwd} will obtain @var{len} bytes of space using
-@code{malloc}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c getpagesize.c:5
-@deftypefn Supplemental int getpagesize (void)
-
-Returns the number of bytes in a page of memory.  This is the
-granularity of many of the system memory management routines.  No
-guarantee is made as to whether or not it is the same as the basic
-memory management hardware page size.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c getpwd.c:5
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* getpwd (void)
-
-Returns the current working directory.  This implementation caches the
-result on the assumption that the process will not call @code{chdir}
-between calls to @code{getpwd}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c index.c:5
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* index (char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
-
-Returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the character @var{c} in
-the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  The use of @code{index} is
-deprecated in new programs in favor of @code{strchr}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c insque.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void insque (struct qelem *@var{elem}, struct qelem *@var{pred})
-@deftypefnx Supplemental void remque (struct qelem *@var{elem})
-
-Routines to manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists.  The
-@code{insque} routine inserts @var{elem} in the queue immediately
-after @var{pred}.  The @code{remque} routine removes @var{elem} from
-its containing queue.  These routines expect to be passed pointers to
-structures which have as their first members a forward pointer and a
-back pointer, like this prototype (although no prototype is provided):
-
-@example
-struct qelem @{
-  struct qelem *q_forw;
-  struct qelem *q_back;
-  char q_data[];
-@};
-@end example
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c lbasename.c:23
-@deftypefn Replacement {const char*} lbasename (const char *@var{name})
-
-Given a pointer to a string containing a typical pathname
-(@samp{/usr/src/cmd/ls/ls.c} for example), returns a pointer to the
-last component of the pathname (@samp{ls.c} in this case).  The
-returned pointer is guaranteed to lie within the original
-string.  This latter fact is not true of many vendor C
-libraries, which return special strings or modify the passed
-strings for particular input.
-
-In particular, the empty string returns the same empty string,
-and a path ending in @code{/} returns the empty string after it.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c make-temp-file.c:138
-@deftypefn Replacement char* make_temp_file (const char *@var{suffix})
-
-Return a temporary file name (as a string) or @code{NULL} if unable to
-create one.  @var{suffix} is a suffix to append to the file name.  The
-string is @code{malloc}ed, and the temporary file has been created.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c memchr.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* memchr (const void *@var{s}, int @var{c}, size_t @var{n})
-
-This function searches memory starting at @code{*@var{s}} for the
-character @var{c}.  The search only ends with the first occurrence of
-@var{c}, or after @var{length} characters; in particular, a null
-character does not terminate the search.  If the character @var{c} is
-found within @var{length} characters of @code{*@var{s}}, a pointer
-to the character is returned.  If @var{c} is not found, then @code{NULL} is
-returned.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c memcmp.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int memcmp (const void *@var{x}, const void *@var{y}, size_t @var{count})
-
-Compares the first @var{count} bytes of two areas of memory.  Returns
-zero if they are the same, a value less than zero if @var{x} is
-lexically less than @var{y}, or a value greater than zero if @var{x}
-is lexically greater than @var{y}.  Note that lexical order is determined
-as if comparing unsigned char arrays.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c memcpy.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* memcpy (void *@var{out}, const void *@var{in}, size_t @var{length})
-
-Copies @var{length} bytes from memory region @var{in} to region
-@var{out}.  Returns a pointer to @var{out}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c memmove.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* memmove (void *@var{from}, const void *@var{to}, size_t @var{count})
-
-Copies @var{count} bytes from memory area @var{from} to memory area
-@var{to}, returning a pointer to @var{to}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c memset.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental void* memset (void *@var{s}, int @var{c}, size_t @var{count})
-
-Sets the first @var{count} bytes of @var{s} to the constant byte
-@var{c}, returning a pointer to @var{s}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c mkstemps.c:54
-@deftypefn Replacement int mkstemps (char *@var{template}, int @var{suffix_len})
-
-Generate a unique temporary file name from @var{template}.
-@var{template} has the form:
-
-@example
-   @var{path}/ccXXXXXX@var{suffix}
-@end example
-
-@var{suffix_len} tells us how long @var{suffix} is (it can be zero
-length).  The last six characters of @var{template} before @var{suffix}
-must be @samp{XXXXXX}; they are replaced with a string that makes the
-filename unique.  Returns a file descriptor open on the file for
-reading and writing.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c pexecute.c:67
-@deftypefn Extension int pexecute (const char *@var{program}, char * const *@var{argv}, const char *@var{this_pname}, const char *@var{temp_base}, char **@var{errmsg_fmt}, char **@var{errmsg_arg}, int flags)
-
-Executes a program.
-
-@var{program} and @var{argv} are the arguments to
-@code{execv}/@code{execvp}.
-
-@var{this_pname} is name of the calling program (i.e., @code{argv[0]}).
-
-@var{temp_base} is the path name, sans suffix, of a temporary file to
-use if needed.  This is currently only needed for MS-DOS ports that
-don't use @code{go32} (do any still exist?).  Ports that don't need it
-can pass @code{NULL}.
-
-(@code{@var{flags} & PEXECUTE_SEARCH}) is non-zero if @env{PATH} should be searched
-(??? It's not clear that GCC passes this flag correctly).  (@code{@var{flags} &
-PEXECUTE_FIRST}) is nonzero for the first process in chain.
-(@code{@var{flags} & PEXECUTE_FIRST}) is nonzero for the last process
-in chain.  The first/last flags could be simplified to only mark the
-last of a chain of processes but that requires the caller to always
-mark the last one (and not give up early if some error occurs).
-It's more robust to require the caller to mark both ends of the chain.
-
-The result is the pid on systems like Unix where we
-@code{fork}/@code{exec} and on systems like WIN32 and OS/2 where we
-use @code{spawn}.  It is up to the caller to wait for the child.
-
-The result is the @code{WEXITSTATUS} on systems like MS-DOS where we
-@code{spawn} and wait for the child here.
-
-Upon failure, @var{errmsg_fmt} and @var{errmsg_arg} are set to the
-text of the error message with an optional argument (if not needed,
-@var{errmsg_arg} is set to @code{NULL}), and @minus{}1 is returned.
-@code{errno} is available to the caller to use.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strsignal.c:547
-@deftypefn Supplemental void psignal (unsigned @var{signo}, char *@var{message})
-
-Print @var{message} to the standard error, followed by a colon,
-followed by the description of the signal specified by @var{signo},
-followed by a newline.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c putenv.c:21
-@deftypefn Supplemental int putenv (const char *@var{string})
-
-Uses @code{setenv} or @code{unsetenv} to put @var{string} into
-the environment or remove it.  If @var{string} is of the form
-@samp{name=value} the string is added; if no @samp{=} is present the
-name is unset/removed.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c pexecute.c:104
-@deftypefn Extension int pwait (int @var{pid}, int *@var{status}, int @var{flags})
-
-Waits for a program started by @code{pexecute} to finish.
-
-@var{pid} is the process id of the task to wait for. @var{status} is
-the `status' argument to wait. @var{flags} is currently unused (allows
-future enhancement without breaking upward compatibility).  Pass 0 for now.
-
-The result is the pid of the child reaped, or -1 for failure
-(@code{errno} says why).
-
-On systems that don't support waiting for a particular child, @var{pid} is
-ignored.  On systems like MS-DOS that don't really multitask @code{pwait}
-is just a mechanism to provide a consistent interface for the caller.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c random.c:39
-@deftypefn Supplement {long int} random (void)
-@deftypefnx Supplement void srandom (unsigned int @var{seed})
-@deftypefnx Supplement void* initstate (unsigned int @var{seed}, void *@var{arg_state}, unsigned long @var{n})
-@deftypefnx Supplement void* setstate (void *@var{arg_state})
-
-Random number functions.  @code{random} returns a random number in the
-range 0 to @code{LONG_MAX}.  @code{srandom} initializes the random
-number generator to some starting point determined by @var{seed}
-(else, the values returned by @code{random} are always the same for each
-run of the program).  @code{initstate} and @code{setstate} allow fine-grained
-control over the state of the random number generator.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c concat.c:177
-@deftypefn Extension char* reconcat (char *@var{optr}, const char *@var{s1}, @dots{}, @code{NULL})
-
-Same as @code{concat}, except that if @var{optr} is not @code{NULL} it
-is freed after the string is created.  This is intended to be useful
-when you're extending an existing string or building up a string in a
-loop:
-
-@example
-  str = reconcat (str, "pre-", str, NULL);
-@end example
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c rename.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int rename (const char *@var{old}, const char *@var{new})
-
-Renames a file from @var{old} to @var{new}.  If @var{new} already
-exists, it is removed.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c rindex.c:5
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* rindex (const char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
-
-Returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character @var{c} in
-the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  The use of @code{rindex} is
-deprecated in new programs in favor of @code{strrchr}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c setenv.c:22
-@deftypefn Supplemental int setenv (const char *@var{name}, const char *@var{value}, int @var{overwrite})
-@deftypefnx Supplemental void unsetenv (const char *@var{name})
-
-@code{setenv} adds @var{name} to the environment with value
-@var{value}.  If the name was already present in the environment,
-the new value will be stored only if @var{overwrite} is nonzero.
-The companion @code{unsetenv} function removes @var{name} from the
-environment.  This implementation is not safe for multithreaded code.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strsignal.c:353
-@deftypefn Extension int signo_max (void)
-
-Returns the maximum signal value for which a corresponding symbolic
-name or message is available.  Note that in the case where we use the
-@code{sys_siglist} supplied by the system, it is possible for there to
-be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.  In fact, the
-manual page for @code{psignal(3b)} explicitly warns that one should
-check the size of the table (@code{NSIG}) before indexing it, since
-new signal codes may be added to the system before they are added to
-the table.  Thus @code{NSIG} might be smaller than value implied by
-the largest signo value defined in @code{<signal.h>}.
-
-We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
-symbolic name or message.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c sigsetmask.c:8
-@deftypefn Supplemental int sigsetmask (int @var{set})
-
-Sets the signal mask to the one provided in @var{set} and returns
-the old mask (which, for libiberty's implementation, will always
-be the value @code{1}).
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c spaces.c:22
-@deftypefn Extension char* spaces (int @var{count})
-
-Returns a pointer to a memory region filled with the specified
-number of spaces and null terminated.  The returned pointer is
-valid until at least the next call.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strcasecmp.c:15
-@deftypefn Supplemental int strcasecmp (const char *@var{s1}, const char *@var{s2})
-
-A case-insensitive @code{strcmp}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strchr.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strchr (const char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
-
-Returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the character @var{c} in
-the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  If @var{c} is itself the
-null character, the results are undefined.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strdup.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strdup (const char *@var{s})
-
-Returns a pointer to a copy of @var{s} in memory obtained from
-@code{malloc}, or @code{NULL} if insufficient memory was available.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strerror.c:670
-@deftypefn Replacement {const char*} strerrno (int @var{errnum})
-
-Given an error number returned from a system call (typically returned
-in @code{errno}), returns a pointer to a string containing the
-symbolic name of that error number, as found in @code{<errno.h>}.
-
-If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices for
-symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular error
-number, then returns the string @samp{Error @var{num}}, where @var{num}
-is the error number.
-
-If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid
-indices, then returns @code{NULL}.
-
-The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
-valid until the next call to @code{strerrno}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strerror.c:602
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strerror (int @var{errnoval})
-
-Maps an @code{errno} number to an error message string, the contents
-of which are implementation defined.  On systems which have the
-external variables @code{sys_nerr} and @code{sys_errlist}, these
-strings will be the same as the ones used by @code{perror}.
-
-If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices for
-the @code{sys_errlist}, but no message is available for the particular
-error number, then returns the string @samp{Error @var{num}}, where
-@var{num} is the error number.
-
-If the supplied error number is not a valid index into
-@code{sys_errlist}, returns @code{NULL}.
-
-The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the
-next call to @code{strerror}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strncasecmp.c:15
-@deftypefn Supplemental int strncasecmp (const char *@var{s1}, const char *@var{s2})
-
-A case-insensitive @code{strncmp}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strncmp.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int strncmp (const char *@var{s1}, const char *@var{s2}, size_t @var{n})
-
-Compares the first @var{n} bytes of two strings, returning a value as
-@code{strcmp}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strrchr.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strrchr (const char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
-
-Returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character @var{c} in
-the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  If @var{c} is itself the
-null character, the results are undefined.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strsignal.c:388
-@deftypefn Supplemental {const char *} strsignal (int @var{signo})
-
-Maps an signal number to an signal message string, the contents of
-which are implementation defined.  On systems which have the external
-variable @code{sys_siglist}, these strings will be the same as the
-ones used by @code{psignal()}.
-
-If the supplied signal number is within the valid range of indices for
-the @code{sys_siglist}, but no message is available for the particular
-signal number, then returns the string @samp{Signal @var{num}}, where
-@var{num} is the signal number.
-
-If the supplied signal number is not a valid index into
-@code{sys_siglist}, returns @code{NULL}.
-
-The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the next
-call to @code{strsignal}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strsignal.c:452
-@deftypefn Extension {const char*} strsigno (int @var{signo})
-
-Given an signal number, returns a pointer to a string containing the
-symbolic name of that signal number, as found in @code{<signal.h>}.
-
-If the supplied signal number is within the valid range of indices for
-symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular signal
-number, then returns the string @samp{Signal @var{num}}, where
-@var{num} is the signal number.
-
-If the supplied signal number is not within the range of valid
-indices, then returns @code{NULL}.
-
-The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
-valid until the next call to @code{strsigno}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strstr.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strstr (const char *@var{string}, const char *@var{sub})
-
-This function searches for the substring @var{sub} in the string
-@var{string}, not including the terminating null characters.  A pointer
-to the first occurrence of @var{sub} is returned, or @code{NULL} if the
-substring is absent.  If @var{sub} points to a string with zero
-length, the function returns @var{string}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strtod.c:27
-@deftypefn Supplemental double strtod (const char *@var{string}, char **@var{endptr})
-
-This ISO C function converts the initial portion of @var{string} to a
-@code{double}.  If @var{endptr} is not @code{NULL}, a pointer to the
-character after the last character used in the conversion is stored in
-the location referenced by @var{endptr}.  If no conversion is
-performed, zero is returned and the value of @var{string} is stored in
-the location referenced by @var{endptr}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strerror.c:730
-@deftypefn Extension int strtoerrno (const char *@var{name})
-
-Given the symbolic name of a error number (e.g., @code{EACCES}), map it
-to an errno value.  If no translation is found, returns 0.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strtol.c:33
-@deftypefn Supplemental {long int} strtol (const char *@var{string}, char **@var{endptr}, int @var{base})
-@deftypefnx Supplemental {unsigned long int} strtoul (const char *@var{string}, char **@var{endptr}, int @var{base})
-
-The @code{strtol} function converts the string in @var{string} to a
-long integer value according to the given @var{base}, which must be
-between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.  If @var{base}
-is 0, @code{strtol} will look for the prefixes @code{0} and @code{0x}
-to indicate bases 8 and 16, respectively, else default to base 10.
-When the base is 16 (either explicitly or implicitly), a prefix of
-@code{0x} is allowed.  The handling of @var{endptr} is as that of
-@code{strtod} above.  The @code{strtoul} function is the same, except
-that the converted value is unsigned.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c strsignal.c:507
-@deftypefn Extension int strtosigno (const char *@var{name})
-
-Given the symbolic name of a signal, map it to a signal number.  If no
-translation is found, returns 0.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c tmpnam.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* tmpnam (char *@var{s})
-
-This function attempts to create a name for a temporary file, which
-will be a valid file name yet not exist when @code{tmpnam} checks for
-it.  @var{s} must point to a buffer of at least @code{L_tmpnam} bytes,
-or be @code{NULL}.  Use of this function creates a security risk, and it must
-not be used in new projects.  Use @code{mkstemp} instead.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c vasprintf.c:48
-@deftypefn Extension int vasprintf (char **@var{resptr}, const char *@var{format}, va_list @var{args})
-
-Like @code{vsprintf}, but instead of passing a pointer to a buffer,
-you pass a pointer to a pointer.  This function will compute the size
-of the buffer needed, allocate memory with @code{malloc}, and store a
-pointer to the allocated memory in @code{*@var{resptr}}.  The value
-returned is the same as @code{vsprintf} would return.  If memory could
-not be allocated, zero is returned and @code{NULL} is stored in
-@code{*@var{resptr}}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c vfork.c:6
-@deftypefn Supplemental int vfork (void)
-
-Emulates @code{vfork} by calling @code{fork} and returning its value.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c vprintf.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental int vprintf (const char *@var{format}, va_list @var{ap})
-@deftypefnx Supplemental int vfprintf (FILE *@var{stream}, const char *@var{format}, va_list @var{ap})
-@deftypefnx Supplemental int vsprintf (char *@var{str}, const char *@var{format}, va_list @var{ap})
-
-These functions are the same as @code{printf}, @code{fprintf}, and
-@code{sprintf}, respectively, except that they are called with a
-@code{va_list} instead of a variable number of arguments.  Note that
-they do not call @code{va_end}; this is the application's
-responsibility.  In @libib{} they are implemented in terms of the
-nonstandard but common function @code{_doprnt}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c waitpid.c:3
-@deftypefn Supplemental int waitpid (int @var{pid}, int *@var{status}, int)
-
-This is a wrapper around the @code{wait} function.  Any ``special''
-values of @var{pid} depend on your implementation of @code{wait}, as
-does the return value.  The third argument is unused in @libib{}.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xatexit.c:11
-@deftypefun int xatexit (void (*@var{fn}) (void))
-
-Behaves as the standard @code{atexit} function, but with no limit on
-the number of registered functions.  Returns 0 on success, or @minus{}1 on
-failure.  If you use @code{xatexit} to register functions, you must use
-@code{xexit} to terminate your program.
-
-@end deftypefun
-
-@c xmalloc.c:38
-@deftypefn Replacement void* xcalloc (size_t @var{nelem}, size_t @var{elsize})
-
-Allocate memory without fail, and set it to zero.  This routine functions
-like @code{calloc}, but will behave the same as @code{xmalloc} if memory
-cannot be found.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xexit.c:22
-@deftypefn Replacement void xexit (int @var{code})
-
-Terminates the program.  If any functions have been registered with
-the @code{xatexit} replacement function, they will be called first.
-Termination is handled via the system's normal @code{exit} call.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xmalloc.c:22
-@deftypefn Replacement void* xmalloc (size_t)
-
-Allocate memory without fail.  If @code{malloc} fails, this will print
-a message to @code{stderr} (using the name set by
-@code{xmalloc_set_program_name},
-if any) and then call @code{xexit}.  Note that it is therefore safe for
-a program to contain @code{#define malloc xmalloc} in its source.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xmalloc.c:53
-@deftypefn Replacement void xmalloc_failed (size_t)
-
-This function is not meant to be called by client code, and is listed
-here for completeness only.  If any of the allocation routines fail, this
-function will be called to print an error message and terminate execution.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xmalloc.c:46
-@deftypefn Replacement void xmalloc_set_program_name (const char *@var{name})
-
-You can use this to set the name of the program used by
-@code{xmalloc_failed} when printing a failure message.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xmemdup.c:7
-@deftypefn Replacement void* xmemdup (void *@var{input}, size_t @var{copy_size}, size_t @var{alloc_size})
-
-Duplicates a region of memory without fail.  First, @var{alloc_size} bytes
-are allocated, then @var{copy_size} bytes from @var{input} are copied into
-it, and the new memory is returned.  If fewer bytes are copied than were
-allocated, the remaining memory is zeroed.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xmalloc.c:32
-@deftypefn Replacement void* xrealloc (void *@var{ptr}, size_t @var{size})
-Reallocate memory without fail.  This routine functions like @code{realloc},
-but will behave the same as @code{xmalloc} if memory cannot be found.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xstrdup.c:7
-@deftypefn Replacement char* xstrdup (const char *@var{s})
-
-Duplicates a character string without fail, using @code{xmalloc} to
-obtain memory.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-@c xstrerror.c:7
-@deftypefn Replacement char* xstrerror (int @var{errnum})
-
-Behaves exactly like the standard @code{strerror} function, but
-will never return a @code{NULL} pointer.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-

contrib/binutils/libiberty/gather-docs

@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# -*- perl -*-
-
-#   Copyright (C) 2001
-#   Free Software Foundation
-#
-# This file is part of the libiberty library.
-# Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-# version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-# write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-# Originally written by DJ Delorie <[email protected]>
-
-
-
-# This program looks for texinfo snippets in source files and other
-# files, and builds per-category files with entries sorted in
-# alphabetical order.
-
-# The syntax it looks for is lines starting with '@def' in *.c and
-# other files (see TEXIFILES in Makefile.in).  Entries are terminated
-# at the next @def* (which begins a new entry) or, for C files, a line
-# that begins with '*/' without leading spaces (this assumes that the
-# texinfo snippet is within a C-style /* */ comment).
-
-# 
-
-
-
-if ($ARGV[0] eq "-v") {
-    $verbose = 1;
-    shift;
-}
-
-$srcdir = shift;
-$outfile = shift;
-
-if ($outfile !~ /\S/ || ! -f "$srcdir/Makefile.in" ) {
-    print STDERR "Usage: gather-docs [-v] srcdir outfile.txi [files with snippets in them ...]\n";
-    exit 1;
-}
-
-$errors = 0;
-
-for $in (@ARGV) {
-
-    if (!open(IN, "$srcdir/$in")) {
-	print STDERR "Cannot open $srcdir/$in for reading: $!\n";
-	$errors ++;
-
-    } else {
-	$first = 1;
-	$pertinent = 0;
-	$man_mode = 0;
-	$line = 0;
-
-	while (<IN>) {
-	    $line ++;
-	    $pertinent = 1 if /^\@def[a-z]*[a-wyz] /;
-	    $pertinent = 0 if /^\*\//;
-	    next unless $pertinent;
-
-	    if (/^\@def[a-z]*[a-wyz] /) {
-		
-		($name) = m/[^\(]* ([^\( \t\r\n]+) *\(/;
-		$name =~ s/[ 	]*$//;
-		$key = $name;
-		$key =~ tr/A-Z/a-z/;
-		$key =~ s/[^a-z0-9]+/ /g;
-		$name{$key} = $node;
-		$lines{$key} = '';
-		$src_file{$key} = $in;
-		$src_line{$key} = $line;
-		print "\nReading $in :" if $verbose && $first;
-		$first = 0;
-		print " $name" if $verbose;
-		$node_lines{$key} .= $_;
-
-	    } else {
-		$node_lines{$key} .= $_;
-	    }
-
-	    $pertinent = 0 if /^\@end def/;
-	}
-	close (IN);
-    }
-}
-
-print "\n" if $verbose;
-exit $errors if $errors;
-
-if (!open (OUT, "> $outfile")) {
-    print STDERR "Cannot open $outfile for writing: $!\n";
-    $errors ++;
-    next;
-}
-print "Writing $outfile\n" if $verbose;
-
-print OUT "\@c Automatically generated from *.c and others (the comments before\n";
-print OUT "\@c each entry tell you which file and where in that file).  DO NOT EDIT!\n";
-print OUT "\@c Edit the *.c files, configure with --enable-maintainer-mode,\n";
-print OUT "\@c and let gather-docs build you a new copy.\n\n";
-
-for $key (sort keys %name) {
-    print OUT "\@c $src_file{$key}:$src_line{$key}\n";
-    print OUT $node_lines{$key};
-    print OUT "\n";
-}
-
-if (! print OUT "\n") {
-    print STDERR "Disk full writing $srcdir/$cat.texi\n";
-    $errors ++;
-}
-
-close (OUT);
-
-exit $errors;

contrib/binutils/libiberty/libiberty.texi

@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo  @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@c %**start of header
-@setfilename libiberty.info
-@settitle @sc{gnu} libiberty
-@c %**end of header
-
-@syncodeindex fn cp
-@syncodeindex vr cp
-@syncodeindex pg cp
-
-@finalout
-@c %**end of header
- 
-@dircategory GNU libraries
-@direntry
-* Libiberty: (libiberty).          Library of utility functions which
-                                   are missing or broken on some systems.
-@end direntry
-
-@macro libib
-@code{libiberty}
-@end macro
-
-@c The edition date is written in three locations.  Search for 'thedate'.
-@ifinfo
-This manual describes the GNU @libib library of utility subroutines.
-This edition accompanies GCC 3, September 2001.
-
-Copyright @copyright{} 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
-      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-      with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-      Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
-      section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-@end ifinfo
-
-
-@c The edition date is written in three locations.  Search for 'thedate'.
-@titlepage
-@title @sc{gnu} libiberty
-@subtitle September 2001
-@subtitle for GCC 3
-@author Phil Edwards et al.
-@page
-
-
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
-      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-      with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-      Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
-      section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
-
-@end titlepage
-@contents
-@page
-
-@ifnottex
-@node    Top,Using,,
-@top     Introduction
-
-The @libib{} library is a collection of subroutines used by various
-GNU programs.  It is available under the Library General Public
-License; for more information, see @ref{Library Copying}.
-
-@c The edition date is written in three locations.  Search for 'thedate'.
-This edition accompanies GCC 3, September 2001.
-
-@end ifnottex
-
-@menu
-* Using::              How to use libiberty in your code.
-
-* Overview::           Overview of available function groups.
-
-* Functions::          Available functions, macros, and global variables.
-
-* Obstacks::           Object Stacks.
-
-* Licenses::           The various licenses under which libiberty sources are
-                       distributed.
-
-* Index::              Index of functions and categories.
-@end menu
-
-@node Using
-@chapter Using
-@cindex using libiberty
-@cindex libiberty usage
-@cindex how to use
-
-@c THIS SECTION IS CRAP AND NEEDS REWRITING BADLY.
-
-To date, @libib{} is generally not installed on its own.  It has evolved
-over years but does not have its own version number nor release schedule.
-
-Possibly the easiest way to use @libib{} in your projects is to drop the
-@libib{} code into your project's sources, and to build the library along
-with your own sources; the library would then be linked in at the end.  This
-prevents any possible version mismatches with other copies of libiberty
-elsewhere on the system.
-
-Passing @option{--enable-install-libiberty} to the @command{configure}
-script when building @libib{} causes the header files and archive library
-to be installed when @kbd{make install} is run.  This option also takes
-an (optional) argument to specify the installation location, in the same
-manner as @option{--prefix}.
-
-For your own projects, an approach which offers stability and flexibility
-is to include @libib{} with your code, but allow the end user to optionally
-choose to use a previously-installed version instead.  In this way the
-user may choose (for example) to install @libib{} as part of GCC, and use
-that version for all software built with that compiler.  (This approach
-has proven useful with software using the GNU @code{readline} library.)
-
-Making use of @libib{} code usually requires that you include one or more
-header files from the @libib{} distribution.  (They will be named as
-necessary in the function descriptions.)  At link time, you will need to
-add @option{-liberty} to your link command invocation.
-
-
-@node Overview
-@chapter Overview
-
-Functions contained in @libib{} can be divided into three general categories.
-
-
-@menu
-* Supplemental Functions::       Providing functions which don't exist
-                                 on older operating systems.
-
-* Replacement Functions::        These functions are sometimes buggy or
-                                 unpredictable on some operating systems.
-
-* Extensions::                   Functions which provide useful extensions
-                                 or safety wrappers around existing code.
-@end menu
-
-@node Supplemental Functions
-@section Supplemental Functions
-@cindex supplemental functions
-@cindex functions, supplemental
-@cindex functions, missing
-
-Certain operating systems do not provide functions which have since
-become standardized, or at least common.  For example, the Single
-Unix Specification Version 2 requires that the @code{basename}
-function be provided, but an OS which predates that specification
-might not have this function.  This should not prevent well-written
-code from running on such a system.
-
-Similarly, some functions exist only among a particular ``flavor''
-or ``family'' of operating systems.  As an example, the @code{bzero}
-function is often not present on systems outside the BSD-derived
-family of systems.
-
-Many such functions are provided in @libib{}.  They are quickly
-listed here with little description, as systems which lack them
-become less and less common.  Each function @var{foo} is implemented
-in @file{@var{foo}.c} but not declared in any @libib{} header file; more
-comments and caveats for each function's implementation are often
-available in the source file.  Generally, the function can simply
-be declared as @code{extern}.
-
-
-
-@node Replacement Functions
-@section Replacement Functions
-@cindex replacement functions
-@cindex functions, replacement
-
-Some functions have extremely limited implementations on different
-platforms.  Other functions are tedious to use correctly; for example,
-proper use of @code{malloc} calls for the return value to be checked and
-appropriate action taken if memory has been exhausted.  A group of
-``replacement functions'' is available in @libib{} to address these issues
-for some of the most commonly used subroutines.
-
-All of these functions are declared in the @file{libiberty.h} header
-file.  Many of the implementations will use preprocessor macros set by
-GNU Autoconf, if you decide to make use of that program.  Some of these
-functions may call one another.
-
-
-@menu
-* Memory Allocation::            Testing and handling failed memory
-                                   requests automatically.
-* Exit Handlers::                Calling routines on program exit.
-* Error Reporting::              Mapping errno and signal numbers to
-                                   more useful string formats.
-@end menu
-
-@node Memory Allocation
-@subsection Memory Allocation
-@cindex memory allocation
-
-The functions beginning with the letter @samp{x} are wrappers around
-standard functions; the functions provided by the system environment
-are called and their results checked before the results are passed back
-to client code.  If the standard functions fail, these wrappers will
-terminate the program.  Thus, these versions can be used with impunity.
-
-
-@node Exit Handlers
-@subsection Exit Handlers
-@cindex exit handlers
-
-The existence and implementation of the @code{atexit} routine varies
-amongst the flavors of Unix.  @libib{} provides an unvarying dependable
-implementation via @code{xatexit} and @code{xexit}.
-
-
-@node Error Reporting
-@subsection Error Reporting
-@cindex error reporting
-
-These are a set of routines to facilitate programming with the system
-@code{errno} interface.  The @libib{} source file @file{strerror.c}
-contains a good deal of documentation for these functions.
-
-@c signal stuff
-
-
-@node Extensions
-@section Extensions
-@cindex extensions
-@cindex functions, extension
-
-@libib{} includes additional functionality above and beyond standard
-functions, which has proven generically useful in GNU programs, such as
-obstacks and regex.  These functions are often copied from other
-projects as they gain popularity, and are included here to provide a
-central location from which to use, maintain, and distribute them.
-
-@menu
-* Obstacks::                     Stacks of arbitrary objects.
-@end menu
-
-@c This is generated from the glibc manual using a make-obstacks-texi.sh
-@c script of Phil's.  Hope it's accurate.
-@include obstacks.texi
-
-@node Functions
-@chapter Function, Variable, and Macro Listing.
-@include functions.texi
-
-@node Licenses
-@appendix Licenses
-
-@menu
-
-* Library Copying::   The GNU Library General Public License
-* BSD::               Regents of the University of California
-
-@end menu
-
-@c This takes care of Library Copying.  It is the copying-lib.texi from the
-@c GNU web site, with its @node line altered to make makeinfo shut up.
-@include copying-lib.texi
-
-@page
-@node BSD
-@appendixsec BSD
-
-Copyright @copyright{} 1990 Regents of the University of California.
-All rights reserved.
-
-Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-are met:
-
-@enumerate
-
-@item
-Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-
-@item
-Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-
-@item
-[rescinded 22 July 1999]
-
-@item
-Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
-may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-without specific prior written permission.
-
-@end enumerate
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
-ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-@node    Index
-@unnumbered Index
-
-@printindex cp
-
-@bye
-

contrib/binutils/libiberty/maint-tool

@@ -1,278 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# -*- perl -*-
-
-#   Copyright (C) 2001
-#   Free Software Foundation
-#
-# This file is part of the libiberty library.
-# Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-# version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-# write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-# Originally written by DJ Delorie <[email protected]>
-
-
-# This is a trivial script which checks the lists of C and O files in
-# the Makefile for consistency.
-
-$mode = shift;
-$srcdir = ".";
-
-if ($mode eq "-s") {
-    $srcdir = shift;
-    $mode = shift;
-}
-
-&missing() if $mode eq "missing";
-&undoc() if $mode eq "undoc";
-&deps() if $mode eq "deps";
-
-exit 0;
-
-format STDOUT =
-^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<~
-$out
-        ^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<~~
-$out
-.
-
-######################################################################
-
-sub missing {
-
-    opendir(S, $srcdir);
-    while ($f = readdir S) {
-	$have{$f} = 1;
-    }
-    closedir(S);
-    opendir(S, ".");
-    while ($f = readdir S) {
-	$have{$f} = 1;
-    }
-    closedir(S);
-
-    for $a (@ARGV) {
-	$listed{$a} = 1;
-	$have{$a} = 0;
-    }
-
-    for $f (sort keys %have) {
-	next unless $have{$f};
-	if ($f =~ /\.c$/) {
-	    print "S $f\n";
-	}
-    }
-    for $f (sort keys %listed) {
-	if ($f =~ /(.*)\.c$/) {
-	    $base = $1;
-	    if (! $listed{"$base.o"}) {
-		print "O $f\n";
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-######################################################################
-
-sub undoc {
-
-    opendir(S, $srcdir);
-    while ($file = readdir S) {
-	if ($file =~ /\.texi$/) {
-	    open(T, "$srcdir/$file");
-	    while (<T>) {
-		if (/^\@deftype[^\(]* ([^\s\(]+) *\(/) {
-		    $documented{$1} = 1;
-		}
-	    }
-	    close(T);
-	}
-	if ($file =~ /\.c$/) {
-	    open(C, "$srcdir/$file");
-	    while (<C>) {
-		if (/\@undocumented (\S+)/) {
-		    $documented{$1} = 1;
-		}
-		if (/^static /) {
-		    if (! /[\(;]/) {
-			s/[\r\n]+$/ /;
-			$_ .= <C>;
-		    }
-		    while ($_ =~ /\([^\)]*$/) {
-			s/[\r\n]+$/ /;
-			$_ .= <C>;
-		    }
-		}
-		s/ VPARAMS([ \(])/$1/;
-		s/PREFIX\(([^\)]*)\)/byte_$1/;
-		if (/^static [^\(]* ([^\s\(]+) *\(.*\)$/) {
-		    $documented{$1} = 1;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    closedir(D);
-
-    # $out = join(' ', sort keys %documented);
-    # write;
-    # print "\n";
-
-    system "etags $srcdir/*.c $srcdir/../include/*.h";
-    open(TAGS, "TAGS");
-    while (<TAGS>) {
-	s/[\r\n]+$//;
-	if (/^\014$/) {
-	    $filename = <TAGS>;
-	    $filename =~ s/[\r\n]+$//;
-	    $filename =~ s/,\d+$//;
-	    $filename =~ s@.*[/\\]@@;
-	    next;
-	}
-	if ($filename =~ /\.c$/ ) {
-	    next unless /^[_a-zA-Z]/;
-	} else {
-	    next unless /^\# *define/;
-	    s/\# *define *//;
-	}
-	next if $filename =~ /mpw\.c/;
-
-	s/ VPARAMS//;
-	s/ *\177.*//;
-	s/,$//;
-	s/DEFUN\(//;
-	s/\(//;
-
-	next if /^static /;
-	next if /\s/;
-	next if /^_/;
-	next if $documented{$_};
-	next if /_H_?$/;
-
-	if ($seen_in{$_} ne $filename) {
-	    $saw{$_} ++;
-	}
-	$seen_in{$_} = $filename;
-    }
-
-    for $k (keys %saw) {
-	delete $saw{$k} if $saw{$k} > 1;
-    }
-
-    for $k (sort keys %saw) {
-	$fromfile{$seen_in{$k}} .= " " if $fromfile{$seen_in{$k}};
-	$fromfile{$seen_in{$k}} .= $k;
-    }
-
-    for $f (sort keys %fromfile) {
-	$out = "$f: $fromfile{$f}";
-	write;
-    }
-}
-
-######################################################################
-
-sub deps_for {
-    my($f) = @_;
-    my(%d);
-    open(F, $f);
-    %d = ();
-    while (<F>) {
-	if (/^#\s*include\s+["<](.*)[">]/) {
-	    $d{$1} = 1;
-	}
-    }
-    close(F);
-    return keys %d;
-}
-
-sub canonicalize {
-    my ($p) = @_;
-    0 while $p =~ s@/\./@/@g;
-    0 while $p =~ s@^\./@@g;
-    0 while $p =~ s@/[^/]+/\.\./@/@g;
-    return $p;
-}
-
-sub locals_first {
-    my ($a,$b) = @_;
-    return -1 if $a eq "config.h";
-    return  1 if $b eq "config.h";
-    return $a cmp $b;
-}
-
-sub deps {
-
-    $incdir = shift @ARGV;
-
-    opendir(INC, $incdir);
-    while ($f = readdir INC) {
-	next unless $f =~ /\.h$/;
-	$mine{$f} = "\$(INCDIR)/$f";
-	$deps{$f} = join(' ', &deps_for("$incdir/$f"));
-    }
-    $mine{'config.h'} = "config.h";
-
-    open(IN, "$srcdir/Makefile.in");
-    open(OUT, ">$srcdir/Makefile.tmp");
-    while (<IN>) {
-	last if /remainder of this file/;
-	print OUT;
-    }
-    print OUT "# The dependencies in the remainder of this file are automatically\n";
-    print OUT "# generated by \"make maint-deps\".  Manual edits will be lost.\n\n";
-
-    opendir(S, $srcdir);
-    for $f (sort readdir S) {
-	if ($f =~ /\.c$/) {
-
-	    %scanned = ();
-	    @pending = &deps_for("$srcdir/$f");
-	    while (@pending) {
-		@tmp = @pending;
-		@pending = ();
-		for $p (@tmp) {
-		    next unless $mine{$p};
-		    if (!$scanned{$p}) {
-			push(@pending, split(' ', $deps{$p}));
-			$scanned{$p} = 1;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	    @deps = sort { &locals_first($a,$b) } keys %scanned;
-	    $obj = $f;
-	    $obj =~ s/\.c$/.o/;
-	    $obj = "$obj:";
-	    if ($#deps >= 0) {
-		print OUT $obj;
-		$len = length($obj);
-		for $dt (@deps) {
-		    $d = $mine{$dt};
-		    if ($len + length($d) > 70) {
-			printf OUT " \\\n\t$d";
-			$len = 8 + length($d);
-		    } else {
-			print OUT " $d";
-			$len += length($d) + 1;
-		    }
-		}
-		print OUT "\n";
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    closedir(S);
-    close(IN);
-    close(OUT);
-
-    rename("$srcdir/Makefile.tmp", "$srcdir/Makefile.in");
-}

contrib/binutils/libiberty/make-temp-file.c

@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-/* Utility to pick a temporary filename prefix.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of the libiberty library.
-Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>	/* May get P_tmpdir.  */
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
-#include <sys/file.h>   /* May get R_OK, etc. on some systems.  */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef R_OK
-#define R_OK 4
-#define W_OK 2
-#define X_OK 1
-#endif
-
-#include "libiberty.h"
-extern int mkstemps PARAMS ((char *, int));
-
-/* '/' works just fine on MS-DOS based systems.  */
-#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
-#define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
-#endif
-
-/* Name of temporary file.
-   mktemp requires 6 trailing X's.  */
-#define TEMP_FILE "ccXXXXXX"
-#define TEMP_FILE_LEN (sizeof(TEMP_FILE) - 1)
-
-/* Subroutine of choose_tmpdir.
-   If BASE is non-NULL, return it.
-   Otherwise it checks if DIR is a usable directory.
-   If success, DIR is returned.
-   Otherwise NULL is returned.  */
-
-static inline const char *try PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
-
-static inline const char *
-try (dir, base)
-     const char *dir, *base;
-{
-  if (base != 0)
-    return base;
-  if (dir != 0
-      && access (dir, R_OK | W_OK | X_OK) == 0)
-    return dir;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static const char tmp[] = { DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
-static const char usrtmp[] =
-{ DIR_SEPARATOR, 'u', 's', 'r', DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
-static const char vartmp[] =
-{ DIR_SEPARATOR, 'v', 'a', 'r', DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
-
-static char *memoized_tmpdir;
-
-/*
-
-@deftypefn Replacement char* choose_tmpdir ()
-
-Returns a pointer to a directory path suitable for creating temporary
-files in.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-*/
-
-char *
-choose_tmpdir ()
-{
-  const char *base = 0;
-  char *tmpdir;
-  unsigned int len;
-
-  if (memoized_tmpdir)
-    return memoized_tmpdir;
-
-  base = try (getenv ("TMPDIR"), base);
-  base = try (getenv ("TMP"), base);
-  base = try (getenv ("TEMP"), base);
-
-#ifdef P_tmpdir
-  base = try (P_tmpdir, base);
-#endif
-
-  /* Try /var/tmp, /usr/tmp, then /tmp.  */
-  base = try (vartmp, base);
-  base = try (usrtmp, base);
-  base = try (tmp, base);
- 
-  /* If all else fails, use the current directory!  */
-  if (base == 0)
-    base = ".";
-
-  /* Append DIR_SEPARATOR to the directory we've chosen
-     and return it.  */
-  len = strlen (base);
-  tmpdir = xmalloc (len + 2);
-  strcpy (tmpdir, base);
-  tmpdir[len] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
-  tmpdir[len+1] = '\0';
-
-  memoized_tmpdir = tmpdir;
-  return tmpdir;
-}
-
-/*
-
-@deftypefn Replacement char* make_temp_file (const char *@var{suffix})
-
-Return a temporary file name (as a string) or @code{NULL} if unable to
-create one.  @var{suffix} is a suffix to append to the file name.  The
-string is @code{malloc}ed, and the temporary file has been created.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-*/
-
-char *
-make_temp_file (suffix)
-     const char *suffix;
-{
-  const char *base = choose_tmpdir ();
-  char *temp_filename;
-  int base_len, suffix_len;
-  int fd;
-
-  if (suffix == 0)
-    suffix = "";
-
-  base_len = strlen (base);
-  suffix_len = strlen (suffix);
-
-  temp_filename = xmalloc (base_len
-			   + TEMP_FILE_LEN
-			   + suffix_len + 1);
-  strcpy (temp_filename, base);
-  strcpy (temp_filename + base_len, TEMP_FILE);
-  strcpy (temp_filename + base_len + TEMP_FILE_LEN, suffix);
-
-  fd = mkstemps (temp_filename, suffix_len);
-  /* If mkstemps failed, then something bad is happening.  Maybe we should
-     issue a message about a possible security attack in progress?  */
-  if (fd == -1)
-    abort ();
-  /* Similarly if we can not close the file.  */
-  if (close (fd))
-    abort ();
-  return temp_filename;
-}

contrib/binutils/libiberty/obstacks.texi

@@ -1,758 +0,0 @@
-@node Obstacks,Licenses,Functions,Top
-@chapter Obstacks
-@cindex obstacks
-
-An @dfn{obstack} is a pool of memory containing a stack of objects.  You
-can create any number of separate obstacks, and then allocate objects in
-specified obstacks.  Within each obstack, the last object allocated must
-always be the first one freed, but distinct obstacks are independent of
-each other.
-
-Aside from this one constraint of order of freeing, obstacks are totally
-general: an obstack can contain any number of objects of any size.  They
-are implemented with macros, so allocation is usually very fast as long as
-the objects are usually small.  And the only space overhead per object is
-the padding needed to start each object on a suitable boundary.
-
-@menu
-* Creating Obstacks::		How to declare an obstack in your program.
-* Preparing for Obstacks::	Preparations needed before you can
-				 use obstacks.
-* Allocation in an Obstack::    Allocating objects in an obstack.
-* Freeing Obstack Objects::     Freeing objects in an obstack.
-* Obstack Functions::		The obstack functions are both
-				 functions and macros.
-* Growing Objects::             Making an object bigger by stages.
-* Extra Fast Growing::		Extra-high-efficiency (though more
-				 complicated) growing objects.
-* Status of an Obstack::        Inquiries about the status of an obstack.
-* Obstacks Data Alignment::     Controlling alignment of objects in obstacks.
-* Obstack Chunks::              How obstacks obtain and release chunks;
-				 efficiency considerations.
-* Summary of Obstacks::
-@end menu
-
-@node Creating Obstacks
-@section Creating Obstacks
-
-The utilities for manipulating obstacks are declared in the header
-file @file{obstack.h}.
-@pindex obstack.h
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftp {Data Type} {struct obstack}
-An obstack is represented by a data structure of type @code{struct
-obstack}.  This structure has a small fixed size; it records the status
-of the obstack and how to find the space in which objects are allocated.
-It does not contain any of the objects themselves.  You should not try
-to access the contents of the structure directly; use only the functions
-described in this chapter.
-@end deftp
-
-You can declare variables of type @code{struct obstack} and use them as
-obstacks, or you can allocate obstacks dynamically like any other kind
-of object.  Dynamic allocation of obstacks allows your program to have a
-variable number of different stacks.  (You can even allocate an
-obstack structure in another obstack, but this is rarely useful.)
-
-All the functions that work with obstacks require you to specify which
-obstack to use.  You do this with a pointer of type @code{struct obstack
-*}.  In the following, we often say ``an obstack'' when strictly
-speaking the object at hand is such a pointer.
-
-The objects in the obstack are packed into large blocks called
-@dfn{chunks}.  The @code{struct obstack} structure points to a chain of
-the chunks currently in use.
-
-The obstack library obtains a new chunk whenever you allocate an object
-that won't fit in the previous chunk.  Since the obstack library manages
-chunks automatically, you don't need to pay much attention to them, but
-you do need to supply a function which the obstack library should use to
-get a chunk.  Usually you supply a function which uses @code{malloc}
-directly or indirectly.  You must also supply a function to free a chunk.
-These matters are described in the following section.
-
-@node Preparing for Obstacks
-@section Preparing for Using Obstacks
-
-Each source file in which you plan to use the obstack functions
-must include the header file @file{obstack.h}, like this:
-
-@smallexample
-#include <obstack.h>
-@end smallexample
-
-@findex obstack_chunk_alloc
-@findex obstack_chunk_free
-Also, if the source file uses the macro @code{obstack_init}, it must
-declare or define two functions or macros that will be called by the
-obstack library.  One, @code{obstack_chunk_alloc}, is used to allocate
-the chunks of memory into which objects are packed.  The other,
-@code{obstack_chunk_free}, is used to return chunks when the objects in
-them are freed.  These macros should appear before any use of obstacks
-in the source file.
-
-Usually these are defined to use @code{malloc} via the intermediary
-@code{xmalloc} (@pxref{Unconstrained Allocation, , , libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}).  This is done with
-the following pair of macro definitions:
-
-@smallexample
-#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
-#define obstack_chunk_free free
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-Though the memory you get using obstacks really comes from @code{malloc},
-using obstacks is faster because @code{malloc} is called less often, for
-larger blocks of memory.  @xref{Obstack Chunks}, for full details.
-
-At run time, before the program can use a @code{struct obstack} object
-as an obstack, it must initialize the obstack by calling
-@code{obstack_init}.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun int obstack_init (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Initialize obstack @var{obstack-ptr} for allocation of objects.  This
-function calls the obstack's @code{obstack_chunk_alloc} function.  If
-allocation of memory fails, the function pointed to by
-@code{obstack_alloc_failed_handler} is called.  The @code{obstack_init}
-function always returns 1 (Compatibility notice: Former versions of
-obstack returned 0 if allocation failed).
-@end deftypefun
-
-Here are two examples of how to allocate the space for an obstack and
-initialize it.  First, an obstack that is a static variable:
-
-@smallexample
-static struct obstack myobstack;
-@dots{}
-obstack_init (&myobstack);
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-Second, an obstack that is itself dynamically allocated:
-
-@smallexample
-struct obstack *myobstack_ptr
-  = (struct obstack *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct obstack));
-
-obstack_init (myobstack_ptr);
-@end smallexample
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@defvar obstack_alloc_failed_handler
-The value of this variable is a pointer to a function that
-@code{obstack} uses when @code{obstack_chunk_alloc} fails to allocate
-memory.  The default action is to print a message and abort.
-You should supply a function that either calls @code{exit}
-(@pxref{Program Termination, , , libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}) or @code{longjmp} (@pxref{Non-Local
-Exits, , , libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}) and doesn't return.
-
-@smallexample
-void my_obstack_alloc_failed (void)
-@dots{}
-obstack_alloc_failed_handler = &my_obstack_alloc_failed;
-@end smallexample
-
-@end defvar
-
-@node Allocation in an Obstack
-@section Allocation in an Obstack
-@cindex allocation (obstacks)
-
-The most direct way to allocate an object in an obstack is with
-@code{obstack_alloc}, which is invoked almost like @code{malloc}.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_alloc (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-This allocates an uninitialized block of @var{size} bytes in an obstack
-and returns its address.  Here @var{obstack-ptr} specifies which obstack
-to allocate the block in; it is the address of the @code{struct obstack}
-object which represents the obstack.  Each obstack function or macro
-requires you to specify an @var{obstack-ptr} as the first argument.
-
-This function calls the obstack's @code{obstack_chunk_alloc} function if
-it needs to allocate a new chunk of memory; it calls
-@code{obstack_alloc_failed_handler} if allocation of memory by
-@code{obstack_chunk_alloc} failed.
-@end deftypefun
-
-For example, here is a function that allocates a copy of a string @var{str}
-in a specific obstack, which is in the variable @code{string_obstack}:
-
-@smallexample
-struct obstack string_obstack;
-
-char *
-copystring (char *string)
-@{
-  size_t len = strlen (string) + 1;
-  char *s = (char *) obstack_alloc (&string_obstack, len);
-  memcpy (s, string, len);
-  return s;
-@}
-@end smallexample
-
-To allocate a block with specified contents, use the function
-@code{obstack_copy}, declared like this:
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_copy (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-This allocates a block and initializes it by copying @var{size}
-bytes of data starting at @var{address}.  It calls
-@code{obstack_alloc_failed_handler} if allocation of memory by
-@code{obstack_chunk_alloc} failed.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-Like @code{obstack_copy}, but appends an extra byte containing a null
-character.  This extra byte is not counted in the argument @var{size}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-The @code{obstack_copy0} function is convenient for copying a sequence
-of characters into an obstack as a null-terminated string.  Here is an
-example of its use:
-
-@smallexample
-char *
-obstack_savestring (char *addr, int size)
-@{
-  return obstack_copy0 (&myobstack, addr, size);
-@}
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-Contrast this with the previous example of @code{savestring} using
-@code{malloc} (@pxref{Basic Allocation, , , libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}).
-
-@node Freeing Obstack Objects
-@section Freeing Objects in an Obstack
-@cindex freeing (obstacks)
-
-To free an object allocated in an obstack, use the function
-@code{obstack_free}.  Since the obstack is a stack of objects, freeing
-one object automatically frees all other objects allocated more recently
-in the same obstack.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_free (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{object})
-If @var{object} is a null pointer, everything allocated in the obstack
-is freed.  Otherwise, @var{object} must be the address of an object
-allocated in the obstack.  Then @var{object} is freed, along with
-everything allocated in @var{obstack} since @var{object}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-Note that if @var{object} is a null pointer, the result is an
-uninitialized obstack.  To free all memory in an obstack but leave it
-valid for further allocation, call @code{obstack_free} with the address
-of the first object allocated on the obstack:
-
-@smallexample
-obstack_free (obstack_ptr, first_object_allocated_ptr);
-@end smallexample
-
-Recall that the objects in an obstack are grouped into chunks.  When all
-the objects in a chunk become free, the obstack library automatically
-frees the chunk (@pxref{Preparing for Obstacks}).  Then other
-obstacks, or non-obstack allocation, can reuse the space of the chunk.
-
-@node Obstack Functions
-@section Obstack Functions and Macros
-@cindex macros
-
-The interfaces for using obstacks may be defined either as functions or
-as macros, depending on the compiler.  The obstack facility works with
-all C compilers, including both @w{ISO C} and traditional C, but there are
-precautions you must take if you plan to use compilers other than GNU C.
-
-If you are using an old-fashioned @w{non-ISO C} compiler, all the obstack
-``functions'' are actually defined only as macros.  You can call these
-macros like functions, but you cannot use them in any other way (for
-example, you cannot take their address).
-
-Calling the macros requires a special precaution: namely, the first
-operand (the obstack pointer) may not contain any side effects, because
-it may be computed more than once.  For example, if you write this:
-
-@smallexample
-obstack_alloc (get_obstack (), 4);
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-you will find that @code{get_obstack} may be called several times.
-If you use @code{*obstack_list_ptr++} as the obstack pointer argument,
-you will get very strange results since the incrementation may occur
-several times.
-
-In @w{ISO C}, each function has both a macro definition and a function
-definition.  The function definition is used if you take the address of the
-function without calling it.  An ordinary call uses the macro definition by
-default, but you can request the function definition instead by writing the
-function name in parentheses, as shown here:
-
-@smallexample
-char *x;
-void *(*funcp) ();
-/* @r{Use the macro}.  */
-x = (char *) obstack_alloc (obptr, size);
-/* @r{Call the function}.  */
-x = (char *) (obstack_alloc) (obptr, size);
-/* @r{Take the address of the function}.  */
-funcp = obstack_alloc;
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-This is the same situation that exists in @w{ISO C} for the standard library
-functions.  @xref{Macro Definitions, , , libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}.
-
-@strong{Warning:} When you do use the macros, you must observe the
-precaution of avoiding side effects in the first operand, even in @w{ISO C}.
-
-If you use the GNU C compiler, this precaution is not necessary, because
-various language extensions in GNU C permit defining the macros so as to
-compute each argument only once.
-
-@node Growing Objects
-@section Growing Objects
-@cindex growing objects (in obstacks)
-@cindex changing the size of a block (obstacks)
-
-Because memory in obstack chunks is used sequentially, it is possible to
-build up an object step by step, adding one or more bytes at a time to the
-end of the object.  With this technique, you do not need to know how much
-data you will put in the object until you come to the end of it.  We call
-this the technique of @dfn{growing objects}.  The special functions
-for adding data to the growing object are described in this section.
-
-You don't need to do anything special when you start to grow an object.
-Using one of the functions to add data to the object automatically
-starts it.  However, it is necessary to say explicitly when the object is
-finished.  This is done with the function @code{obstack_finish}.
-
-The actual address of the object thus built up is not known until the
-object is finished.  Until then, it always remains possible that you will
-add so much data that the object must be copied into a new chunk.
-
-While the obstack is in use for a growing object, you cannot use it for
-ordinary allocation of another object.  If you try to do so, the space
-already added to the growing object will become part of the other object.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_blank (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-The most basic function for adding to a growing object is
-@code{obstack_blank}, which adds space without initializing it.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{data}, int @var{size})
-To add a block of initialized space, use @code{obstack_grow}, which is
-the growing-object analogue of @code{obstack_copy}.  It adds @var{size}
-bytes of data to the growing object, copying the contents from
-@var{data}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{data}, int @var{size})
-This is the growing-object analogue of @code{obstack_copy0}.  It adds
-@var{size} bytes copied from @var{data}, followed by an additional null
-character.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, char @var{c})
-To add one character at a time, use the function @code{obstack_1grow}.
-It adds a single byte containing @var{c} to the growing object.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{data})
-Adding the value of a pointer one can use the function
-@code{obstack_ptr_grow}.  It adds @code{sizeof (void *)} bytes
-containing the value of @var{data}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{data})
-A single value of type @code{int} can be added by using the
-@code{obstack_int_grow} function.  It adds @code{sizeof (int)} bytes to
-the growing object and initializes them with the value of @var{data}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_finish (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-When you are finished growing the object, use the function
-@code{obstack_finish} to close it off and return its final address.
-
-Once you have finished the object, the obstack is available for ordinary
-allocation or for growing another object.
-
-This function can return a null pointer under the same conditions as
-@code{obstack_alloc} (@pxref{Allocation in an Obstack}).
-@end deftypefun
-
-When you build an object by growing it, you will probably need to know
-afterward how long it became.  You need not keep track of this as you grow
-the object, because you can find out the length from the obstack just
-before finishing the object with the function @code{obstack_object_size},
-declared as follows:
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This function returns the current size of the growing object, in bytes.
-Remember to call this function @emph{before} finishing the object.
-After it is finished, @code{obstack_object_size} will return zero.
-@end deftypefun
-
-If you have started growing an object and wish to cancel it, you should
-finish it and then free it, like this:
-
-@smallexample
-obstack_free (obstack_ptr, obstack_finish (obstack_ptr));
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-This has no effect if no object was growing.
-
-@cindex shrinking objects
-You can use @code{obstack_blank} with a negative size argument to make
-the current object smaller.  Just don't try to shrink it beyond zero
-length---there's no telling what will happen if you do that.
-
-@node Extra Fast Growing
-@section Extra Fast Growing Objects
-@cindex efficiency and obstacks
-
-The usual functions for growing objects incur overhead for checking
-whether there is room for the new growth in the current chunk.  If you
-are frequently constructing objects in small steps of growth, this
-overhead can be significant.
-
-You can reduce the overhead by using special ``fast growth''
-functions that grow the object without checking.  In order to have a
-robust program, you must do the checking yourself.  If you do this checking
-in the simplest way each time you are about to add data to the object, you
-have not saved anything, because that is what the ordinary growth
-functions do.  But if you can arrange to check less often, or check
-more efficiently, then you make the program faster.
-
-The function @code{obstack_room} returns the amount of room available
-in the current chunk.  It is declared as follows:
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun int obstack_room (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This returns the number of bytes that can be added safely to the current
-growing object (or to an object about to be started) in obstack
-@var{obstack} using the fast growth functions.
-@end deftypefun
-
-While you know there is room, you can use these fast growth functions
-for adding data to a growing object:
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, char @var{c})
-The function @code{obstack_1grow_fast} adds one byte containing the
-character @var{c} to the growing object in obstack @var{obstack-ptr}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{data})
-The function @code{obstack_ptr_grow_fast} adds @code{sizeof (void *)}
-bytes containing the value of @var{data} to the growing object in
-obstack @var{obstack-ptr}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{data})
-The function @code{obstack_int_grow_fast} adds @code{sizeof (int)} bytes
-containing the value of @var{data} to the growing object in obstack
-@var{obstack-ptr}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-The function @code{obstack_blank_fast} adds @var{size} bytes to the
-growing object in obstack @var{obstack-ptr} without initializing them.
-@end deftypefun
-
-When you check for space using @code{obstack_room} and there is not
-enough room for what you want to add, the fast growth functions
-are not safe.  In this case, simply use the corresponding ordinary
-growth function instead.  Very soon this will copy the object to a
-new chunk; then there will be lots of room available again.
-
-So, each time you use an ordinary growth function, check afterward for
-sufficient space using @code{obstack_room}.  Once the object is copied
-to a new chunk, there will be plenty of space again, so the program will
-start using the fast growth functions again.
-
-Here is an example:
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-void
-add_string (struct obstack *obstack, const char *ptr, int len)
-@{
-  while (len > 0)
-    @{
-      int room = obstack_room (obstack);
-      if (room == 0)
-        @{
-          /* @r{Not enough room. Add one character slowly,}
-             @r{which may copy to a new chunk and make room.}  */
-          obstack_1grow (obstack, *ptr++);
-          len--;
-        @}
-      else
-        @{
-          if (room > len)
-            room = len;
-          /* @r{Add fast as much as we have room for.} */
-          len -= room;
-          while (room-- > 0)
-            obstack_1grow_fast (obstack, *ptr++);
-        @}
-    @}
-@}
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-@node Status of an Obstack
-@section Status of an Obstack
-@cindex obstack status
-@cindex status of obstack
-
-Here are functions that provide information on the current status of
-allocation in an obstack.  You can use them to learn about an object while
-still growing it.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_base (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This function returns the tentative address of the beginning of the
-currently growing object in @var{obstack-ptr}.  If you finish the object
-immediately, it will have that address.  If you make it larger first, it
-may outgrow the current chunk---then its address will change!
-
-If no object is growing, this value says where the next object you
-allocate will start (once again assuming it fits in the current
-chunk).
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {void *} obstack_next_free (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This function returns the address of the first free byte in the current
-chunk of obstack @var{obstack-ptr}.  This is the end of the currently
-growing object.  If no object is growing, @code{obstack_next_free}
-returns the same value as @code{obstack_base}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This function returns the size in bytes of the currently growing object.
-This is equivalent to
-
-@smallexample
-obstack_next_free (@var{obstack-ptr}) - obstack_base (@var{obstack-ptr})
-@end smallexample
-@end deftypefun
-
-@node Obstacks Data Alignment
-@section Alignment of Data in Obstacks
-@cindex alignment (in obstacks)
-
-Each obstack has an @dfn{alignment boundary}; each object allocated in
-the obstack automatically starts on an address that is a multiple of the
-specified boundary.  By default, this boundary is 4 bytes.
-
-To access an obstack's alignment boundary, use the macro
-@code{obstack_alignment_mask}, whose function prototype looks like
-this:
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefn Macro int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-The value is a bit mask; a bit that is 1 indicates that the corresponding
-bit in the address of an object should be 0.  The mask value should be one
-less than a power of 2; the effect is that all object addresses are
-multiples of that power of 2.  The default value of the mask is 3, so that
-addresses are multiples of 4.  A mask value of 0 means an object can start
-on any multiple of 1 (that is, no alignment is required).
-
-The expansion of the macro @code{obstack_alignment_mask} is an lvalue,
-so you can alter the mask by assignment.  For example, this statement:
-
-@smallexample
-obstack_alignment_mask (obstack_ptr) = 0;
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-has the effect of turning off alignment processing in the specified obstack.
-@end deftypefn
-
-Note that a change in alignment mask does not take effect until
-@emph{after} the next time an object is allocated or finished in the
-obstack.  If you are not growing an object, you can make the new
-alignment mask take effect immediately by calling @code{obstack_finish}.
-This will finish a zero-length object and then do proper alignment for
-the next object.
-
-@node Obstack Chunks
-@section Obstack Chunks
-@cindex efficiency of chunks
-@cindex chunks
-
-Obstacks work by allocating space for themselves in large chunks, and
-then parceling out space in the chunks to satisfy your requests.  Chunks
-are normally 4096 bytes long unless you specify a different chunk size.
-The chunk size includes 8 bytes of overhead that are not actually used
-for storing objects.  Regardless of the specified size, longer chunks
-will be allocated when necessary for long objects.
-
-The obstack library allocates chunks by calling the function
-@code{obstack_chunk_alloc}, which you must define.  When a chunk is no
-longer needed because you have freed all the objects in it, the obstack
-library frees the chunk by calling @code{obstack_chunk_free}, which you
-must also define.
-
-These two must be defined (as macros) or declared (as functions) in each
-source file that uses @code{obstack_init} (@pxref{Creating Obstacks}).
-Most often they are defined as macros like this:
-
-@smallexample
-#define obstack_chunk_alloc malloc
-#define obstack_chunk_free free
-@end smallexample
-
-Note that these are simple macros (no arguments).  Macro definitions with
-arguments will not work!  It is necessary that @code{obstack_chunk_alloc}
-or @code{obstack_chunk_free}, alone, expand into a function name if it is
-not itself a function name.
-
-If you allocate chunks with @code{malloc}, the chunk size should be a
-power of 2.  The default chunk size, 4096, was chosen because it is long
-enough to satisfy many typical requests on the obstack yet short enough
-not to waste too much memory in the portion of the last chunk not yet used.
-
-@comment obstack.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefn Macro int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-This returns the chunk size of the given obstack.
-@end deftypefn
-
-Since this macro expands to an lvalue, you can specify a new chunk size by
-assigning it a new value.  Doing so does not affect the chunks already
-allocated, but will change the size of chunks allocated for that particular
-obstack in the future.  It is unlikely to be useful to make the chunk size
-smaller, but making it larger might improve efficiency if you are
-allocating many objects whose size is comparable to the chunk size.  Here
-is how to do so cleanly:
-
-@smallexample
-if (obstack_chunk_size (obstack_ptr) < @var{new-chunk-size})
-  obstack_chunk_size (obstack_ptr) = @var{new-chunk-size};
-@end smallexample
-
-@node Summary of Obstacks
-@section Summary of Obstack Functions
-
-Here is a summary of all the functions associated with obstacks.  Each
-takes the address of an obstack (@code{struct obstack *}) as its first
-argument.
-
-@table @code
-@item void obstack_init (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Initialize use of an obstack.  @xref{Creating Obstacks}.
-
-@item void *obstack_alloc (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-Allocate an object of @var{size} uninitialized bytes.
-@xref{Allocation in an Obstack}.
-
-@item void *obstack_copy (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-Allocate an object of @var{size} bytes, with contents copied from
-@var{address}.  @xref{Allocation in an Obstack}.
-
-@item void *obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-Allocate an object of @var{size}+1 bytes, with @var{size} of them copied
-from @var{address}, followed by a null character at the end.
-@xref{Allocation in an Obstack}.
-
-@item void obstack_free (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{object})
-Free @var{object} (and everything allocated in the specified obstack
-more recently than @var{object}).  @xref{Freeing Obstack Objects}.
-
-@item void obstack_blank (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-Add @var{size} uninitialized bytes to a growing object.
-@xref{Growing Objects}.
-
-@item void obstack_grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-Add @var{size} bytes, copied from @var{address}, to a growing object.
-@xref{Growing Objects}.
-
-@item void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, void *@var{address}, int @var{size})
-Add @var{size} bytes, copied from @var{address}, to a growing object,
-and then add another byte containing a null character.  @xref{Growing
-Objects}.
-
-@item void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, char @var{data-char})
-Add one byte containing @var{data-char} to a growing object.
-@xref{Growing Objects}.
-
-@item void *obstack_finish (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Finalize the object that is growing and return its permanent address.
-@xref{Growing Objects}.
-
-@item int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Get the current size of the currently growing object.  @xref{Growing
-Objects}.
-
-@item void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, int @var{size})
-Add @var{size} uninitialized bytes to a growing object without checking
-that there is enough room.  @xref{Extra Fast Growing}.
-
-@item void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr}, char @var{data-char})
-Add one byte containing @var{data-char} to a growing object without
-checking that there is enough room.  @xref{Extra Fast Growing}.
-
-@item int obstack_room (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Get the amount of room now available for growing the current object.
-@xref{Extra Fast Growing}.
-
-@item int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-The mask used for aligning the beginning of an object.  This is an
-lvalue.  @xref{Obstacks Data Alignment}.
-
-@item int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-The size for allocating chunks.  This is an lvalue.  @xref{Obstack Chunks}.
-
-@item void *obstack_base (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Tentative starting address of the currently growing object.
-@xref{Status of an Obstack}.
-
-@item void *obstack_next_free (struct obstack *@var{obstack-ptr})
-Address just after the end of the currently growing object.
-@xref{Status of an Obstack}.
-@end table
-

contrib/binutils/libiberty/ternary.c

@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/* ternary.c - Ternary Search Trees
-   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   Contributed by Daniel Berlin (dan@cgsoftware.com)
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "libiberty.h"
-#include "ternary.h"
-
-/* Non-recursive so we don't waste stack space/time on large
-   insertions. */
-
-PTR
-ternary_insert (root, s, data, replace)
-     ternary_tree *root;
-     const char *s;
-     PTR data;
-     int replace;
-{
-  int diff;
-  ternary_tree curr, *pcurr;
-
-  /* Start at the root. */
-  pcurr = root;
-  /* Loop until we find the right position */
-  while ((curr = *pcurr))
-    {
-      /* Calculate the difference */
-      diff = *s - curr->splitchar;
-      /* Handle current char equal to node splitchar */
-      if (diff == 0)
-	{
-	  /* Handle the case of a string we already have */
-	  if (*s++ == 0)
-	    {
-	      if (replace)
-		curr->eqkid = (ternary_tree) data;
-	      return (PTR) curr->eqkid;
-	    }
-	  pcurr = &(curr->eqkid);
-	}
-      /* Handle current char less than node splitchar */
-      else if (diff < 0)
-	{
-	  pcurr = &(curr->lokid);
-	}
-      /* Handle current char greater than node splitchar */
-      else
-	{
-	  pcurr = &(curr->hikid);
-	}
-    }
-  /* It's not a duplicate string, and we should insert what's left of
-     the string, into the tree rooted at curr */
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      /* Allocate the memory for the node, and fill it in */
-      *pcurr = (ternary_tree) xmalloc (sizeof (ternary_node));
-      curr = *pcurr;
-      curr->splitchar = *s;
-      curr->lokid = curr->hikid = curr->eqkid = 0;
-
-      /* Place nodes until we hit the end of the string.
-         When we hit it, place the data in the right place, and
-         return.
-       */
-      if (*s++ == 0)
-	{
-	  curr->eqkid = (ternary_tree) data;
-	  return data;
-	}
-      pcurr = &(curr->eqkid);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Free the ternary search tree rooted at p. */
-void
-ternary_cleanup (p)
-     ternary_tree p;
-{
-  if (p)
-    {
-      ternary_cleanup (p->lokid);
-      if (p->splitchar)
-	ternary_cleanup (p->eqkid);
-      ternary_cleanup (p->hikid);
-      free (p);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Non-recursive find of a string in the ternary tree */
-PTR
-ternary_search (p, s)
-     const ternary_node *p;
-     const char *s;
-{
-  const ternary_node *curr;
-  int diff, spchar;
-  spchar = *s;
-  curr = p;
-  /* Loop while we haven't hit a NULL node or returned */
-  while (curr)
-    {
-      /* Calculate the difference */
-      diff = spchar - curr->splitchar;
-      /* Handle the equal case */
-      if (diff == 0)
-	{
-	  if (spchar == 0)
-	    return (PTR) curr->eqkid;
-	  spchar = *++s;
-	  curr = curr->eqkid;
-	}
-      /* Handle the less than case */
-      else if (diff < 0)
-	curr = curr->lokid;
-      /* All that's left is greater than */
-      else
-	curr = curr->hikid;
-    }
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-/* For those who care, the recursive version of the search. Useful if
-   you want a starting point for pmsearch or nearsearch. */
-static PTR
-ternary_recursivesearch (p, s)
-     const ternary_node *p;
-     const char *s;
-{
-  if (!p)
-    return 0;
-  if (*s < p->splitchar)
-    return ternary_recursivesearch (p->lokid, s);
-  else if (*s > p->splitchar)
-    return ternary_recursivesearch (p->hikid, s);
-  else
-    {
-      if (*s == 0)
-	return (PTR) p->eqkid;
-      return ternary_recursivesearch (p->eqkid, ++s);
-    }
-}

contrib/binutils/ltcf-gcj.sh

@@ -1,651 +0,0 @@
-#### This script is meant to be sourced by ltconfig.
-
-# ltcf-gcj.sh - Create a GCJ compiler specific configuration
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <[email protected]>, 1996
-#
-# Original GCJ support by:
-#    Alexandre Oliva <[email protected]>
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Source file extension for Java test sources.
-ac_ext=java
-
-# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources.
-objext=o
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}"
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[] argv) {}; }'
-
-## Linker Characteristics
-case $host_os in
-cygwin* | mingw*)
-  # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
-  # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-  # Microsoft Visual C++.
-  if test "$with_gcc" != yes; then
-    with_gnu_ld=no
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-esac
-
-ld_shlibs=yes
-if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
-  wlarc='${wl}'
-
-  # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
-    # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
-    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      cat <<EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
-*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
-*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
-*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
-*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
-
-EOF
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  amigaos*)
-    archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-
-    # Samuel A. Falvo II <[email protected]> reports
-    # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
-    # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
-    # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
-    # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use
-    # them.
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-
-  beos*)
-    if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      # Joseph Beckenbach <[email protected]> says some releases of gcc
-      # support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
-      archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-    else
-      ld_shlibs=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin* | mingw*)
-    # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-    # no search path for DLLs.
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    always_export_symbols=yes
-
-    extract_expsyms_cmds='test -f $output_objdir/impgen.c || \
-      sed -e "/^# \/\* impgen\.c starts here \*\//,/^# \/\* impgen.c ends here \*\// { s/^# //; p; }" -e d < $0 > $output_objdir/impgen.c~
-      test -f $output_objdir/impgen.exe || (cd $output_objdir && \
-      if test "x$HOST_CC" != "x" ; then $HOST_CC -o impgen impgen.c ; \
-      else $CC -o impgen impgen.c ; fi)~
-      $output_objdir/impgen $dir/$soroot > $output_objdir/$soname-def'
-
-    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='$DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --def $output_objdir/$soname-def --output-lib $output_objdir/$newlib'
-
-    # cygwin and mingw dlls have different entry points and sets of symbols
-    # to exclude.
-    # FIXME: what about values for MSVC?
-    dll_entry=__cygwin_dll_entry@12
-    dll_exclude_symbols=DllMain@12,_cygwin_dll_entry@12,_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12~
-    case $host_os in
-    mingw*)
-      # mingw values
-      dll_entry=_DllMainCRTStartup@12
-      dll_exclude_symbols=DllMain@12,DllMainCRTStartup@12,DllEntryPoint@12~
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    # mingw and cygwin differ, and it's simplest to just exclude the union
-    # of the two symbol sets.
-    dll_exclude_symbols=DllMain@12,_cygwin_dll_entry@12,_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12,DllMainCRTStartup@12,DllEntryPoint@12
-
-    # recent cygwin and mingw systems supply a stub DllMain which the user
-    # can override, but on older systems we have to supply one (in ltdll.c)
-    if test "x$lt_cv_need_dllmain" = "xyes"; then
-      ltdll_obj='$output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.'"$objext "
-      ltdll_cmds='test -f $output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.c || sed -e "/^# \/\* ltdll\.c starts here \*\//,/^# \/\* ltdll.c ends here \*\// { s/^# //; p; }" -e d < $0 > $output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.c~
-	test -f $output_objdir/$soname-ltdll.$objext || (cd $output_objdir && $CC -c $soname-ltdll.c)~'
-    else
-      ltdll_obj=
-      ltdll_cmds=
-    fi
-
-    # Extract the symbol export list from an `--export-all' def file,
-    # then regenerate the def file from the symbol export list, so that
-    # the compiled dll only exports the symbol export list.
-    # Be careful not to strip the DATA tag left be newer dlltools.
-    export_symbols_cmds="$ltdll_cmds"'
-      $DLLTOOL --export-all --exclude-symbols '$dll_exclude_symbols' --output-def $output_objdir/$soname-def '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $convenience~
-      sed -e "1,/EXPORTS/d" -e "s/ @ [0-9]*//" -e "s/ *;.*$//" < $output_objdir/$soname-def > $export_symbols'
-
-    # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
-    # is EXPORTS), use it as is.
-    # If DATA tags from a recent dlltool are present, honour them!
-    archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`head -1 $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
-        cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname-def;
-      else
-        echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname-def;
-        _lt_hint=1;
-        cat $export_symbols | while read symbol; do
-         set dummy \$symbol;
-         case \[$]# in
-           2) echo "   \[$]2 @ \$_lt_hint ; " >> $output_objdir/$soname-def;;
-           *) echo "     \[$]2 @ \$_lt_hint \[$]3 ; " >> $output_objdir/$soname-def;;
-         esac;
-         _lt_hint=`expr 1 + \$_lt_hint`;
-        done;
-      fi~
-      '"$ltdll_cmds"'
-      $CC -Wl,--base-file,$output_objdir/$soname-base '$lt_cv_cc_dll_switch' -Wl,-e,'$dll_entry' -o $output_objdir/$soname '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~
-      $DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --exclude-symbols '$dll_exclude_symbols' --def $output_objdir/$soname-def --base-file $output_objdir/$soname-base --output-exp $output_objdir/$soname-exp~
-      $CC -Wl,--base-file,$output_objdir/$soname-base $output_objdir/$soname-exp '$lt_cv_cc_dll_switch' -Wl,-e,'$dll_entry' -o $output_objdir/$soname '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~
-      $DLLTOOL --as=$AS --dllname $soname --exclude-symbols '$dll_exclude_symbols' --def $output_objdir/$soname-def --base-file $output_objdir/$soname-base --output-exp $output_objdir/$soname-exp --output-lib $output_objdir/$libname.dll.a~
-      $CC $output_objdir/$soname-exp '$lt_cv_cc_dll_switch' -Wl,-e,'$dll_entry' -o $output_objdir/$soname '$ltdll_obj'$libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    ;;
-
-  netbsd*)
-    if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
-      wlarc=
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared -nodefaultlibs $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared -nodefaultlibs $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  solaris* | sysv5*)
-    if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      cat <<EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
-*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-EOF
-    elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-    else
-      ld_shlibs=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  sunos4*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    wlarc=
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-    else
-      ld_shlibs=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-    case $host_os in
-    cygwin* | mingw*)
-      # dlltool doesn't understand --whole-archive et. al.
-      whole_archive_flag_spec=
-      ;;
-    *)
-      # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
-	whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-      else
-	whole_archive_flag_spec=
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-else
-  # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    always_export_symbols=yes
-    archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
-    # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
-    # are no directories specified by -L.
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
-      # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
-      # broken collect2.
-      hardcode_direct=unsupported
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  aix4* | aix5*)
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-    link_all_deplibs=yes
-    # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
-    # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
-    # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
-    # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
-    # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
-      # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
-      # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
-        collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-        if test -f "$collect2name" && \
-	   strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-        then
-	  # We have reworked collect2
-	  hardcode_direct=yes
-        else
-	  # We have old collect2
-	  hardcode_direct=unsupported
-	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
-	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
-	  # to unsupported forces relinking
-	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-	  hardcode_libdir_separator=
-        fi
-      esac
-      shared_flag='-shared'
-    else
-      # not using gcc
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-        shared_flag='${wl}-G'
-      else
-        shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-      # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-      # have to do anything special.
-      aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-      if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
-        exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
-        no_entry_flag=""
-      fi
-    else
-      # Test if we are trying to use run time linking, or normal AIX style linking.
-      # If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we need to do run time linking.
-      aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-      for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-        if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl" ); then
-          aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-          break
-        fi
-      done
-      exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
-      no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
-    fi
-    # -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
-    always_export_symbols=yes
-    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-      # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags (-brtl), -berok will
-      #           link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-      allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-    else
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-        if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
-          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-          allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs"
-          archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-        fi
-      else
-        allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok'
-        # -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
-        always_export_symbols=yes
-        # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
-        whole_archive_flag_spec=' '
-        build_libtool_need_lc=yes
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-        # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds it's shared libraries.
-        archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
-      fi
-    fi
-  ;;
-
-  amigaos*)
-    archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin* | mingw*)
-    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-    # Microsoft Visual C++.
-    # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-    # no search path for DLLs.
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
-    libext=lib
-    # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
-    archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | sed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
-    # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
-    old_archive_from_new_cmds='true'
-    # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
-    old_archive_cmds='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
-    fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
-    ;;
-
-  freebsd1*)
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-
-  # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
-  # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
-  # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
-  # extra space).
-  freebsd2.2*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
-  freebsd2*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
-  freebsd*)
-    archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-    case $host_os in
-    hpux9*) archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' ;;
-    *) archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' ;;
-    esac
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes # Not in the search PATH, but as the default
-			 # location of the library.
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-    ;;
-
-  irix5* | irix6*)
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    link_all_deplibs=yes
-    ;;
-
-  netbsd*)
-    if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared -nodefaultlibs -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  openbsd*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  os2*)
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-    archive_cmds='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-    old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-    ;;
-
-  osf3*)
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    else
-      allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    ;;
-
-  osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
-    if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then
-      allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    else
-      allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-      archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-    fi
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-    ;;
-
-  sco3.2v5*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-    ;;
-
-  solaris*)
-    no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs'
-    archive_cmds='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
-    archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-      $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
-
-    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-    # linking a shared library.
-    output_verbose_link_cmds="$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | egrep \"\-L\""
-
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $wl$libdir'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    case $host_os in
-    solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
-    *) # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
-      whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' ;;
-    esac
-    link_all_deplibs=yes
-    ;;
-
-  sunos4*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=yes
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4.3*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport'
-    ;;
-
-  sysv5*)
-    no_undefined_flag=' -z text'
-    # $CC -shared without GNU ld will not create a library from C++
-    # object files and a static libstdc++, better avoid it by now
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-		$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-    ;;
-
-  uts4*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  dgux*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4*MP*)
-    if test -d /usr/nec; then
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-      ld_shlibs=yes
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  sysv4.2uw2*)
-    archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-    hardcode_direct=yes
-    hardcode_minus_L=no
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    ;;
-
-  sysv5uw7* | unixware7*)
-    no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z ${wl}text'
-    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    else
-      archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-    fi
-    runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-    hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    ld_shlibs=no
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-## Compiler Characteristics: PIC flags, static flags, etc
-
-# We don't use cached values here since only the C compiler
-# characteristics should be cached.
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_pic=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_shlib=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_wl=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_static=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_no_builtin=
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_can_build_shared=$can_build_shared
-
-    ac_cv_prog_cc_wl='-Wl,'
-    ac_cv_prog_cc_static='-static'
-
-    case $host_os in
-    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
-      ;;
-    aix*)
-      # Below there is a dirty hack to force normal static linking with -ldl
-      # The problem is because libdl dynamically linked with both libc and
-      # libC (AIX C++ library), which obviously doesn't included in libraries
-      # list by gcc. This cause undefined symbols with -static flags.
-      # This hack allows C programs to be linked with "-static -ldl", but
-      # we not sure about C++ programs.
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_static="$ac_cv_prog_cc_static ${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}-lC"
-      ;;
-    *djgpp*)
-      # DJGPP does not suppot shared libraries at all
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic=
-      ;;
-    cygwin* | mingw* | os2*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
-      ;;
-    amigaos*)
-      # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
-      # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
-      # like `-m68040'.
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
-      ;;
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	 ac_cv_prog_cc_pic=-Kconform_pic
-      fi
-      ;;
-    *)
-      ac_cv_prog_cc_pic='-fPIC'
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
-need_lc=no
-
-# All existing releases of GCJ support `-c -o'.
-lt_cv_compiler_c_o=yes

contrib/bzip2/FREEBSD-upgrade

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-$FreeBSD$
-
-Julian Seward's bzip2
-	originals can be found at: 	http://sources.redhat.com/bzip2/
-
-Imported by:
-
-	cvs import -m "Virgin import (trimmed) of Bzip2 version 1.0.2." \
-		src/contrib/bzip2 BZIP2 v1_0_2
-
-Notes:
-	1. The following log shows details of trimming:
-
-	$ tar xvfz bzip2-1.0.2.tar.gz
-	$ cd bzip2-1.0.2
-	$ rm bzdiff bzdiff.1 bzgrep bzgrep.1 bzip2.1.preformatted bzip2.txt
-	$ rm bzmore bzmore.1 dlltest.dsp libbz2.dsp manual.html manual.pdf
-	$ rm manual.ps manual_1.html manual_2.html manual_3.html manual_4.html
-	$ rm manual_abt.html manual_ovr.html manual_toc.html mk251.c
-	$ uuencode sample1.bz2 sample1.bz2 > sample1.bz2.uu
-	$ uuencode sample2.bz2 sample2.bz2 > sample2.bz2.uu
-	$ uuencode sample3.bz2 sample3.bz2 > sample3.bz2.uu
-	$ gzip -9 sample1.ref sample2.ref sample3.ref
-	$ uuencode sample1.ref.gz sample1.ref.gz > sample1.ref.gz.uu
-	$ uuencode sample2.ref.gz sample2.ref.gz > sample2.ref.gz.uu
-	$ uuencode sample3.ref.gz sample3.ref.gz > sample3.ref.gz.uu
-	$ rm sample1.bz2 sample1.ref.gz sample2.bz2 sample2.ref.gz
-	$ rm sample3.bz2 sample3.ref.gz
-
-
-[email protected]
-1 February 2002

contrib/file/Magdir/citrus

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# citrus locale declaration
-#
-
-0	string		RuneCT		Citrus locale declaration for LC_CTYPE
-

contrib/file/Magdir/natinst

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# natinst:  file(1) magic for National Instruments Code Files
-
-#
-# From <[email protected]> Enrique Gámez-Flores
-# version 1
-# Many formats still missing, we use, for the moment LabVIEW
-# We guess VXI format file. VISA, LabWindowsCVI, BridgeVIEW, etc, are missing
-#
-0       string          RSRC            National Instruments,
-# Check if it's a LabVIEW File
->8      string          LV              LabVIEW File,
-# Check wich kind of file is
->>10    string          SB              Code Resource File, data
->>10    string          IN              Virtual Instrument Program, data
->>10    string          AR              VI Library, data
-# This is for Menu Libraries
->8      string          LMNULBVW        Portable File Names, data
-# This is for General Resources
->8      string          rsc             Resources File, data
-# This is for VXI Package
-0       string          VMAP            National Instruments, VXI File, data

contrib/lukemftpd/COPYING

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-Copyright 2001 Luke Mewburn <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
-
-Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-are met:
-1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-   documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
-   must display the following acknowledgement:
-	This product includes software developed by Luke Mewburn.
-4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
-   derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
-OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
-INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
-OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
-ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
-TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
-USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-This product also contains software developed by other people, and you
-are advised to read the various source files to read the full details
-of the other licenses. Those licenses also require the following
-acknowledgements:
-
-	This product includes software developed by the NetBSD Foundation,
-	Inc.  and its contributors.  Those contributors include:
-		- Simon Burge
-		- Luke Mewburn
-		- Christos Zoulas
-
-	This product includes software developed by the University of
-	California, Berkeley and its contributors.  Those contributors
-	include:
-		- Michael Fischbein
-		- Guido van Rossum
-		- Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc
-
-	This product includes software developed by Christos Zoulas.
-

contrib/lukemftpd/Makefile.in

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.1 2000/07/29 13:34:15 lukem Exp $
-#
-
-srcdir	= @srcdir@
-VPATH	= @srcdir@
-SHELL	= /bin/sh
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-SUBDIRS	= libukem src
-
-all:	ftpd
-
-ftpd:	@LIBUKEM@
-	( cd src; ${MAKE} )
-
-libukem.a:
-	( cd libukem; ${MAKE} )
-
-install clean:
-	@for i in ${SUBDIRS}; do \
-	    ( echo "$@ ===> $$i" ; cd $$i ; ${MAKE} $@ ); \
-	done
-
-distclean: clean
-	@for i in ${SUBDIRS}; do \
-	    ( echo "$@ ===> $$i" ; cd $$i ; ${MAKE} $@ ); \
-	done
-	rm -f Makefile config.cache config.log config.status config.h

contrib/lukemftpd/acconfig.h

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/* $Id: acconfig.h,v 1.9 2001/04/28 07:11:06 lukem Exp $ */
-
-@TOP@
-@BOTTOM@
-
-/* Define if your compiler supports `long long' */
-#undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-
-/* Define if *printf() uses %qd to print `long long' (otherwise uses %lld) */
-#undef HAVE_PRINTF_QD
-
-/* Define if in_port_t exists */
-#undef HAVE_IN_PORT_T
-
-/* Define if struct sockaddr.sa_len exists (implies sockaddr_in.sin_len, etc) */
-#undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
-
-/* Define if socklen_t exists */
-#undef HAVE_SOCKLEN_T
-
-/* Define if AF_INET6 exists in <sys/socket.h> */
-#undef HAVE_AF_INET6
-
-/* Define if `struct sockaddr_in6' exists in <netinet/in.h> */
-#undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6
-
-/* Define if `struct addrinfo' exists in <netdb.h> */
-#undef HAVE_ADDRINFO
-
-/*
- * Define if <netdb.h> contains AI_NUMERICHOST et al.
- * Systems which only implement RFC2133 will need this.
- */
-#undef HAVE_RFC2553_NETDB
-
-/* Define if `struct direct' has a d_namlen element */
-#undef HAVE_D_NAMLEN
-
-/* Define if struct passwd.pw_expire exists. */
-#undef HAVE_PW_EXPIRE
-
-/* Define if GLOB_BRACE, gl_path and gl_match exist in <glob.h> */
-#undef HAVE_WORKING_GLOB
-
-/* Define if crypt() is declared in <unistd.h> */
-#undef HAVE_CRYPT_D
-
-/* Define if fclose() is declared in <stdio.h> */
-#undef HAVE_FCLOSE_D
-
-/* Define if optarg is declared in <stdlib.h> or <unistd.h> */
-#undef HAVE_OPTARG_D
-
-/* Define if optind is declared in <stdlib.h> or <unistd.h> */
-#undef HAVE_OPTIND_D
-
-/* Define if optreset exists */
-#undef HAVE_OPTRESET
-
-/* Define if pclose() is declared in <stdio.h> */
-#undef HAVE_PCLOSE_D
-
-/* Define if getusershell() is declared in <unistd.h> */
-#undef HAVE_GETUSERSHELL_D
-
-/* Define if `long long' is supported and sizeof(off_t) >= 8 */
-#undef HAVE_QUAD_SUPPORT
-
-/* Define if not using in-built /bin/ls code */
-#undef NO_INTERNAL_LS
-
-/* Define if using S/Key */
-#undef SKEY
-
-/*
- * Define this if compiling with SOCKS (the firewall traversal library).
- * Also, you must define connect, getsockname, bind, accept, listen, and
- * select to their R-versions.
- */
-#undef	SOCKS
-#undef	SOCKS4
-#undef	SOCKS5
-#undef	connect
-#undef	getsockname
-#undef	bind
-#undef	accept
-#undef	listen
-#undef	select
-#undef	dup
-#undef	dup2
-#undef	fclose
-#undef	gethostbyname
-#undef	getpeername
-#undef	read
-#undef	recv
-#undef	recvfrom
-#undef	rresvport
-#undef	send
-#undef	sendto
-#undef	shutdown
-#undef	write

contrib/lukemftpd/aclocal.m4

@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-dnl $Id: aclocal.m4,v 1.1 2000/07/29 13:34:15 lukem Exp $
-dnl
-
-dnl
-dnl AC_MSG_TRY_COMPILE
-dnl
-dnl Written by Luke Mewburn <[email protected]>
-dnl
-dnl Usage:
-dnl	AC_MSG_TRY_COMPILE(Message, CacheVar, Includes, Code,
-dnl			    ActionPass [,ActionFail] )
-dnl
-dnl effectively does:
-dnl	AC_CACHE_CHECK(Message, CacheVar,
-dnl		AC_TRY_COMPILE(Includes, Code, CacheVar = yes, CacheVar = no)
-dnl		if CacheVar == yes
-dnl			AC_MESSAGE_RESULT(yes)
-dnl			ActionPass
-dnl		else
-dnl			AC_MESSAGE_RESULT(no)
-dnl			ActionFail
-dnl	)
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_MSG_TRY_COMPILE, [
-	AC_CACHE_CHECK($1, $2, [
-		AC_TRY_COMPILE([ $3 ], [ $4; ], [ $2=yes ], [ $2=no ])
-	])
-	if test "x[$]$2" = "xyes"; then
-		$5
-	else
-		$6
-		:
-	fi
-])
-
-dnl
-dnl AC_MSG_TRY_LINK
-dnl
-dnl Usage:
-dnl	AC_MSG_TRY_LINK(Message, CacheVar, Includes, Code,
-dnl			    ActionPass [,ActionFail] )
-dnl
-dnl as AC_MSG_TRY_COMPILE, but uses AC_TRY_LINK instead of AC_TRY_COMPILE
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_MSG_TRY_LINK, [
-	AC_CACHE_CHECK($1, $2, [
-		AC_TRY_LINK([ $3 ], [ $4; ], [ $2=yes ], [ $2=no ])
-	])
-	if test "x[$]$2" = "xyes"; then
-		$5
-	else
-		$6
-		:
-	fi
-])
-
-
-dnl
-dnl AC_LIBRARY_NET: #Id: net.m4,v 1.5 1997/11/09 21:36:54 jhawk Exp #
-dnl
-dnl Written by John Hawkinson <[email protected]>. This code is in the Public
-dnl Domain.
-dnl
-dnl This test is for network applications that need socket() and
-dnl gethostbyname() -ish functions.  Under Solaris, those applications need to
-dnl link with "-lsocket -lnsl".  Under IRIX, they should *not* link with
-dnl "-lsocket" because libsocket.a breaks a number of things (for instance:
-dnl gethostbyname() under IRIX 5.2, and snoop sockets under most versions of
-dnl IRIX).
-dnl 
-dnl Unfortunately, many application developers are not aware of this, and
-dnl mistakenly write tests that cause -lsocket to be used under IRIX.  It is
-dnl also easy to write tests that cause -lnsl to be used under operating
-dnl systems where neither are necessary (or useful), such as SunOS 4.1.4, which
-dnl uses -lnsl for TLI.
-dnl 
-dnl This test exists so that every application developer does not test this in
-dnl a different, and subtly broken fashion.
-dnl 
-dnl It has been argued that this test should be broken up into two seperate
-dnl tests, one for the resolver libraries, and one for the libraries necessary
-dnl for using Sockets API. Unfortunately, the two are carefully intertwined and
-dnl allowing the autoconf user to use them independantly potentially results in
-dnl unfortunate ordering dependancies -- as such, such component macros would
-dnl have to carefully use indirection and be aware if the other components were
-dnl executed. Since other autoconf macros do not go to this trouble, and almost
-dnl no applications use sockets without the resolver, this complexity has not
-dnl been implemented.
-dnl
-dnl The check for libresolv is in case you are attempting to link statically
-dnl and happen to have a libresolv.a lying around (and no libnsl.a).
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBRARY_NET, [
-   # Most operating systems have gethostbyname() in the default searched
-   # libraries (i.e. libc):
-   AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, ,
-     # Some OSes (eg. Solaris) place it in libnsl:
-     AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname, , 
-       # Some strange OSes (SINIX) have it in libsocket:
-       AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, gethostbyname, ,
-          # Unfortunately libsocket sometimes depends on libnsl.
-          # AC_CHECK_LIB's API is essentially broken so the following
-          # ugliness is necessary:
-          AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, gethostbyname,
-             LIBS="-lsocket -lnsl $LIBS",
-               AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, gethostbyname),
-             -lnsl)
-       )
-     )
-   )
-  AC_CHECK_FUNC(socket, , AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket, ,
-    AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket, LIBS="-lsocket -lnsl $LIBS", , -lnsl)))
-  ])
-
-
-dnl Checks for SOCKS firewall support.
-dnl
-dnl Written by Matthew R. Green <[email protected]>
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBRARY_SOCKS, [
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to support SOCKS)
-    AC_ARG_WITH(socks,
-    [  --with-socks            Compile with SOCKS firewall traversal support.],
-    [
-	case "$withval" in
-	no)
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-	    ;;
-	yes)
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-	    AC_CHECK_LIB(socks5, SOCKSconnect, [
-		socks=5
-		LIBS="-lsocks5 $LIBS"], [
-	      AC_CHECK_LIB(socks, Rconnect, [
-		socks=4
-		LIBS="-lsocks $LIBS"], [
-		    AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find socks library.  You must first install socks.) ] ) ] )
-	    ;;
-	esac
-    ],
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-    )
-
-    if test "x$socks" = "x"; then
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to support SOCKS5)
-	AC_ARG_WITH(socks5,
-	[  --with-socks5[=PATH]    Compile with SOCKS5 firewall traversal support.],
-	[
-	    case "$withval" in
-	    no)
-		AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-		;;
-	    *)
-		AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-		socks=5
-		if test "x$withval" = "xyes"; then
-		    withval="-lsocks5"
-		else
-		    if test -d "$withval"; then
-			if test -d "$withval/include"; then
-			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval/include"
-			else
-			    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval"
-			fi
-			if test -d "$withval/lib"; then
-			    withval="-L$withval/lib -lsocks5"
-			else
-			    withval="-L$withval -lsocks5"
-			fi
-		    fi
-		fi
-		LIBS="$withval $LIBS"
-		# If Socks was compiled with Kerberos support, we will need
-		# to link against kerberos libraries.  Temporarily append
-		# to LIBS.  This is harmless if there is no kerberos support.
-		TMPLIBS="$LIBS"
-		LIBS="$LIBS $KERBEROS_LIBS"
-		AC_TRY_LINK([],
-		    [ SOCKSconnect(); ],
-		    [],
-		    [ AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find the $withval library.  You must first install socks5.) ])
-		LIBS="$TMPLIBS"
-		;;
-	    esac
-	],
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-	)
-    fi
-
-    if test "x$socks" = "x"; then
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to support SOCKS4)
-	AC_ARG_WITH(socks4,
-	[  --with-socks4[=PATH]    Compile with SOCKS4 firewall traversal support.],
-	[
-	    case "$withval" in
-	    no)
-		AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-		;;
-	    *)
-		AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-		socks=4
-		if test "x$withval" = "xyes"; then
-		    withval="-lsocks"
-		else
-		    if test -d "$withval"; then
-			withval="-L$withval -lsocks"
-		    fi
-		fi
-		LIBS="$withval $LIBS"
-		AC_TRY_LINK([],
-		    [ Rconnect(); ],
-		    [],
-		    [ AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find the $withval library.  You must first install socks.) ])
-		;;
-	    esac
-	],
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-	)
-    fi
-
-    if test "x$socks" = "x4"; then
-	AC_DEFINE(SOCKS)
-	AC_DEFINE(SOCKS4)
-	AC_DEFINE(connect, Rconnect)
-	AC_DEFINE(getsockname, Rgetsockname)
-	AC_DEFINE(bind, Rbind)
-	AC_DEFINE(accept, Raccept)
-	AC_DEFINE(listen, Rlisten)
-	AC_DEFINE(select, Rselect)
-    fi
-
-    if test "x$socks" = "x5"; then
-	AC_DEFINE(SOCKS)
-	AC_DEFINE(SOCKS5)
-	AC_DEFINE(connect,SOCKSconnect)
-	AC_DEFINE(getsockname,SOCKSgetsockname)
-	AC_DEFINE(getpeername,SOCKSgetpeername)
-	AC_DEFINE(bind,SOCKSbind)
-	AC_DEFINE(accept,SOCKSaccept)
-	AC_DEFINE(listen,SOCKSlisten)
-	AC_DEFINE(select,SOCKSselect)
-	AC_DEFINE(recvfrom,SOCKSrecvfrom)
-	AC_DEFINE(sendto,SOCKSsendto)
-	AC_DEFINE(recv,SOCKSrecv)
-	AC_DEFINE(send,SOCKSsend)
-	AC_DEFINE(read,SOCKSread)
-	AC_DEFINE(write,SOCKSwrite)
-	AC_DEFINE(rresvport,SOCKSrresvport)
-	AC_DEFINE(shutdown,SOCKSshutdown)
-	AC_DEFINE(listen,SOCKSlisten)
-	AC_DEFINE(close,SOCKSclose)
-	AC_DEFINE(dup,SOCKSdup)
-	AC_DEFINE(dup2,SOCKSdup2)
-	AC_DEFINE(fclose,SOCKSfclose)
-	AC_DEFINE(gethostbyname,SOCKSgethostbyname)
-    fi
-])

contrib/lukemftpd/config.h.in

@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/* config.h.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
-/* $Id: config.h.in,v 1.15 2001/04/28 07:11:46 lukem Exp $ */
-
-
-/* Define if the closedir function returns void instead of int.  */
-#undef CLOSEDIR_VOID
-
-/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
-#undef const
-
-/* Define if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together.  */
-#undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
-
-/* Define if your Fortran 77 compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together. */
-#undef F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
-
-/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
-#undef off_t
-
-/* Define to the type of arg1 for select(). */
-#undef SELECT_TYPE_ARG1
-
-/* Define to the type of args 2, 3 and 4 for select(). */
-#undef SELECT_TYPE_ARG234
-
-/* Define to the type of arg5 for select(). */
-#undef SELECT_TYPE_ARG5
-
-/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
-
-/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>.  */
-#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-
-/* Define if the closedir function returns void instead of int.  */
-#undef VOID_CLOSEDIR
-
-/* The number of bytes in a off_t.  */
-#undef SIZEOF_OFF_T
-
-/* Define if you have the err function.  */
-#undef HAVE_ERR
-
-/* Define if you have the fgetln function.  */
-#undef HAVE_FGETLN
-
-/* Define if you have the flock function.  */
-#undef HAVE_FLOCK
-
-/* Define if you have the fparseln function.  */
-#undef HAVE_FPARSELN
-
-/* Define if you have the fts_open function.  */
-#undef HAVE_FTS_OPEN
-
-/* Define if you have the getaddrinfo function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
-
-/* Define if you have the getgrouplist function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETGROUPLIST
-
-/* Define if you have the getnameinfo function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETNAMEINFO
-
-/* Define if you have the getspnam function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETSPNAM
-
-/* Define if you have the getusershell function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETUSERSHELL
-
-/* Define if you have the inet_net_pton function.  */
-#undef HAVE_INET_NET_PTON
-
-/* Define if you have the inet_ntop function.  */
-#undef HAVE_INET_NTOP
-
-/* Define if you have the inet_pton function.  */
-#undef HAVE_INET_PTON
-
-/* Define if you have the lockf function.  */
-#undef HAVE_LOCKF
-
-/* Define if you have the mkstemp function.  */
-#undef HAVE_MKSTEMP
-
-/* Define if you have the setlogin function.  */
-#undef HAVE_SETLOGIN
-
-/* Define if you have the setproctitle function.  */
-#undef HAVE_SETPROCTITLE
-
-/* Define if you have the sl_init function.  */
-#undef HAVE_SL_INIT
-
-/* Define if you have the snprintf function.  */
-#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
-
-/* Define if you have the strdup function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRDUP
-
-/* Define if you have the strerror function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRERROR
-
-/* Define if you have the strlcat function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRLCAT
-
-/* Define if you have the strlcpy function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRLCPY
-
-/* Define if you have the strmode function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRMODE
-
-/* Define if you have the strsep function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRSEP
-
-/* Define if you have the strtoll function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRTOLL
-
-/* Define if you have the user_from_uid function.  */
-#undef HAVE_USER_FROM_UID
-
-/* Define if you have the usleep function.  */
-#undef HAVE_USLEEP
-
-/* Define if you have the vfork function.  */
-#undef HAVE_VFORK
-
-/* Define if you have the vsyslog function.  */
-#undef HAVE_VSYSLOG
-
-/* Define if you have the <arpa/nameser.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_ARPA_NAMESER_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <err.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_ERR_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <fts.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_FTS_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <libutil.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_LIBUTIL_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <ndir.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <paths.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_PATHS_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <sys/sysmacros.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSMACROS_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <util.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_UTIL_H
-
-/* Define if you have the crypt library (-lcrypt).  */
-#undef HAVE_LIBCRYPT
-
-/* Define if you have the nsl library (-lnsl).  */
-#undef HAVE_LIBNSL
-
-/* Define if you have the skey library (-lskey).  */
-#undef HAVE_LIBSKEY
-
-/* Define if you have the socket library (-lsocket).  */
-#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET
-
-/* Define if you have the util library (-lutil).  */
-#undef HAVE_LIBUTIL
-
-/* Define if your compiler supports `long long' */
-#undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-
-/* Define if *printf() uses %qd to print `long long' (otherwise uses %lld) */
-#undef HAVE_PRINTF_QD
-
-/* Define if in_port_t exists */
-#undef HAVE_IN_PORT_T
-
-/* Define if struct sockaddr.sa_len exists (implies sockaddr_in.sin_len, etc) */
-#undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
-
-/* Define if socklen_t exists */
-#undef HAVE_SOCKLEN_T
-
-/* Define if AF_INET6 exists in <sys/socket.h> */
-#undef HAVE_AF_INET6
-
-/* Define if `struct sockaddr_in6' exists in <netinet/in.h> */
-#undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6
-
-/* Define if `struct addrinfo' exists in <netdb.h> */
-#undef HAVE_ADDRINFO
-
-/*
- * Define if <netdb.h> contains AI_NUMERICHOST et al.
- * Systems which only implement RFC2133 will need this.
- */
-#undef HAVE_RFC2553_NETDB
-
-/* Define if `struct direct' has a d_namlen element */
-#undef HAVE_D_NAMLEN
-
-/* Define if struct passwd.pw_expire exists. */
-#undef HAVE_PW_EXPIRE
-
-/* Define if GLOB_BRACE, gl_path and gl_match exist in <glob.h> */
-#undef HAVE_WORKING_GLOB
-
-/* Define if crypt() is declared in <unistd.h> */
-#undef HAVE_CRYPT_D
-
-/* Define if fclose() is declared in <stdio.h> */
-#undef HAVE_FCLOSE_D
-
-/* Define if optarg is declared in <stdlib.h> or <unistd.h> */
-#undef HAVE_OPTARG_D
-
-/* Define if optind is declared in <stdlib.h> or <unistd.h> */
-#undef HAVE_OPTIND_D
-
-/* Define if optreset exists */
-#undef HAVE_OPTRESET
-
-/* Define if pclose() is declared in <stdio.h> */
-#undef HAVE_PCLOSE_D
-
-/* Define if getusershell() is declared in <unistd.h> */
-#undef HAVE_GETUSERSHELL_D
-
-/* Define if `long long' is supported and sizeof(off_t) >= 8 */
-#undef HAVE_QUAD_SUPPORT
-
-/* Define if not using in-built /bin/ls code */
-#undef NO_INTERNAL_LS
-
-/* Define if using S/Key */
-#undef SKEY
-
-/*
- * Define this if compiling with SOCKS (the firewall traversal library).
- * Also, you must define connect, getsockname, bind, accept, listen, and
- * select to their R-versions.
- */
-#undef	SOCKS
-#undef	SOCKS4
-#undef	SOCKS5
-#undef	connect
-#undef	getsockname
-#undef	bind
-#undef	accept
-#undef	listen
-#undef	select
-#undef	dup
-#undef	dup2
-#undef	fclose
-#undef	gethostbyname
-#undef	getpeername
-#undef	read
-#undef	recv
-#undef	recvfrom
-#undef	rresvport
-#undef	send
-#undef	sendto
-#undef	shutdown
-#undef	write

contrib/lukemftpd/install-sh

@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
-#
-# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
-#
-# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
-# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
-# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
-# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
-# without express or implied warranty.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
-# shared with many OS's install programs.
-
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit="${DOITPROG-}"
-
-
-# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
-
-mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
-cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
-chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
-chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
-chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
-stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
-rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
-mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
-
-transformbasename=""
-transform_arg=""
-instcmd="$mvprog"
-chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
-chowncmd=""
-chgrpcmd=""
-stripcmd=""
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-mvcmd="$mvprog"
-src=""
-dst=""
-dir_arg=""
-
-while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
-    case $1 in
-	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-d) dir_arg=true
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
-	    then
-		src=$1
-	    else
-		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
-		:
-		dst=$1
-	    fi
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-    esac
-done
-
-if [ x"$src" = x ]
-then
-	echo "install:	no input file specified"
-	exit 1
-else
-	true
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
-	dst=$src
-	src=""
-	
-	if [ -d $dst ]; then
-		instcmd=:
-		chmodcmd=""
-	else
-		instcmd=mkdir
-	fi
-else
-
-# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
-# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-
-	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
-	then
-		true
-	else
-		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
-		exit 1
-	fi
-	
-	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
-	then
-		echo "install:	no destination specified"
-		exit 1
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-
-# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
-# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
-
-	if [ -d $dst ]
-	then
-		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-fi
-
-## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
-
-# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
-#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
-
-# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
-if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='	
-'
-IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
-
-oIFS="${IFS}"
-# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
-IFS='%'
-set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS="${oIFS}"
-
-pathcomp=''
-
-while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
-	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
-	shift
-
-	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
-        then
-		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-
-	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
-done
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
-then
-	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
-
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
-else
-
-# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
-
-	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename $dst`
-	else
-		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
-			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
-	fi
-
-# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
-
-	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename $dst`
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-
-# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
-
-	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
-
-# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
-
-	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
-
-	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
-
-# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
-
-# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
-
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-
-# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-
-	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
-	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
-
-fi &&
-
-
-exit 0

contrib/lukemftpd/src/Makefile.in

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.5 2001/03/29 05:29:07 lukem Exp $
-#
-
-srcdir	= @srcdir@
-VPATH	= @srcdir@
-SHELL	= /bin/sh
-
-prefix	= @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-bindir	= @bindir@
-mandir	= @mandir@
-sbindir	= @sbindir@
-
-mandircat5 = ${mandir}/cat5
-mandircat8 = ${mandir}/cat8
-
-CC	= @CC@
-CFLAGS	= -I${srcdir} -I${srcdir}/.. -I. -I.. @INCLUDES@ @CFLAGS@
-LIBS	= @LIBS@
-LDFLAGS	= @LDFLAGS@
-
-INSTALL	= @INSTALL@
-
-PROG	= ftpd
-OBJS	= cmds.o conf.o ftpd.o ftpcmd.o popen.o @LSOBJS@
-# removed: logutmp.o logwtmp.o
-
-all:	${PROG}
-
-cmp.o: ${srcdir}/../ls/cmp.c
-	${CC} ${CFLAGS} -c  -o cmp.o ${srcdir}/../ls/cmp.c
-
-ls.o: ${srcdir}/../ls/ls.c
-	${CC} ${CFLAGS} -c  -o ls.o ${srcdir}/../ls/ls.c
-
-print.o: ${srcdir}/../ls/print.c
-	${CC} ${CFLAGS} -c  -o print.o ${srcdir}/../ls/print.c
-
-stat_flags.o: ${srcdir}/../ls/stat_flags.c
-	${CC} ${CFLAGS} -c  -o stat_flags.o ${srcdir}/../ls/stat_flags.c
-
-util.o: ${srcdir}/../ls/util.c
-	${CC} ${CFLAGS} -c  -o util.o ${srcdir}/../ls/util.c
-
-install: all
-	-mkdir -p ${sbindir}
-	${INSTALL} -m 555 ${PROG} ${sbindir}
-	-mkdir -p ${mandircat5}
-	${INSTALL} -m 444 ${srcdir}/ftpd.conf.cat5 ${mandircat5}/ftpd.conf.5
-	${INSTALL} -m 444 ${srcdir}/ftpusers.cat5 ${mandircat5}/ftpusers.5
-	-mkdir -p ${mandircat8}
-	${INSTALL} -m 444 ${srcdir}/${PROG}.cat8 ${mandircat8}/${PROG}.8
-
-${PROG}: ${OBJS} @LIBDEPENDS@
-	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -o ${PROG} ${OBJS} ${LIBS}
-
-clean:
-	rm -f core ${PROG} ${OBJS}
-
-distclean: clean
-	rm -f Makefile

contrib/lukemftpd/src/arpaftp.h

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: ftp.h,v 1.5 1998/02/10 00:32:50 perry Exp $	*/
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1983, 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- *	@(#)ftp.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
- */
-
-#ifndef _ARPA_FTP_H_
-#define	_ARPA_FTP_H_
-
-/* Definitions for FTP; see RFC-765. */
-
-/*
- * Reply codes.
- */
-#define PRELIM		1	/* positive preliminary */
-#define COMPLETE	2	/* positive completion */
-#define CONTINUE	3	/* positive intermediate */
-#define TRANSIENT	4	/* transient negative completion */
-#define ERROR		5	/* permanent negative completion */
-
-/*
- * Type codes
- */
-#define	TYPE_A		1	/* ASCII */
-#define	TYPE_E		2	/* EBCDIC */
-#define	TYPE_I		3	/* image */
-#define	TYPE_L		4	/* local byte size */
-
-#ifdef FTP_NAMES
-char *typenames[] =  {"0", "ASCII", "EBCDIC", "Image", "Local" };
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Form codes
- */
-#define	FORM_N		1	/* non-print */
-#define	FORM_T		2	/* telnet format effectors */
-#define	FORM_C		3	/* carriage control (ASA) */
-#ifdef FTP_NAMES
-char *formnames[] =  {"0", "Nonprint", "Telnet", "Carriage-control" };
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Structure codes
- */
-#define	STRU_F		1	/* file (no record structure) */
-#define	STRU_R		2	/* record structure */
-#define	STRU_P		3	/* page structure */
-#ifdef FTP_NAMES
-char *strunames[] =  {"0", "File", "Record", "Page" };
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Mode types
- */
-#define	MODE_S		1	/* stream */
-#define	MODE_B		2	/* block */
-#define	MODE_C		3	/* compressed */
-#ifdef FTP_NAMES
-char *modenames[] =  {"0", "Stream", "Block", "Compressed" };
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Record Tokens
- */
-#define	REC_ESC		'\377'	/* Record-mode Escape */
-#define	REC_EOR		'\001'	/* Record-mode End-of-Record */
-#define REC_EOF		'\002'	/* Record-mode End-of-File */
-
-/*
- * Block Header
- */
-#define	BLK_EOR		0x80	/* Block is End-of-Record */
-#define	BLK_EOF		0x40	/* Block is End-of-File */
-#define BLK_ERRORS	0x20	/* Block is suspected of containing errors */
-#define	BLK_RESTART	0x10	/* Block is Restart Marker */
-
-#define	BLK_BYTECOUNT	2	/* Bytes in this block */
-
-#endif /* _ARPA_FTP_H_ */

contrib/lukemftpd/src/logutmp.c

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Portions Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- * Portions Copyright (c) 1996, Jason Downs.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include "lukemftpd.h"
-
-typedef struct utmp UTMP;
-
-static int fd = -1;
-static int topslot = -1;
-
-/*
- * Special versions of login()/logout() which hold the utmp file open,
- * for use with ftpd.
- */
-
-void
-login(const UTMP *ut)
-{
-	UTMP ubuf;
-
-	/*
-	 * First, loop through /etc/ttys, if needed, to initialize the
-	 * top of the tty slots, since ftpd has no tty.
-	 */
-	if (topslot < 0) {
-		topslot = 0;
-		while (getttyent() != (struct ttyent *)NULL)
-			topslot++;
-	}
-	if ((topslot < 0) || ((fd < 0)
-	    && (fd = open(_PATH_UTMP, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644)) < 0))
-	    	return;
-
-	/*
-	 * Now find a slot that's not in use...
-	 */
-	(void)lseek(fd, (off_t)(topslot * sizeof(UTMP)), SEEK_SET);
-
-	while (1) {
-		if (read(fd, &ubuf, sizeof(UTMP)) == sizeof(UTMP)) {
-			if (!ubuf.ut_name[0]) {
-				(void)lseek(fd, -(off_t)sizeof(UTMP), SEEK_CUR);
-				break;
-			}
-			topslot++;
-		} else {
-			(void)lseek(fd, (off_t)(topslot * sizeof(UTMP)),
-			    SEEK_SET);
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	(void)write(fd, ut, sizeof(UTMP));
-}
-
-int
-logout(const char *line)
-{
-	UTMP ut;
-	int rval;
-
-	rval = 0;
-	if (fd < 0)
-		return(rval);
-
-	(void)lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
-
-	while (read(fd, &ut, sizeof(UTMP)) == sizeof(UTMP)) {
-		if (!ut.ut_name[0]
-		    || strncmp(ut.ut_line, line, UT_LINESIZE))
-			continue;
-		memset(ut.ut_name, 0, UT_NAMESIZE);
-		memset(ut.ut_host, 0, UT_HOSTSIZE);
-		(void)time(&ut.ut_time);
-		(void)lseek(fd, -(off_t)sizeof(UTMP), SEEK_CUR);
-		(void)write(fd, &ut, sizeof(UTMP));
-		rval = 1;
-	}
-	return(rval);
-}

contrib/lukemftpd/src/pathnames.h

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/*	$NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.10 2000/03/06 21:42:26 lukem Exp $	*/
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- *	@(#)pathnames.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
- */
-
-#ifndef	_DEFAULT_CONFDIR
-#define	_DEFAULT_CONFDIR	"/etc"
-#endif
-
-#define	_PATH_FTPCHROOT		"ftpchroot"
-#define	_PATH_FTPDCONF		"ftpd.conf"
-#define	_PATH_FTPLOGINMESG	"motd"
-#undef	_PATH_FTPUSERS
-#define	_PATH_FTPUSERS		"ftpusers"
-#define	_PATH_FTPWELCOME	"ftpwelcome"
-
-#define _PATH_CLASSPIDS		"/var/run/ftpd.pids-"
-
-#define	TMPFILE			"/tmp/ftpdXXXXXXX"

contrib/one-true-awk/awk.1

@@ -1,529 +0,0 @@
-.de EX
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.br
-.fi
-.ft 1
-..
-awk
-.TH AWK 1
-.CT 1 files prog_other
-.SH NAME
-awk \- pattern-directed scanning and processing language
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B awk
-[
-.BI \-F
-.I fs
-]
-[
-.BI \-v
-.I var=value
-]
-[
-.I 'prog'
-|
-.BI \-f
-.I progfile
-]
-[
-.I file ...
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Awk
-scans each input
-.I file
-for lines that match any of a set of patterns specified literally in
-.IR prog
-or in one or more files
-specified as
-.B \-f
-.IR progfile .
-With each pattern
-there can be an associated action that will be performed
-when a line of a
-.I file
-matches the pattern.
-Each line is matched against the
-pattern portion of every pattern-action statement;
-the associated action is performed for each matched pattern.
-The file name 
-.B \-
-means the standard input.
-Any
-.IR file
-of the form
-.I var=value
-is treated as an assignment, not a filename,
-and is executed at the time it would have been opened if it were a filename.
-The option
-.B \-v
-followed by
-.I var=value
-is an assignment to be done before
-.I prog
-is executed;
-any number of
-.B \-v
-options may be present.
-The
-.B \-F
-.IR fs
-option defines the input field separator to be the regular expression
-.IR fs.
-.PP
-An input line is normally made up of fields separated by white space,
-or by regular expression
-.BR FS .
-The fields are denoted
-.BR $1 ,
-.BR $2 ,
-\&..., while
-.B $0
-refers to the entire line.
-If
-.BR FS
-is null, the input line is split into one field per character.
-.PP
-A pattern-action statement has the form
-.IP
-.IB pattern " { " action " }
-.PP
-A missing 
-.BI { " action " }
-means print the line;
-a missing pattern always matches.
-Pattern-action statements are separated by newlines or semicolons.
-.PP
-An action is a sequence of statements.
-A statement can be one of the following:
-.PP
-.EX
-.ta \w'\f(CWdelete array[expression]'u
-.RS
-.nf
-.ft CW
-if(\fI expression \fP)\fI statement \fP\fR[ \fPelse\fI statement \fP\fR]\fP
-while(\fI expression \fP)\fI statement\fP
-for(\fI expression \fP;\fI expression \fP;\fI expression \fP)\fI statement\fP
-for(\fI var \fPin\fI array \fP)\fI statement\fP
-do\fI statement \fPwhile(\fI expression \fP)
-break
-continue
-{\fR [\fP\fI statement ... \fP\fR] \fP}
-\fIexpression\fP	#\fR commonly\fP\fI var = expression\fP
-print\fR [ \fP\fIexpression-list \fP\fR] \fP\fR[ \fP>\fI expression \fP\fR]\fP
-printf\fI format \fP\fR[ \fP,\fI expression-list \fP\fR] \fP\fR[ \fP>\fI expression \fP\fR]\fP
-return\fR [ \fP\fIexpression \fP\fR]\fP
-next	#\fR skip remaining patterns on this input line\fP
-nextfile	#\fR skip rest of this file, open next, start at top\fP
-delete\fI array\fP[\fI expression \fP]	#\fR delete an array element\fP
-delete\fI array\fP	#\fR delete all elements of array\fP
-exit\fR [ \fP\fIexpression \fP\fR]\fP	#\fR exit immediately; status is \fP\fIexpression\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.EE
-.DT
-.PP
-Statements are terminated by
-semicolons, newlines or right braces.
-An empty
-.I expression-list
-stands for
-.BR $0 .
-String constants are quoted \&\f(CW"\ "\fR,
-with the usual C escapes recognized within.
-Expressions take on string or numeric values as appropriate,
-and are built using the operators
-.B + \- * / % ^
-(exponentiation), and concatenation (indicated by white space).
-The operators
-.B
-! ++ \-\- += \-= *= /= %= ^= > >= < <= == != ?:
-are also available in expressions.
-Variables may be scalars, array elements
-(denoted
-.IB x  [ i ] )
-or fields.
-Variables are initialized to the null string.
-Array subscripts may be any string,
-not necessarily numeric;
-this allows for a form of associative memory.
-Multiple subscripts such as
-.B [i,j,k]
-are permitted; the constituents are concatenated,
-separated by the value of
-.BR SUBSEP .
-.PP
-The
-.B print
-statement prints its arguments on the standard output
-(or on a file if
-.BI > file
-or
-.BI >> file
-is present or on a pipe if
-.BI | cmd
-is present), separated by the current output field separator,
-and terminated by the output record separator.
-.I file
-and
-.I cmd
-may be literal names or parenthesized expressions;
-identical string values in different statements denote
-the same open file.
-The
-.B printf
-statement formats its expression list according to the format
-(see
-.IR printf (3)) .
-The built-in function
-.BI close( expr )
-closes the file or pipe
-.IR expr .
-The built-in function
-.BI fflush( expr )
-flushes any buffered output for the file or pipe
-.IR expr .
-.PP
-The mathematical functions
-.BR exp ,
-.BR log ,
-.BR sqrt ,
-.BR sin ,
-.BR cos ,
-and
-.BR atan2 
-are built in.
-Other built-in functions:
-.TF length
-.TP
-.B length
-the length of its argument
-taken as a string,
-or of
-.B $0
-if no argument.
-.TP
-.B rand
-random number on (0,1)
-.TP
-.B srand
-sets seed for
-.B rand
-and returns the previous seed.
-.TP
-.B int
-truncates to an integer value
-.TP
-.BI substr( s , " m" , " n\fB)
-the
-.IR n -character
-substring of
-.I s
-that begins at position
-.IR m 
-counted from 1.
-.TP
-.BI index( s , " t" )
-the position in
-.I s
-where the string
-.I t
-occurs, or 0 if it does not.
-.TP
-.BI match( s , " r" )
-the position in
-.I s
-where the regular expression
-.I r
-occurs, or 0 if it does not.
-The variables
-.B RSTART
-and
-.B RLENGTH
-are set to the position and length of the matched string.
-.TP
-.BI split( s , " a" , " fs\fB)
-splits the string
-.I s
-into array elements
-.IB a [1] ,
-.IB a [2] ,
-\&...,
-.IB a [ n ] ,
-and returns
-.IR n .
-The separation is done with the regular expression
-.I fs
-or with the field separator
-.B FS
-if
-.I fs
-is not given.
-An empty string as field separator splits the string
-into one array element per character.
-.TP
-.BI sub( r , " t" , " s\fB)
-substitutes
-.I t
-for the first occurrence of the regular expression
-.I r
-in the string
-.IR s .
-If
-.I s
-is not given,
-.B $0
-is used.
-.TP
-.B gsub
-same as
-.B sub
-except that all occurrences of the regular expression
-are replaced;
-.B sub
-and
-.B gsub
-return the number of replacements.
-.TP
-.BI sprintf( fmt , " expr" , " ...\fB )
-the string resulting from formatting
-.I expr ...
-according to the
-.IR printf (3)
-format
-.I fmt
-.TP
-.BI system( cmd )
-executes
-.I cmd
-and returns its exit status
-.TP
-.BI tolower( str )
-returns a copy of
-.I str
-with all upper-case characters translated to their
-corresponding lower-case equivalents.
-.TP
-.BI toupper( str )
-returns a copy of
-.I str
-with all lower-case characters translated to their
-corresponding upper-case equivalents.
-.PD
-.PP
-The ``function''
-.B getline
-sets
-.B $0
-to the next input record from the current input file;
-.B getline
-.BI < file
-sets
-.B $0
-to the next record from
-.IR file .
-.B getline
-.I x
-sets variable
-.I x
-instead.
-Finally,
-.IB cmd " | getline
-pipes the output of
-.I cmd
-into
-.BR getline ;
-each call of
-.B getline
-returns the next line of output from
-.IR cmd .
-In all cases,
-.B getline
-returns 1 for a successful input,
-0 for end of file, and \-1 for an error.
-.PP
-Patterns are arbitrary Boolean combinations
-(with
-.BR "! || &&" )
-of regular expressions and
-relational expressions.
-Regular expressions are as in
-.IR egrep ; 
-see
-.IR grep (1).
-Isolated regular expressions
-in a pattern apply to the entire line.
-Regular expressions may also occur in
-relational expressions, using the operators
-.BR ~
-and
-.BR !~ .
-.BI / re /
-is a constant regular expression;
-any string (constant or variable) may be used
-as a regular expression, except in the position of an isolated regular expression
-in a pattern.
-.PP
-A pattern may consist of two patterns separated by a comma;
-in this case, the action is performed for all lines
-from an occurrence of the first pattern
-though an occurrence of the second.
-.PP
-A relational expression is one of the following:
-.IP
-.I expression matchop regular-expression
-.br
-.I expression relop expression
-.br
-.IB expression " in " array-name
-.br
-.BI ( expr , expr,... ") in " array-name
-.PP
-where a relop is any of the six relational operators in C,
-and a matchop is either
-.B ~
-(matches)
-or
-.B !~
-(does not match).
-A conditional is an arithmetic expression,
-a relational expression,
-or a Boolean combination
-of these.
-.PP
-The special patterns
-.B BEGIN
-and
-.B END
-may be used to capture control before the first input line is read
-and after the last.
-.B BEGIN
-and
-.B END
-do not combine with other patterns.
-.PP
-Variable names with special meanings:
-.TF FILENAME
-.TP
-.B CONVFMT
-conversion format used when converting numbers
-(default
-.BR "%.6g" )
-.TP
-.B FS
-regular expression used to separate fields; also settable
-by option
-.BI \-F fs.
-.TP
-.BR NF
-number of fields in the current record
-.TP
-.B NR
-ordinal number of the current record
-.TP
-.B FNR
-ordinal number of the current record in the current file
-.TP
-.B FILENAME
-the name of the current input file
-.TP
-.B RS
-input record separator (default newline)
-.TP
-.B OFS
-output field separator (default blank)
-.TP
-.B ORS
-output record separator (default newline)
-.TP
-.B OFMT
-output format for numbers (default
-.BR "%.6g" )
-.TP
-.B SUBSEP
-separates multiple subscripts (default 034)
-.TP
-.B ARGC
-argument count, assignable
-.TP
-.B ARGV
-argument array, assignable;
-non-null members are taken as filenames
-.TP
-.B ENVIRON
-array of environment variables; subscripts are names.
-.PD
-.PP
-Functions may be defined (at the position of a pattern-action statement) thus:
-.IP
-.B
-function foo(a, b, c) { ...; return x }
-.PP
-Parameters are passed by value if scalar and by reference if array name;
-functions may be called recursively.
-Parameters are local to the function; all other variables are global.
-Thus local variables may be created by providing excess parameters in
-the function definition.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.TP
-.EX
-length($0) > 72
-.EE
-Print lines longer than 72 characters.
-.TP
-.EX
-{ print $2, $1 }
-.EE
-Print first two fields in opposite order.
-.PP
-.EX
-BEGIN { FS = ",[ \et]*|[ \et]+" }
-      { print $2, $1 }
-.EE
-.ns
-.IP
-Same, with input fields separated by comma and/or blanks and tabs.
-.PP
-.EX
-.nf
-	{ s += $1 }
-END	{ print "sum is", s, " average is", s/NR }
-.fi
-.EE
-.ns
-.IP
-Add up first column, print sum and average.
-.TP
-.EX
-/start/, /stop/
-.EE
-Print all lines between start/stop pairs.
-.PP
-.EX
-.nf
-BEGIN	{	# Simulate echo(1)
-	for (i = 1; i < ARGC; i++) printf "%s ", ARGV[i]
-	printf "\en"
-	exit }
-.fi
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR lex (1), 
-.IR sed (1)
-.br
-A. V. Aho, B. W. Kernighan, P. J. Weinberger,
-.I
-The AWK Programming Language,
-Addison-Wesley, 1988.  ISBN 0-201-07981-X
-.SH BUGS
-There are no explicit conversions between numbers and strings.
-To force an expression to be treated as a number add 0 to it;
-to force it to be treated as a string concatenate
-\&\f(CW""\fP to it.
-.br
-The scope rules for variables in functions are a botch;
-the syntax is worse.

contrib/one-true-awk/awk.h

@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************
-Copyright (C) Lucent Technologies 1997
-All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
-its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
-granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
-copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name Lucent Technologies or any of
-its entities not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
-to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
-permission.
-
-LUCENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL LUCENT OR ANY OF ITS ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
-IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF
-THIS SOFTWARE.
-****************************************************************/
-
-typedef double	Awkfloat;
-
-/* unsigned char is more trouble than it's worth */
-
-typedef	unsigned char uschar;
-
-#define	xfree(a)	{ if ((a) != NULL) { free((char *) a); a = NULL; } }
-
-#define	DEBUG
-#ifdef	DEBUG
-			/* uses have to be doubly parenthesized */
-#	define	dprintf(x)	if (dbg) printf x
-#else
-#	define	dprintf(x)
-#endif
-
-extern	char	errbuf[];
-
-extern int	compile_time;	/* 1 if compiling, 0 if running */
-extern int	safe;		/* 0 => unsafe, 1 => safe */
-
-#define	RECSIZE	(8 * 1024)	/* sets limit on records, fields, etc., etc. */
-extern int	recsize;	/* size of current record, orig RECSIZE */
-
-extern char	**FS;
-extern char	**RS;
-extern char	**ORS;
-extern char	**OFS;
-extern char	**OFMT;
-extern Awkfloat *NR;
-extern Awkfloat *FNR;
-extern Awkfloat *NF;
-extern char	**FILENAME;
-extern char	**SUBSEP;
-extern Awkfloat *RSTART;
-extern Awkfloat *RLENGTH;
-
-extern char	*record;	/* points to $0 */
-extern int	lineno;		/* line number in awk program */
-extern int	errorflag;	/* 1 if error has occurred */
-extern int	donefld;	/* 1 if record broken into fields */
-extern int	donerec;	/* 1 if record is valid (no fld has changed */
-extern char	inputFS[];	/* FS at time of input, for field splitting */
-
-extern int	dbg;
-
-extern	char	*patbeg;	/* beginning of pattern matched */
-extern	int	patlen;		/* length of pattern matched.  set in b.c */
-
-/* Cell:  all information about a variable or constant */
-
-typedef struct Cell {
-	uschar	ctype;		/* OCELL, OBOOL, OJUMP, etc. */
-	uschar	csub;		/* CCON, CTEMP, CFLD, etc. */
-	char	*nval;		/* name, for variables only */
-	char	*sval;		/* string value */
-	Awkfloat fval;		/* value as number */
-	int	 tval;		/* type info: STR|NUM|ARR|FCN|FLD|CON|DONTFREE */
-	struct Cell *cnext;	/* ptr to next if chained */
-} Cell;
-
-typedef struct Array {		/* symbol table array */
-	int	nelem;		/* elements in table right now */
-	int	size;		/* size of tab */
-	Cell	**tab;		/* hash table pointers */
-} Array;
-
-#define	NSYMTAB	50	/* initial size of a symbol table */
-extern Array	*symtab;
-
-extern Cell	*nrloc;		/* NR */
-extern Cell	*fnrloc;	/* FNR */
-extern Cell	*nfloc;		/* NF */
-extern Cell	*rstartloc;	/* RSTART */
-extern Cell	*rlengthloc;	/* RLENGTH */
-
-/* Cell.tval values: */
-#define	NUM	01	/* number value is valid */
-#define	STR	02	/* string value is valid */
-#define DONTFREE 04	/* string space is not freeable */
-#define	CON	010	/* this is a constant */
-#define	ARR	020	/* this is an array */
-#define	FCN	040	/* this is a function name */
-#define FLD	0100	/* this is a field $1, $2, ... */
-#define	REC	0200	/* this is $0 */
-
-
-/* function types */
-#define	FLENGTH	1
-#define	FSQRT	2
-#define	FEXP	3
-#define	FLOG	4
-#define	FINT	5
-#define	FSYSTEM	6
-#define	FRAND	7
-#define	FSRAND	8
-#define	FSIN	9
-#define	FCOS	10
-#define	FATAN	11
-#define	FTOUPPER 12
-#define	FTOLOWER 13
-#define	FFLUSH	14
-
-/* Node:  parse tree is made of nodes, with Cell's at bottom */
-
-typedef struct Node {
-	int	ntype;
-	struct	Node *nnext;
-	int	lineno;
-	int	nobj;
-	struct	Node *narg[1];	/* variable: actual size set by calling malloc */
-} Node;
-
-#define	NIL	((Node *) 0)
-
-extern Node	*winner;
-extern Node	*nullstat;
-extern Node	*nullnode;
-
-/* ctypes */
-#define OCELL	1
-#define OBOOL	2
-#define OJUMP	3
-
-/* Cell subtypes: csub */
-#define	CFREE	7
-#define CCOPY	6
-#define CCON	5
-#define CTEMP	4
-#define CNAME	3 
-#define CVAR	2
-#define CFLD	1
-#define	CUNK	0
-
-/* bool subtypes */
-#define BTRUE	11
-#define BFALSE	12
-
-/* jump subtypes */
-#define JEXIT	21
-#define JNEXT	22
-#define	JBREAK	23
-#define	JCONT	24
-#define	JRET	25
-#define	JNEXTFILE	26
-
-/* node types */
-#define NVALUE	1
-#define NSTAT	2
-#define NEXPR	3
-
-
-extern	int	pairstack[], paircnt;
-
-#define notlegal(n)	(n <= FIRSTTOKEN || n >= LASTTOKEN || proctab[n-FIRSTTOKEN] == nullproc)
-#define isvalue(n)	((n)->ntype == NVALUE)
-#define isexpr(n)	((n)->ntype == NEXPR)
-#define isjump(n)	((n)->ctype == OJUMP)
-#define isexit(n)	((n)->csub == JEXIT)
-#define	isbreak(n)	((n)->csub == JBREAK)
-#define	iscont(n)	((n)->csub == JCONT)
-#define	isnext(n)	((n)->csub == JNEXT || (n)->csub == JNEXTFILE)
-#define	isret(n)	((n)->csub == JRET)
-#define isrec(n)	((n)->tval & REC)
-#define isfld(n)	((n)->tval & FLD)
-#define isstr(n)	((n)->tval & STR)
-#define isnum(n)	((n)->tval & NUM)
-#define isarr(n)	((n)->tval & ARR)
-#define isfcn(n)	((n)->tval & FCN)
-#define istrue(n)	((n)->csub == BTRUE)
-#define istemp(n)	((n)->csub == CTEMP)
-#define	isargument(n)	((n)->nobj == ARG)
-/* #define freeable(p)	(!((p)->tval & DONTFREE)) */
-#define freeable(p)	( ((p)->tval & (STR|DONTFREE)) == STR )
-
-/* structures used by regular expression matching machinery, mostly b.c: */
-
-#define NCHARS	(256+1)		/* 256 handles 8-bit chars; 128 does 7-bit */
-				/* watch out in match(), etc. */
-#define NSTATES	32
-
-typedef struct rrow {
-	long	ltype;	/* long avoids pointer warnings on 64-bit */
-	union {
-		int i;
-		Node *np;
-		uschar *up;
-	} lval;		/* because Al stores a pointer in it! */
-	int	*lfollow;
-} rrow;
-
-typedef struct fa {
-	uschar	gototab[NSTATES][NCHARS];
-	uschar	out[NSTATES];
-	uschar	*restr;
-	int	*posns[NSTATES];
-	int	anchor;
-	int	use;
-	int	initstat;
-	int	curstat;
-	int	accept;
-	int	reset;
-	struct	rrow re[1];	/* variable: actual size set by calling malloc */
-} fa;
-
-
-#include "proto.h"

contrib/one-true-awk/awkgram.y

@@ -1,486 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************
-Copyright (C) Lucent Technologies 1997
-All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
-its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
-granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
-copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name Lucent Technologies or any of
-its entities not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
-to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
-permission.
-
-LUCENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL LUCENT OR ANY OF ITS ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
-IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF
-THIS SOFTWARE.
-****************************************************************/
-
-%{
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "awk.h"
-
-void checkdup(Node *list, Cell *item);
-int yywrap(void) { return(1); }
-
-Node	*beginloc = 0;
-Node	*endloc = 0;
-int	infunc	= 0;	/* = 1 if in arglist or body of func */
-int	inloop	= 0;	/* = 1 if in while, for, do */
-char	*curfname = 0;	/* current function name */
-Node	*arglist = 0;	/* list of args for current function */
-%}
-
-%union {
-	Node	*p;
-	Cell	*cp;
-	int	i;
-	char	*s;
-}
-
-%token	<i>	FIRSTTOKEN	/* must be first */
-%token	<p>	PROGRAM PASTAT PASTAT2 XBEGIN XEND
-%token	<i>	NL ',' '{' '(' '|' ';' '/' ')' '}' '[' ']'
-%token	<i>	ARRAY
-%token	<i>	MATCH NOTMATCH MATCHOP
-%token	<i>	FINAL DOT ALL CCL NCCL CHAR OR STAR QUEST PLUS
-%token	<i>	AND BOR APPEND EQ GE GT LE LT NE IN
-%token	<i>	ARG BLTIN BREAK CLOSE CONTINUE DELETE DO EXIT FOR FUNC 
-%token	<i>	SUB GSUB IF INDEX LSUBSTR MATCHFCN NEXT NEXTFILE
-%token	<i>	ADD MINUS MULT DIVIDE MOD
-%token	<i>	ASSIGN ASGNOP ADDEQ SUBEQ MULTEQ DIVEQ MODEQ POWEQ
-%token	<i>	PRINT PRINTF SPRINTF
-%token	<p>	ELSE INTEST CONDEXPR
-%token	<i>	POSTINCR PREINCR POSTDECR PREDECR
-%token	<cp>	VAR IVAR VARNF CALL NUMBER STRING
-%token	<s>	REGEXPR
-
-%type	<p>	pas pattern ppattern plist pplist patlist prarg term re
-%type	<p>	pa_pat pa_stat pa_stats
-%type	<s>	reg_expr
-%type	<p>	simple_stmt opt_simple_stmt stmt stmtlist
-%type	<p>	var varname funcname varlist
-%type	<p>	for if else while
-%type	<i>	do st
-%type	<i>	pst opt_pst lbrace rbrace rparen comma nl opt_nl and bor
-%type	<i>	subop print
-
-%right	ASGNOP
-%right	'?'
-%right	':'
-%left	BOR
-%left	AND
-%left	GETLINE
-%nonassoc APPEND EQ GE GT LE LT NE MATCHOP IN '|'
-%left	ARG BLTIN BREAK CALL CLOSE CONTINUE DELETE DO EXIT FOR FUNC 
-%left	GSUB IF INDEX LSUBSTR MATCHFCN NEXT NUMBER
-%left	PRINT PRINTF RETURN SPLIT SPRINTF STRING SUB SUBSTR
-%left	REGEXPR VAR VARNF IVAR WHILE '('
-%left	CAT
-%left	'+' '-'
-%left	'*' '/' '%'
-%left	NOT UMINUS
-%right	POWER
-%right	DECR INCR
-%left	INDIRECT
-%token	LASTTOKEN	/* must be last */
-
-%%
-
-program:
-	  pas	{ if (errorflag==0)
-			winner = (Node *)stat3(PROGRAM, beginloc, $1, endloc); }
-	| error	{ yyclearin; bracecheck(); SYNTAX("bailing out"); }
-	;
-
-and:
-	  AND | and NL
-	;
-
-bor:
-	  BOR | bor NL
-	;
-
-comma:
-	  ',' | comma NL
-	;
-
-do:
-	  DO | do NL
-	;
-
-else:
-	  ELSE | else NL
-	;
-
-for:
-	  FOR '(' opt_simple_stmt ';' opt_nl pattern ';' opt_nl opt_simple_stmt rparen {inloop++;} stmt
-		{ --inloop; $$ = stat4(FOR, $3, notnull($6), $9, $12); }
-	| FOR '(' opt_simple_stmt ';'  ';' opt_nl opt_simple_stmt rparen {inloop++;} stmt
-		{ --inloop; $$ = stat4(FOR, $3, NIL, $7, $10); }
-	| FOR '(' varname IN varname rparen {inloop++;} stmt
-		{ --inloop; $$ = stat3(IN, $3, makearr($5), $8); }
-	;
-
-funcname:
-	  VAR	{ setfname($1); }
-	| CALL	{ setfname($1); }
-	;
-
-if:
-	  IF '(' pattern rparen		{ $$ = notnull($3); }
-	;
-
-lbrace:
-	  '{' | lbrace NL
-	;
-
-nl:
-	  NL | nl NL
-	;
-
-opt_nl:
-	  /* empty */	{ $$ = 0; }
-	| nl
-	;
-
-opt_pst:
-	  /* empty */	{ $$ = 0; }
-	| pst
-	;
-
-
-opt_simple_stmt:
-	  /* empty */			{ $$ = 0; }
-	| simple_stmt
-	;
-
-pas:
-	  opt_pst			{ $$ = 0; }
-	| opt_pst pa_stats opt_pst	{ $$ = $2; }
-	;
-
-pa_pat:
-	  pattern	{ $$ = notnull($1); }
-	;
-
-pa_stat:
-	  pa_pat			{ $$ = stat2(PASTAT, $1, stat2(PRINT, rectonode(), NIL)); }
-	| pa_pat lbrace stmtlist '}'	{ $$ = stat2(PASTAT, $1, $3); }
-	| pa_pat ',' pa_pat		{ $$ = pa2stat($1, $3, stat2(PRINT, rectonode(), NIL)); }
-	| pa_pat ',' pa_pat lbrace stmtlist '}'	{ $$ = pa2stat($1, $3, $5); }
-	| lbrace stmtlist '}'		{ $$ = stat2(PASTAT, NIL, $2); }
-	| XBEGIN lbrace stmtlist '}'
-		{ beginloc = linkum(beginloc, $3); $$ = 0; }
-	| XEND lbrace stmtlist '}'
-		{ endloc = linkum(endloc, $3); $$ = 0; }
-	| FUNC funcname '(' varlist rparen {infunc++;} lbrace stmtlist '}'
-		{ infunc--; curfname=0; defn((Cell *)$2, $4, $8); $$ = 0; }
-	;
-
-pa_stats:
-	  pa_stat
-	| pa_stats opt_pst pa_stat	{ $$ = linkum($1, $3); }
-	;
-
-patlist:
-	  pattern
-	| patlist comma pattern		{ $$ = linkum($1, $3); }
-	;
-
-ppattern:
-	  var ASGNOP ppattern		{ $$ = op2($2, $1, $3); }
-	| ppattern '?' ppattern ':' ppattern %prec '?'
-	 	{ $$ = op3(CONDEXPR, notnull($1), $3, $5); }
-	| ppattern bor ppattern %prec BOR
-		{ $$ = op2(BOR, notnull($1), notnull($3)); }
-	| ppattern and ppattern %prec AND
-		{ $$ = op2(AND, notnull($1), notnull($3)); }
-	| ppattern MATCHOP reg_expr	{ $$ = op3($2, NIL, $1, (Node*)makedfa($3, 0)); }
-	| ppattern MATCHOP ppattern
-		{ if (constnode($3))
-			$$ = op3($2, NIL, $1, (Node*)makedfa(strnode($3), 0));
-		  else
-			$$ = op3($2, (Node *)1, $1, $3); }
-	| ppattern IN varname		{ $$ = op2(INTEST, $1, makearr($3)); }
-	| '(' plist ')' IN varname	{ $$ = op2(INTEST, $2, makearr($5)); }
-	| ppattern term %prec CAT	{ $$ = op2(CAT, $1, $2); }
-	| re
-	| term
-	;
-
-pattern:
-	  var ASGNOP pattern		{ $$ = op2($2, $1, $3); }
-	| pattern '?' pattern ':' pattern %prec '?'
-	 	{ $$ = op3(CONDEXPR, notnull($1), $3, $5); }
-	| pattern bor pattern %prec BOR
-		{ $$ = op2(BOR, notnull($1), notnull($3)); }
-	| pattern and pattern %prec AND
-		{ $$ = op2(AND, notnull($1), notnull($3)); }
-	| pattern EQ pattern		{ $$ = op2($2, $1, $3); }
-	| pattern GE pattern		{ $$ = op2($2, $1, $3); }
-	| pattern GT pattern		{ $$ = op2($2, $1, $3); }
-	| pattern LE pattern		{ $$ = op2($2, $1, $3); }
-	| pattern LT pattern		{ $$ = op2($2, $1, $3); }
-	| pattern NE pattern		{ $$ = op2($2, $1, $3); }
-	| pattern MATCHOP reg_expr	{ $$ = op3($2, NIL, $1, (Node*)makedfa($3, 0)); }
-	| pattern MATCHOP pattern
-		{ if (constnode($3))
-			$$ = op3($2, NIL, $1, (Node*)makedfa(strnode($3), 0));
-		  else
-			$$ = op3($2, (Node *)1, $1, $3); }
-	| pattern IN varname		{ $$ = op2(INTEST, $1, makearr($3)); }
-	| '(' plist ')' IN varname	{ $$ = op2(INTEST, $2, makearr($5)); }
-	| pattern '|' GETLINE var	{ 
-			if (safe) SYNTAX("cmd | getline is unsafe");
-			else $$ = op3(GETLINE, $4, itonp($2), $1); }
-	| pattern '|' GETLINE		{ 
-			if (safe) SYNTAX("cmd | getline is unsafe");
-			else $$ = op3(GETLINE, (Node*)0, itonp($2), $1); }
-	| pattern term %prec CAT	{ $$ = op2(CAT, $1, $2); }
-	| re
-	| term
-	;
-
-plist:
-	  pattern comma pattern		{ $$ = linkum($1, $3); }
-	| plist comma pattern		{ $$ = linkum($1, $3); }
-	;
-
-pplist:
-	  ppattern
-	| pplist comma ppattern		{ $$ = linkum($1, $3); }
-	;
-
-prarg:
-	  /* empty */			{ $$ = rectonode(); }
-	| pplist
-	| '(' plist ')'			{ $$ = $2; }
-	;
-
-print:
-	  PRINT | PRINTF
-	;
-
-pst:
-	  NL | ';' | pst NL | pst ';'
-	;
-
-rbrace:
-	  '}' | rbrace NL
-	;
-
-re:
-	   reg_expr
-		{ $$ = op3(MATCH, NIL, rectonode(), (Node*)makedfa($1, 0)); }
-	| NOT re	{ $$ = op1(NOT, notnull($2)); }
-	;
-
-reg_expr:
-	  '/' {startreg();} REGEXPR '/'		{ $$ = $3; }
-	;
-
-rparen:
-	  ')' | rparen NL
-	;
-
-simple_stmt:
-	  print prarg '|' term		{ 
-			if (safe) SYNTAX("print | is unsafe");
-			else $$ = stat3($1, $2, itonp($3), $4); }
-	| print prarg APPEND term	{
-			if (safe) SYNTAX("print >> is unsafe");
-			else $$ = stat3($1, $2, itonp($3), $4); }
-	| print prarg GT term		{
-			if (safe) SYNTAX("print > is unsafe");
-			else $$ = stat3($1, $2, itonp($3), $4); }
-	| print prarg			{ $$ = stat3($1, $2, NIL, NIL); }
-	| DELETE varname '[' patlist ']' { $$ = stat2(DELETE, makearr($2), $4); }
-	| DELETE varname		 { $$ = stat2(DELETE, makearr($2), 0); }
-	| pattern			{ $$ = exptostat($1); }
-	| error				{ yyclearin; SYNTAX("illegal statement"); }
-	;
-
-st:
-	  nl
-	| ';' opt_nl
-	;
-
-stmt:
-	  BREAK st		{ if (!inloop) SYNTAX("break illegal outside of loops");
-				  $$ = stat1(BREAK, NIL); }
-	| CONTINUE st		{  if (!inloop) SYNTAX("continue illegal outside of loops");
-				  $$ = stat1(CONTINUE, NIL); }
-	| do {inloop++;} stmt {--inloop;} WHILE '(' pattern ')' st
-		{ $$ = stat2(DO, $3, notnull($7)); }
-	| EXIT pattern st	{ $$ = stat1(EXIT, $2); }
-	| EXIT st		{ $$ = stat1(EXIT, NIL); }
-	| for
-	| if stmt else stmt	{ $$ = stat3(IF, $1, $2, $4); }
-	| if stmt		{ $$ = stat3(IF, $1, $2, NIL); }
-	| lbrace stmtlist rbrace { $$ = $2; }
-	| NEXT st	{ if (infunc)
-				SYNTAX("next is illegal inside a function");
-			  $$ = stat1(NEXT, NIL); }
-	| NEXTFILE st	{ if (infunc)
-				SYNTAX("nextfile is illegal inside a function");
-			  $$ = stat1(NEXTFILE, NIL); }
-	| RETURN pattern st	{ $$ = stat1(RETURN, $2); }
-	| RETURN st		{ $$ = stat1(RETURN, NIL); }
-	| simple_stmt st
-	| while {inloop++;} stmt	{ --inloop; $$ = stat2(WHILE, $1, $3); }
-	| ';' opt_nl		{ $$ = 0; }
-	;
-
-stmtlist:
-	  stmt
-	| stmtlist stmt		{ $$ = linkum($1, $2); }
-	;
-
-subop:
-	  SUB | GSUB
-	;
-
-term:
- 	  term '/' ASGNOP term		{ $$ = op2(DIVEQ, $1, $4); }
- 	| term '+' term			{ $$ = op2(ADD, $1, $3); }
-	| term '-' term			{ $$ = op2(MINUS, $1, $3); }
-	| term '*' term			{ $$ = op2(MULT, $1, $3); }
-	| term '/' term			{ $$ = op2(DIVIDE, $1, $3); }
-	| term '%' term			{ $$ = op2(MOD, $1, $3); }
-	| term POWER term		{ $$ = op2(POWER, $1, $3); }
-	| '-' term %prec UMINUS		{ $$ = op1(UMINUS, $2); }
-	| '+' term %prec UMINUS		{ $$ = $2; }
-	| NOT term %prec UMINUS		{ $$ = op1(NOT, notnull($2)); }
-	| BLTIN '(' ')'			{ $$ = op2(BLTIN, itonp($1), rectonode()); }
-	| BLTIN '(' patlist ')'		{ $$ = op2(BLTIN, itonp($1), $3); }
-	| BLTIN				{ $$ = op2(BLTIN, itonp($1), rectonode()); }
-	| CALL '(' ')'			{ $$ = op2(CALL, celltonode($1,CVAR), NIL); }
-	| CALL '(' patlist ')'		{ $$ = op2(CALL, celltonode($1,CVAR), $3); }
-	| CLOSE term			{ $$ = op1(CLOSE, $2); }
-	| DECR var			{ $$ = op1(PREDECR, $2); }
-	| INCR var			{ $$ = op1(PREINCR, $2); }
-	| var DECR			{ $$ = op1(POSTDECR, $1); }
-	| var INCR			{ $$ = op1(POSTINCR, $1); }
-	| GETLINE var LT term		{ $$ = op3(GETLINE, $2, itonp($3), $4); }
-	| GETLINE LT term		{ $$ = op3(GETLINE, NIL, itonp($2), $3); }
-	| GETLINE var			{ $$ = op3(GETLINE, $2, NIL, NIL); }
-	| GETLINE			{ $$ = op3(GETLINE, NIL, NIL, NIL); }
-	| INDEX '(' pattern comma pattern ')'
-		{ $$ = op2(INDEX, $3, $5); }
-	| INDEX '(' pattern comma reg_expr ')'
-		{ SYNTAX("index() doesn't permit regular expressions");
-		  $$ = op2(INDEX, $3, (Node*)$5); }
-	| '(' pattern ')'		{ $$ = $2; }
-	| MATCHFCN '(' pattern comma reg_expr ')'
-		{ $$ = op3(MATCHFCN, NIL, $3, (Node*)makedfa($5, 1)); }
-	| MATCHFCN '(' pattern comma pattern ')'
-		{ if (constnode($5))
-			$$ = op3(MATCHFCN, NIL, $3, (Node*)makedfa(strnode($5), 1));
-		  else
-			$$ = op3(MATCHFCN, (Node *)1, $3, $5); }
-	| NUMBER			{ $$ = celltonode($1, CCON); }
-	| SPLIT '(' pattern comma varname comma pattern ')'     /* string */
-		{ $$ = op4(SPLIT, $3, makearr($5), $7, (Node*)STRING); }
-	| SPLIT '(' pattern comma varname comma reg_expr ')'    /* const /regexp/ */
-		{ $$ = op4(SPLIT, $3, makearr($5), (Node*)makedfa($7, 1), (Node *)REGEXPR); }
-	| SPLIT '(' pattern comma varname ')'
-		{ $$ = op4(SPLIT, $3, makearr($5), NIL, (Node*)STRING); }  /* default */
-	| SPRINTF '(' patlist ')'	{ $$ = op1($1, $3); }
-	| STRING	 		{ $$ = celltonode($1, CCON); }
-	| subop '(' reg_expr comma pattern ')'
-		{ $$ = op4($1, NIL, (Node*)makedfa($3, 1), $5, rectonode()); }
-	| subop '(' pattern comma pattern ')'
-		{ if (constnode($3))
-			$$ = op4($1, NIL, (Node*)makedfa(strnode($3), 1), $5, rectonode());
-		  else
-			$$ = op4($1, (Node *)1, $3, $5, rectonode()); }
-	| subop '(' reg_expr comma pattern comma var ')'
-		{ $$ = op4($1, NIL, (Node*)makedfa($3, 1), $5, $7); }
-	| subop '(' pattern comma pattern comma var ')'
-		{ if (constnode($3))
-			$$ = op4($1, NIL, (Node*)makedfa(strnode($3), 1), $5, $7);
-		  else
-			$$ = op4($1, (Node *)1, $3, $5, $7); }
-	| SUBSTR '(' pattern comma pattern comma pattern ')'
-		{ $$ = op3(SUBSTR, $3, $5, $7); }
-	| SUBSTR '(' pattern comma pattern ')'
-		{ $$ = op3(SUBSTR, $3, $5, NIL); }
-	| var
-	;
-
-var:
-	  varname
-	| varname '[' patlist ']'	{ $$ = op2(ARRAY, makearr($1), $3); }
-	| IVAR				{ $$ = op1(INDIRECT, celltonode($1, CVAR)); }
-	| INDIRECT term	 		{ $$ = op1(INDIRECT, $2); }
-	;	
-
-varlist:
-	  /* nothing */		{ arglist = $$ = 0; }
-	| VAR			{ arglist = $$ = celltonode($1,CVAR); }
-	| varlist comma VAR	{
-			checkdup($1, $3);
-			arglist = $$ = linkum($1,celltonode($3,CVAR)); }
-	;
-
-varname:
-	  VAR			{ $$ = celltonode($1, CVAR); }
-	| ARG 			{ $$ = op1(ARG, itonp($1)); }
-	| VARNF			{ $$ = op1(VARNF, (Node *) $1); }
-	;
-
-
-while:
-	  WHILE '(' pattern rparen	{ $$ = notnull($3); }
-	;
-
-%%
-
-void setfname(Cell *p)
-{
-	if (isarr(p))
-		SYNTAX("%s is an array, not a function", p->nval);
-	else if (isfcn(p))
-		SYNTAX("you can't define function %s more than once", p->nval);
-	curfname = p->nval;
-}
-
-int constnode(Node *p)
-{
-	return isvalue(p) && ((Cell *) (p->narg[0]))->csub == CCON;
-}
-
-char *strnode(Node *p)
-{
-	return ((Cell *)(p->narg[0]))->sval;
-}
-
-Node *notnull(Node *n)
-{
-	switch (n->nobj) {
-	case LE: case LT: case EQ: case NE: case GT: case GE:
-	case BOR: case AND: case NOT:
-		return n;
-	default:
-		return op2(NE, n, nullnode);
-	}
-}
-
-void checkdup(Node *vl, Cell *cp)	/* check if name already in list */
-{
-	char *s = cp->nval;
-	for ( ; vl; vl = vl->nnext) {
-		if (strcmp(s, ((Cell *)(vl->narg[0]))->nval) == 0) {
-			SYNTAX("duplicate argument %s", s);
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-}

contrib/one-true-awk/lib.c

@@ -1,682 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************
-Copyright (C) Lucent Technologies 1997
-All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
-its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
-granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
-copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name Lucent Technologies or any of
-its entities not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
-to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
-permission.
-
-LUCENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL LUCENT OR ANY OF ITS ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
-IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF
-THIS SOFTWARE.
-****************************************************************/
-
-#define DEBUG
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include "awk.h"
-#include "ytab.h"
-
-FILE	*infile	= NULL;
-char	*file	= "";
-char	*record;
-int	recsize	= RECSIZE;
-char	*fields;
-int	fieldssize = RECSIZE;
-
-Cell	**fldtab;	/* pointers to Cells */
-char	inputFS[100] = " ";
-
-#define	MAXFLD	200
-int	nfields	= MAXFLD;	/* last allocated slot for $i */
-
-int	donefld;	/* 1 = implies rec broken into fields */
-int	donerec;	/* 1 = record is valid (no flds have changed) */
-
-int	lastfld	= 0;	/* last used field */
-int	argno	= 1;	/* current input argument number */
-extern	Awkfloat *ARGC;
-
-static Cell dollar0 = { OCELL, CFLD, NULL, "", 0.0, REC|STR|DONTFREE };
-static Cell dollar1 = { OCELL, CFLD, NULL, "", 0.0, FLD|STR|DONTFREE };
-
-void recinit(unsigned int n)
-{
-	record = (char *) malloc(n);
-	fields = (char *) malloc(n);
-	fldtab = (Cell **) malloc((nfields+1) * sizeof(Cell *));
-	if (record == NULL || fields == NULL || fldtab == NULL)
-		FATAL("out of space for $0 and fields");
-
-	fldtab[0] = (Cell *) malloc(sizeof (Cell));
-	*fldtab[0] = dollar0;
-	fldtab[0]->sval = record;
-	fldtab[0]->nval = tostring("0");
-	makefields(1, nfields);
-}
-
-void makefields(int n1, int n2)		/* create $n1..$n2 inclusive */
-{
-	char temp[50];
-	int i;
-
-	for (i = n1; i <= n2; i++) {
-		fldtab[i] = (Cell *) malloc(sizeof (struct Cell));
-		if (fldtab[i] == NULL)
-			FATAL("out of space in makefields %d", i);
-		*fldtab[i] = dollar1;
-		sprintf(temp, "%d", i);
-		fldtab[i]->nval = tostring(temp);
-	}
-}
-
-void initgetrec(void)
-{
-	int i;
-	char *p;
-
-	for (i = 1; i < *ARGC; i++) {
-		if (!isclvar(p = getargv(i))) {	/* find 1st real filename */
-			setsval(lookup("FILENAME", symtab), getargv(i));
-			return;
-		}
-		setclvar(p);	/* a commandline assignment before filename */
-		argno++;
-	}
-	infile = stdin;		/* no filenames, so use stdin */
-}
-
-int getrec(char **pbuf, int *pbufsize, int isrecord)	/* get next input record */
-{			/* note: cares whether buf == record */
-	int c;
-	static int firsttime = 1;
-	char *buf = *pbuf;
-	int bufsize = *pbufsize;
-
-	if (firsttime) {
-		firsttime = 0;
-		initgetrec();
-	}
-	   dprintf( ("RS=<%s>, FS=<%s>, ARGC=%g, FILENAME=%s\n",
-		*RS, *FS, *ARGC, *FILENAME) );
-	if (isrecord) {
-		donefld = 0;
-		donerec = 1;
-	}
-	buf[0] = 0;
-	while (argno < *ARGC || infile == stdin) {
-		   dprintf( ("argno=%d, file=|%s|\n", argno, file) );
-		if (infile == NULL) {	/* have to open a new file */
-			file = getargv(argno);
-			if (*file == '\0') {	/* it's been zapped */
-				argno++;
-				continue;
-			}
-			if (isclvar(file)) {	/* a var=value arg */
-				setclvar(file);
-				argno++;
-				continue;
-			}
-			*FILENAME = file;
-			   dprintf( ("opening file %s\n", file) );
-			if (*file == '-' && *(file+1) == '\0')
-				infile = stdin;
-			else if ((infile = fopen(file, "r")) == NULL)
-				FATAL("can't open file %s", file);
-			setfval(fnrloc, 0.0);
-		}
-		c = readrec(&buf, &bufsize, infile);
-		if (c != 0 || buf[0] != '\0') {	/* normal record */
-			if (isrecord) {
-				if (freeable(fldtab[0]))
-					xfree(fldtab[0]->sval);
-				fldtab[0]->sval = buf;	/* buf == record */
-				fldtab[0]->tval = REC | STR | DONTFREE;
-				if (is_number(fldtab[0]->sval)) {
-					fldtab[0]->fval = atof(fldtab[0]->sval);
-					fldtab[0]->tval |= NUM;
-				}
-			}
-			setfval(nrloc, nrloc->fval+1);
-			setfval(fnrloc, fnrloc->fval+1);
-			*pbuf = buf;
-			*pbufsize = bufsize;
-			return 1;
-		}
-		/* EOF arrived on this file; set up next */
-		if (infile != stdin)
-			fclose(infile);
-		infile = NULL;
-		argno++;
-	}
-	*pbuf = buf;
-	*pbufsize = bufsize;
-	return 0;	/* true end of file */
-}
-
-void nextfile(void)
-{
-	if (infile != stdin)
-		fclose(infile);
-	infile = NULL;
-	argno++;
-}
-
-int readrec(char **pbuf, int *pbufsize, FILE *inf)	/* read one record into buf */
-{
-	int sep, c;
-	char *rr, *buf = *pbuf;
-	int bufsize = *pbufsize;
-
-	if (strlen(*FS) >= sizeof(inputFS))
-		FATAL("field separator %.10s... is too long", *FS);
-	strcpy(inputFS, *FS);	/* for subsequent field splitting */
-	if ((sep = **RS) == 0) {
-		sep = '\n';
-		while ((c=getc(inf)) == '\n' && c != EOF)	/* skip leading \n's */
-			;
-		if (c != EOF)
-			ungetc(c, inf);
-	}
-	for (rr = buf; ; ) {
-		for (; (c=getc(inf)) != sep && c != EOF; ) {
-			if (rr-buf+1 > bufsize)
-				if (!adjbuf(&buf, &bufsize, 1+rr-buf, recsize, &rr, "readrec 1"))
-					FATAL("input record `%.30s...' too long", buf);
-			*rr++ = c;
-		}
-		if (**RS == sep || c == EOF)
-			break;
-		if ((c = getc(inf)) == '\n' || c == EOF) /* 2 in a row */
-			break;
-		if (!adjbuf(&buf, &bufsize, 2+rr-buf, recsize, &rr, "readrec 2"))
-			FATAL("input record `%.30s...' too long", buf);
-		*rr++ = '\n';
-		*rr++ = c;
-	}
-	if (!adjbuf(&buf, &bufsize, 1+rr-buf, recsize, &rr, "readrec 3"))
-		FATAL("input record `%.30s...' too long", buf);
-	*rr = 0;
-	   dprintf( ("readrec saw <%s>, returns %d\n", buf, c == EOF && rr == buf ? 0 : 1) );
-	*pbuf = buf;
-	*pbufsize = bufsize;
-	return c == EOF && rr == buf ? 0 : 1;
-}
-
-char *getargv(int n)	/* get ARGV[n] */
-{
-	Cell *x;
-	char *s, temp[50];
-	extern Array *ARGVtab;
-
-	sprintf(temp, "%d", n);
-	x = setsymtab(temp, "", 0.0, STR, ARGVtab);
-	s = getsval(x);
-	   dprintf( ("getargv(%d) returns |%s|\n", n, s) );
-	return s;
-}
-
-void setclvar(char *s)	/* set var=value from s */
-{
-	char *p;
-	Cell *q;
-
-	for (p=s; *p != '='; p++)
-		;
-	*p++ = 0;
-	p = qstring(p, '\0');
-	q = setsymtab(s, p, 0.0, STR, symtab);
-	setsval(q, p);
-	if (is_number(q->sval)) {
-		q->fval = atof(q->sval);
-		q->tval |= NUM;
-	}
-	   dprintf( ("command line set %s to |%s|\n", s, p) );
-}
-
-
-void fldbld(void)	/* create fields from current record */
-{
-	/* this relies on having fields[] the same length as $0 */
-	/* the fields are all stored in this one array with \0's */
-	char *r, *fr, sep;
-	Cell *p;
-	int i, j, n;
-
-	if (donefld)
-		return;
-	if (!isstr(fldtab[0]))
-		getsval(fldtab[0]);
-	r = fldtab[0]->sval;
-	n = strlen(r);
-	if (n > fieldssize) {
-		xfree(fields);
-		if ((fields = (char *) malloc(n+1)) == NULL)
-			FATAL("out of space for fields in fldbld %d", n);
-		fieldssize = n;
-	}
-	fr = fields;
-	i = 0;	/* number of fields accumulated here */
-	if (strlen(inputFS) > 1) {	/* it's a regular expression */
-		i = refldbld(r, inputFS);
-	} else if ((sep = *inputFS) == ' ') {	/* default whitespace */
-		for (i = 0; ; ) {
-			while (*r == ' ' || *r == '\t' || *r == '\n')
-				r++;
-			if (*r == 0)
-				break;
-			i++;
-			if (i > nfields)
-				growfldtab(i);
-			if (freeable(fldtab[i]))
-				xfree(fldtab[i]->sval);
-			fldtab[i]->sval = fr;
-			fldtab[i]->tval = FLD | STR | DONTFREE;
-			do
-				*fr++ = *r++;
-			while (*r != ' ' && *r != '\t' && *r != '\n' && *r != '\0');
-			*fr++ = 0;
-		}
-		*fr = 0;
-	} else if ((sep = *inputFS) == 0) {		/* new: FS="" => 1 char/field */
-		for (i = 0; *r != 0; r++) {
-			char buf[2];
-			i++;
-			if (i > nfields)
-				growfldtab(i);
-			if (freeable(fldtab[i]))
-				xfree(fldtab[i]->sval);
-			buf[0] = *r;
-			buf[1] = 0;
-			fldtab[i]->sval = tostring(buf);
-			fldtab[i]->tval = FLD | STR;
-		}
-		*fr = 0;
-	} else if (*r != 0) {	/* if 0, it's a null field */
-		for (;;) {
-			i++;
-			if (i > nfields)
-				growfldtab(i);
-			if (freeable(fldtab[i]))
-				xfree(fldtab[i]->sval);
-			fldtab[i]->sval = fr;
-			fldtab[i]->tval = FLD | STR | DONTFREE;
-			while (*r != sep && *r != '\n' && *r != '\0')	/* \n is always a separator */
-				*fr++ = *r++;
-			*fr++ = 0;
-			if (*r++ == 0)
-				break;
-		}
-		*fr = 0;
-	}
-	if (i > nfields)
-		FATAL("record `%.30s...' has too many fields; can't happen", r);
-	cleanfld(i+1, lastfld);	/* clean out junk from previous record */
-	lastfld = i;
-	donefld = 1;
-	for (j = 1; j <= lastfld; j++) {
-		p = fldtab[j];
-		if(is_number(p->sval)) {
-			p->fval = atof(p->sval);
-			p->tval |= NUM;
-		}
-	}
-	setfval(nfloc, (Awkfloat) lastfld);
-	if (dbg) {
-		for (j = 0; j <= lastfld; j++) {
-			p = fldtab[j];
-			printf("field %d (%s): |%s|\n", j, p->nval, p->sval);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-void cleanfld(int n1, int n2)	/* clean out fields n1 .. n2 inclusive */
-{				/* nvals remain intact */
-	Cell *p;
-	int i;
-
-	for (i = n1; i <= n2; i++) {
-		p = fldtab[i];
-		if (freeable(p))
-			xfree(p->sval);
-		p->sval = "";
-		p->tval = FLD | STR | DONTFREE;
-	}
-}
-
-void newfld(int n)	/* add field n after end of existing lastfld */
-{
-	if (n > nfields)
-		growfldtab(n);
-	cleanfld(lastfld+1, n);
-	lastfld = n;
-	setfval(nfloc, (Awkfloat) n);
-}
-
-Cell *fieldadr(int n)	/* get nth field */
-{
-	if (n < 0)
-		FATAL("trying to access field %d", n);
-	if (n > nfields)	/* fields after NF are empty */
-		growfldtab(n);	/* but does not increase NF */
-	return(fldtab[n]);
-}
-
-void growfldtab(int n)	/* make new fields up to at least $n */
-{
-	int nf = 2 * nfields;
-
-	if (n > nf)
-		nf = n;
-	fldtab = (Cell **) realloc(fldtab, (nf+1) * (sizeof (struct Cell *)));
-	if (fldtab == NULL)
-		FATAL("out of space creating %d fields", nf);
-	makefields(nfields+1, nf);
-	nfields = nf;
-}
-
-int refldbld(char *rec, char *fs)	/* build fields from reg expr in FS */
-{
-	/* this relies on having fields[] the same length as $0 */
-	/* the fields are all stored in this one array with \0's */
-	char *fr;
-	int i, tempstat, n;
-	fa *pfa;
-
-	n = strlen(rec);
-	if (n > fieldssize) {
-		xfree(fields);
-		if ((fields = (char *) malloc(n+1)) == NULL)
-			FATAL("out of space for fields in refldbld %d", n);
-		fieldssize = n;
-	}
-	fr = fields;
-	*fr = '\0';
-	if (*rec == '\0')
-		return 0;
-	pfa = makedfa(fs, 1);
-	   dprintf( ("into refldbld, rec = <%s>, pat = <%s>\n", rec, fs) );
-	tempstat = pfa->initstat;
-	for (i = 1; ; i++) {
-		if (i > nfields)
-			growfldtab(i);
-		if (freeable(fldtab[i]))
-			xfree(fldtab[i]->sval);
-		fldtab[i]->tval = FLD | STR | DONTFREE;
-		fldtab[i]->sval = fr;
-		   dprintf( ("refldbld: i=%d\n", i) );
-		if (nematch(pfa, rec)) {
-			pfa->initstat = 2;	/* horrible coupling to b.c */
-			   dprintf( ("match %s (%d chars)\n", patbeg, patlen) );
-			strncpy(fr, rec, patbeg-rec);
-			fr += patbeg - rec + 1;
-			*(fr-1) = '\0';
-			rec = patbeg + patlen;
-		} else {
-			   dprintf( ("no match %s\n", rec) );
-			strcpy(fr, rec);
-			pfa->initstat = tempstat;
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	return i;		
-}
-
-void recbld(void)	/* create $0 from $1..$NF if necessary */
-{
-	int i;
-	char *r, *p;
-
-	if (donerec == 1)
-		return;
-	r = record;
-	for (i = 1; i <= *NF; i++) {
-		p = getsval(fldtab[i]);
-		if (!adjbuf(&record, &recsize, 1+strlen(p)+r-record, recsize, &r, "recbld 1"))
-			FATAL("created $0 `%.30s...' too long", record);
-		while ((*r = *p++) != 0)
-			r++;
-		if (i < *NF) {
-			if (!adjbuf(&record, &recsize, 2+strlen(*OFS)+r-record, recsize, &r, "recbld 2"))
-				FATAL("created $0 `%.30s...' too long", record);
-			for (p = *OFS; (*r = *p++) != 0; )
-				r++;
-		}
-	}
-	if (!adjbuf(&record, &recsize, 2+r-record, recsize, &r, "recbld 3"))
-		FATAL("built giant record `%.30s...'", record);
-	*r = '\0';
-	   dprintf( ("in recbld inputFS=%s, fldtab[0]=%p\n", inputFS, fldtab[0]) );
-
-	if (freeable(fldtab[0]))
-		xfree(fldtab[0]->sval);
-	fldtab[0]->tval = REC | STR | DONTFREE;
-	fldtab[0]->sval = record;
-
-	   dprintf( ("in recbld inputFS=%s, fldtab[0]=%p\n", inputFS, fldtab[0]) );
-	   dprintf( ("recbld = |%s|\n", record) );
-	donerec = 1;
-}
-
-int	errorflag	= 0;
-
-void yyerror(char *s)
-{
-	SYNTAX(s);
-}
-
-void SYNTAX(char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	extern char *cmdname, *curfname;
-	static int been_here = 0;
-	va_list varg;
-
-	if (been_here++ > 2)
-		return;
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", cmdname);
-	va_start(varg, fmt);
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, varg);
-	va_end(varg);
-	fprintf(stderr, " at source line %d", lineno);
-	if (curfname != NULL)
-		fprintf(stderr, " in function %s", curfname);
-	if (compile_time == 1 && cursource() != NULL)
-		fprintf(stderr, " source file %s", cursource());
-	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-	errorflag = 2;
-	eprint();
-}
-
-void fpecatch(int n)
-{
-	FATAL("floating point exception %d", n);
-}
-
-extern int bracecnt, brackcnt, parencnt;
-
-void bracecheck(void)
-{
-	int c;
-	static int beenhere = 0;
-
-	if (beenhere++)
-		return;
-	while ((c = input()) != EOF && c != '\0')
-		bclass(c);
-	bcheck2(bracecnt, '{', '}');
-	bcheck2(brackcnt, '[', ']');
-	bcheck2(parencnt, '(', ')');
-}
-
-void bcheck2(int n, int c1, int c2)
-{
-	if (n == 1)
-		fprintf(stderr, "\tmissing %c\n", c2);
-	else if (n > 1)
-		fprintf(stderr, "\t%d missing %c's\n", n, c2);
-	else if (n == -1)
-		fprintf(stderr, "\textra %c\n", c2);
-	else if (n < -1)
-		fprintf(stderr, "\t%d extra %c's\n", -n, c2);
-}
-
-void FATAL(char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	extern char *cmdname;
-	va_list varg;
-
-	fflush(stdout);
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", cmdname);
-	va_start(varg, fmt);
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, varg);
-	va_end(varg);
-	error();
-	if (dbg > 1)		/* core dump if serious debugging on */
-		abort();
-	exit(2);
-}
-
-void WARNING(char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	extern char *cmdname;
-	va_list varg;
-
-	fflush(stdout);
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", cmdname);
-	va_start(varg, fmt);
-	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, varg);
-	va_end(varg);
-	error();
-}
-
-void error()
-{
-	extern Node *curnode;
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-	if (compile_time != 2 && NR && *NR > 0) {
-		fprintf(stderr, " input record number %d", (int) (*FNR));
-		if (strcmp(*FILENAME, "-") != 0)
-			fprintf(stderr, ", file %s", *FILENAME);
-		fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-	}
-	if (compile_time != 2 && curnode)
-		fprintf(stderr, " source line number %d", curnode->lineno);
-	else if (compile_time != 2 && lineno)
-		fprintf(stderr, " source line number %d", lineno);
-	if (compile_time == 1 && cursource() != NULL)
-		fprintf(stderr, " source file %s", cursource());
-	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-	eprint();
-}
-
-void eprint(void)	/* try to print context around error */
-{
-	char *p, *q;
-	int c;
-	static int been_here = 0;
-	extern char ebuf[], *ep;
-
-	if (compile_time == 2 || compile_time == 0 || been_here++ > 0)
-		return;
-	p = ep - 1;
-	if (p > ebuf && *p == '\n')
-		p--;
-	for ( ; p > ebuf && *p != '\n' && *p != '\0'; p--)
-		;
-	while (*p == '\n')
-		p++;
-	fprintf(stderr, " context is\n\t");
-	for (q=ep-1; q>=p && *q!=' ' && *q!='\t' && *q!='\n'; q--)
-		;
-	for ( ; p < q; p++)
-		if (*p)
-			putc(*p, stderr);
-	fprintf(stderr, " >>> ");
-	for ( ; p < ep; p++)
-		if (*p)
-			putc(*p, stderr);
-	fprintf(stderr, " <<< ");
-	if (*ep)
-		while ((c = input()) != '\n' && c != '\0' && c != EOF) {
-			putc(c, stderr);
-			bclass(c);
-		}
-	putc('\n', stderr);
-	ep = ebuf;
-}
-
-void bclass(int c)
-{
-	switch (c) {
-	case '{': bracecnt++; break;
-	case '}': bracecnt--; break;
-	case '[': brackcnt++; break;
-	case ']': brackcnt--; break;
-	case '(': parencnt++; break;
-	case ')': parencnt--; break;
-	}
-}
-
-double errcheck(double x, char *s)
-{
-
-	if (errno == EDOM) {
-		errno = 0;
-		WARNING("%s argument out of domain", s);
-		x = 1;
-	} else if (errno == ERANGE) {
-		errno = 0;
-		WARNING("%s result out of range", s);
-		x = 1;
-	}
-	return x;
-}
-
-int isclvar(char *s)	/* is s of form var=something ? */
-{
-	char *os = s;
-
-	if (!isalpha((uschar) *s) && *s != '_')
-		return 0;
-	for ( ; *s; s++)
-		if (!(isalnum((uschar) *s) || *s == '_'))
-			break;
-	return *s == '=' && s > os && *(s+1) != '=';
-}
-
-/* strtod is supposed to be a proper test of what's a valid number */
-/* appears to be broken in gcc on linux: thinks 0x123 is a valid FP number */
-/* wrong: violates 4.10.1.4 of ansi C standard */
-
-#include <math.h>
-int is_number(char *s)
-{
-	double r;
-	char *ep;
-	errno = 0;
-	r = strtod(s, &ep);
-	if (ep == s || r == HUGE_VAL || errno == ERANGE)
-		return 0;
-	while (*ep == ' ' || *ep == '\t' || *ep == '\n')
-		ep++;
-	if (*ep == '\0')
-		return 1;
-	else
-		return 0;
-}

contrib/one-true-awk/mac.code

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-This file contains a make shell script and a version
-of the file missing95.c for the Mac, courtesy of
-Dan Allen.
-
-make shell script:
-
-# MPW Shell script to build Awk using Apple's MRC compiler.
-# 22 Jan 1999 - Created by Dan Allen.
-# 25 Mar 1999 - Updated for newer Awk.
-#
-# Porting notes for the Mac:
-# 
-# 1.  main in main.c needs to have its prototype changed to:
-# 
-#     int main(int argc, char *argv[], char *environ[])
-#
-# 2.  popen and pclose in missing95.c need to have as their body the
-#     older style
-#
-#				return NULL;
-#
-#     as parallel pipes are not supported by MPW.
-#
-# 3.  To make your Mac more responsive while long awk scripts run,
-#     you may want to add some SpinCursor calls to support cooperative multitasking.
-#
-# All of these minor changes can be put under "#ifdef powerc" for portability's sake.
-#
-#
-
-If {1} == "clean"
-	Delete -i awk maketab maketab.c.o ytab.c.o b.c.o main.c.o parse.c.o proctab.c proctab.c.o tran.c.o lib.c.o run.c.o lex.c.o missing95.c.o
-Else
-	MRC ytab.c -w off -opt speed
-	MRC b.c -w off -opt speed
-	MRC main.c -w off -opt speed
-	MRC parse.c -w off -opt speed
-	MRC maketab.c -w off -opt speed
-	PPCLink -o maketab maketab.c.o "{PPCLibraries}InterfaceLib" "{PPCLibraries}MathLib" "{PPCLibraries}StdCLib" "{PPCLibraries}StdCRuntime.o" "{PPCLibraries}PPCCRuntime.o" "{PPCLibraries}PPCToolLibs.o" -t MPST -c 'MPS '
-	maketab > proctab.c
-	MRC proctab.c -w off -opt speed
-	MRC tran.c -w off -opt speed
-	MRC lib.c -w off -opt speed
-	MRC run.c -w off -opt speed
-	MRC lex.c -w off -opt speed
-	MRC missing95.c -w off -opt speed
-	PPCLink -o awk ytab.c.o b.c.o main.c.o parse.c.o proctab.c.o tran.c.o lib.c.o run.c.o lex.c.o missing95.c.o "{PPCLibraries}InterfaceLib" "{PPCLibraries}MathLib" "{PPCLibraries}StdCLib" "{PPCLibraries}StdCRuntime.o" "{PPCLibraries}PPCCRuntime.o" "{PPCLibraries}PPCToolLibs.o" -d
-	SetFile awk -d . -m . -t MPST -c 'MPS '
-End
-
-
-missing95.c for the Mac:
-
-/* popen and pclose are not available on the Mac. */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-FILE *popen(char *s, char *m) {
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-int pclose(FILE *f) {
-	return NULL;
-}
-

contrib/one-true-awk/maketab.c

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************
-Copyright (C) Lucent Technologies 1997
-All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
-its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
-granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
-copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name Lucent Technologies or any of
-its entities not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
-to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
-permission.
-
-LUCENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL LUCENT OR ANY OF ITS ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
-IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF
-THIS SOFTWARE.
-****************************************************************/
-
-/*
- * this program makes the table to link function names
- * and type indices that is used by execute() in run.c.
- * it finds the indices in ytab.h, produced by yacc.
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "awk.h"
-#include "ytab.h"
-
-struct xx
-{	int token;
-	char *name;
-	char *pname;
-} proc[] = {
-	{ PROGRAM, "program", NULL },
-	{ BOR, "boolop", " || " },
-	{ AND, "boolop", " && " },
-	{ NOT, "boolop", " !" },
-	{ NE, "relop", " != " },
-	{ EQ, "relop", " == " },
-	{ LE, "relop", " <= " },
-	{ LT, "relop", " < " },
-	{ GE, "relop", " >= " },
-	{ GT, "relop", " > " },
-	{ ARRAY, "array", NULL },
-	{ INDIRECT, "indirect", "$(" },
-	{ SUBSTR, "substr", "substr" },
-	{ SUB, "sub", "sub" },
-	{ GSUB, "gsub", "gsub" },
-	{ INDEX, "sindex", "sindex" },
-	{ SPRINTF, "awksprintf", "sprintf " },
-	{ ADD, "arith", " + " },
-	{ MINUS, "arith", " - " },
-	{ MULT, "arith", " * " },
-	{ DIVIDE, "arith", " / " },
-	{ MOD, "arith", " % " },
-	{ UMINUS, "arith", " -" },
-	{ POWER, "arith", " **" },
-	{ PREINCR, "incrdecr", "++" },
-	{ POSTINCR, "incrdecr", "++" },
-	{ PREDECR, "incrdecr", "--" },
-	{ POSTDECR, "incrdecr", "--" },
-	{ CAT, "cat", " " },
-	{ PASTAT, "pastat", NULL },
-	{ PASTAT2, "dopa2", NULL },
-	{ MATCH, "matchop", " ~ " },
-	{ NOTMATCH, "matchop", " !~ " },
-	{ MATCHFCN, "matchop", "matchop" },
-	{ INTEST, "intest", "intest" },
-	{ PRINTF, "awkprintf", "printf" },
-	{ PRINT, "printstat", "print" },
-	{ CLOSE, "closefile", "closefile" },
-	{ DELETE, "awkdelete", "awkdelete" },
-	{ SPLIT, "split", "split" },
-	{ ASSIGN, "assign", " = " },
-	{ ADDEQ, "assign", " += " },
-	{ SUBEQ, "assign", " -= " },
-	{ MULTEQ, "assign", " *= " },
-	{ DIVEQ, "assign", " /= " },
-	{ MODEQ, "assign", " %= " },
-	{ POWEQ, "assign", " ^= " },
-	{ CONDEXPR, "condexpr", " ?: " },
-	{ IF, "ifstat", "if(" },
-	{ WHILE, "whilestat", "while(" },
-	{ FOR, "forstat", "for(" },
-	{ DO, "dostat", "do" },
-	{ IN, "instat", "instat" },
-	{ NEXT, "jump", "next" },
-	{ NEXTFILE, "jump", "nextfile" },
-	{ EXIT, "jump", "exit" },
-	{ BREAK, "jump", "break" },
-	{ CONTINUE, "jump", "continue" },
-	{ RETURN, "jump", "ret" },
-	{ BLTIN, "bltin", "bltin" },
-	{ CALL, "call", "call" },
-	{ ARG, "arg", "arg" },
-	{ VARNF, "getnf", "NF" },
-	{ GETLINE, "getline", "getline" },
-	{ 0, "", "" },
-};
-
-#define SIZE	(LASTTOKEN - FIRSTTOKEN + 1)
-char *table[SIZE];
-char *names[SIZE];
-
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	struct xx *p;
-	int i, n, tok;
-	char c;
-	FILE *fp;
-	char buf[200], name[200], def[200];
-
-	printf("#include <stdio.h>\n");
-	printf("#include \"awk.h\"\n");
-	printf("#include \"ytab.h\"\n\n");
-	for (i = SIZE; --i >= 0; )
-		names[i] = "";
-
-	if ((fp = fopen("ytab.h", "r")) == NULL) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "maketab can't open ytab.h!\n");
-		exit(1);
-	}
-	printf("static char *printname[%d] = {\n", SIZE);
-	i = 0;
-	while (fgets(buf, sizeof buf, fp) != NULL) {
-		n = sscanf(buf, "%1c %s %s %d", &c, def, name, &tok);
-		if (c != '#' || (n != 4 && strcmp(def,"define") != 0))	/* not a valid #define */
-			continue;
-		if (tok < FIRSTTOKEN || tok > LASTTOKEN) {
-			fprintf(stderr, "maketab funny token %d %s ignored\n", tok, buf);
-			continue;
-		}
-		names[tok-FIRSTTOKEN] = (char *) malloc(strlen(name)+1);
-		strcpy(names[tok-FIRSTTOKEN], name);
-		printf("\t(char *) \"%s\",\t/* %d */\n", name, tok);
-		i++;
-	}
-	printf("};\n\n");
-
-	for (p=proc; p->token!=0; p++)
-		table[p->token-FIRSTTOKEN] = p->name;
-	printf("\nCell *(*proctab[%d])(Node **, int) = {\n", SIZE);
-	for (i=0; i<SIZE; i++)
-		if (table[i]==0)
-			printf("\tnullproc,\t/* %s */\n", names[i]);
-		else
-			printf("\t%s,\t/* %s */\n", table[i], names[i]);
-	printf("};\n\n");
-
-	printf("char *tokname(int n)\n");	/* print a tokname() function */
-	printf("{\n");
-	printf("	static char buf[100];\n\n");
-	printf("	if (n < FIRSTTOKEN || n > LASTTOKEN) {\n");
-	printf("		sprintf(buf, \"token %%d\", n);\n");
-	printf("		return buf;\n");
-	printf("	}\n");
-	printf("	return printname[n-FIRSTTOKEN];\n");
-	printf("}\n");
-	return 0;
-}

contrib/one-true-awk/parse.c

@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************
-Copyright (C) Lucent Technologies 1997
-All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
-its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
-granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
-copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name Lucent Technologies or any of
-its entities not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
-to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
-permission.
-
-LUCENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL LUCENT OR ANY OF ITS ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
-IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF
-THIS SOFTWARE.
-****************************************************************/
-
-#define DEBUG
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "awk.h"
-#include "ytab.h"
-
-Node *nodealloc(int n)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = (Node *) malloc(sizeof(Node) + (n-1)*sizeof(Node *));
-	if (x == NULL)
-		FATAL("out of space in nodealloc");
-	x->nnext = NULL;
-	x->lineno = lineno;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *exptostat(Node *a)
-{
-	a->ntype = NSTAT;
-	return(a);
-}
-
-Node *node1(int a, Node *b)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = nodealloc(1);
-	x->nobj = a;
-	x->narg[0]=b;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *node2(int a, Node *b, Node *c)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = nodealloc(2);
-	x->nobj = a;
-	x->narg[0] = b;
-	x->narg[1] = c;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *node3(int a, Node *b, Node *c, Node *d)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = nodealloc(3);
-	x->nobj = a;
-	x->narg[0] = b;
-	x->narg[1] = c;
-	x->narg[2] = d;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *node4(int a, Node *b, Node *c, Node *d, Node *e)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = nodealloc(4);
-	x->nobj = a;
-	x->narg[0] = b;
-	x->narg[1] = c;
-	x->narg[2] = d;
-	x->narg[3] = e;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *stat1(int a, Node *b)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = node1(a,b);
-	x->ntype = NSTAT;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *stat2(int a, Node *b, Node *c)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = node2(a,b,c);
-	x->ntype = NSTAT;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *stat3(int a, Node *b, Node *c, Node *d)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = node3(a,b,c,d);
-	x->ntype = NSTAT;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *stat4(int a, Node *b, Node *c, Node *d, Node *e)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = node4(a,b,c,d,e);
-	x->ntype = NSTAT;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *op1(int a, Node *b)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = node1(a,b);
-	x->ntype = NEXPR;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *op2(int a, Node *b, Node *c)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = node2(a,b,c);
-	x->ntype = NEXPR;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *op3(int a, Node *b, Node *c, Node *d)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = node3(a,b,c,d);
-	x->ntype = NEXPR;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *op4(int a, Node *b, Node *c, Node *d, Node *e)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = node4(a,b,c,d,e);
-	x->ntype = NEXPR;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *celltonode(Cell *a, int b)
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	a->ctype = OCELL;
-	a->csub = b;
-	x = node1(0, (Node *) a);
-	x->ntype = NVALUE;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *rectonode(void)	/* make $0 into a Node */
-{
-	extern Cell *literal0;
-	return op1(INDIRECT, celltonode(literal0, CUNK));
-}
-
-Node *makearr(Node *p)
-{
-	Cell *cp;
-
-	if (isvalue(p)) {
-		cp = (Cell *) (p->narg[0]);
-		if (isfcn(cp))
-			SYNTAX( "%s is a function, not an array", cp->nval );
-		else if (!isarr(cp)) {
-			xfree(cp->sval);
-			cp->sval = (char *) makesymtab(NSYMTAB);
-			cp->tval = ARR;
-		}
-	}
-	return p;
-}
-
-#define PA2NUM	50	/* max number of pat,pat patterns allowed */
-int	paircnt;		/* number of them in use */
-int	pairstack[PA2NUM];	/* state of each pat,pat */
-
-Node *pa2stat(Node *a, Node *b, Node *c)	/* pat, pat {...} */
-{
-	Node *x;
-
-	x = node4(PASTAT2, a, b, c, itonp(paircnt));
-	if (paircnt++ >= PA2NUM)
-		SYNTAX( "limited to %d pat,pat statements", PA2NUM );
-	x->ntype = NSTAT;
-	return(x);
-}
-
-Node *linkum(Node *a, Node *b)
-{
-	Node *c;
-
-	if (errorflag)	/* don't link things that are wrong */
-		return a;
-	if (a == NULL)
-		return(b);
-	else if (b == NULL)
-		return(a);
-	for (c = a; c->nnext != NULL; c = c->nnext)
-		;
-	c->nnext = b;
-	return(a);
-}
-
-void defn(Cell *v, Node *vl, Node *st)	/* turn on FCN bit in definition, */
-{					/*   body of function, arglist */
-	Node *p;
-	int n;
-
-	if (isarr(v)) {
-		SYNTAX( "`%s' is an array name and a function name", v->nval );
-		return;
-	}
-	if (isarg(v->nval) != -1) {
-		SYNTAX( "`%s' is both function name and argument name", v->nval );
-		return;
-	}
-
-	v->tval = FCN;
-	v->sval = (char *) st;
-	n = 0;	/* count arguments */
-	for (p = vl; p; p = p->nnext)
-		n++;
-	v->fval = n;
-	dprintf( ("defining func %s (%d args)\n", v->nval, n) );
-}
-
-int isarg(char *s)		/* is s in argument list for current function? */
-{			/* return -1 if not, otherwise arg # */
-	extern Node *arglist;
-	Node *p = arglist;
-	int n;
-
-	for (n = 0; p != 0; p = p->nnext, n++)
-		if (strcmp(((Cell *)(p->narg[0]))->nval, s) == 0)
-			return n;
-	return -1;
-}
-
-int ptoi(void *p)	/* convert pointer to integer */
-{
-	return (int) (long) p;	/* swearing that p fits, of course */
-}
-
-Node *itonp(int i)	/* and vice versa */
-{
-	return (Node *) (long) i;
-}

contrib/one-true-awk/proctab.c

@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "awk.h"
-#include "ytab.h"
-
-static char *printname[92] = {
-	(char *) "FIRSTTOKEN",	/* 57346 */
-	(char *) "PROGRAM",	/* 57347 */
-	(char *) "PASTAT",	/* 57348 */
-	(char *) "PASTAT2",	/* 57349 */
-	(char *) "XBEGIN",	/* 57350 */
-	(char *) "XEND",	/* 57351 */
-	(char *) "NL",	/* 57352 */
-	(char *) "ARRAY",	/* 57353 */
-	(char *) "MATCH",	/* 57354 */
-	(char *) "NOTMATCH",	/* 57355 */
-	(char *) "MATCHOP",	/* 57356 */
-	(char *) "FINAL",	/* 57357 */
-	(char *) "DOT",	/* 57358 */
-	(char *) "ALL",	/* 57359 */
-	(char *) "CCL",	/* 57360 */
-	(char *) "NCCL",	/* 57361 */
-	(char *) "CHAR",	/* 57362 */
-	(char *) "OR",	/* 57363 */
-	(char *) "STAR",	/* 57364 */
-	(char *) "QUEST",	/* 57365 */
-	(char *) "PLUS",	/* 57366 */
-	(char *) "AND",	/* 57367 */
-	(char *) "BOR",	/* 57368 */
-	(char *) "APPEND",	/* 57369 */
-	(char *) "EQ",	/* 57370 */
-	(char *) "GE",	/* 57371 */
-	(char *) "GT",	/* 57372 */
-	(char *) "LE",	/* 57373 */
-	(char *) "LT",	/* 57374 */
-	(char *) "NE",	/* 57375 */
-	(char *) "IN",	/* 57376 */
-	(char *) "ARG",	/* 57377 */
-	(char *) "BLTIN",	/* 57378 */
-	(char *) "BREAK",	/* 57379 */
-	(char *) "CLOSE",	/* 57380 */
-	(char *) "CONTINUE",	/* 57381 */
-	(char *) "DELETE",	/* 57382 */
-	(char *) "DO",	/* 57383 */
-	(char *) "EXIT",	/* 57384 */
-	(char *) "FOR",	/* 57385 */
-	(char *) "FUNC",	/* 57386 */
-	(char *) "SUB",	/* 57387 */
-	(char *) "GSUB",	/* 57388 */
-	(char *) "IF",	/* 57389 */
-	(char *) "INDEX",	/* 57390 */
-	(char *) "LSUBSTR",	/* 57391 */
-	(char *) "MATCHFCN",	/* 57392 */
-	(char *) "NEXT",	/* 57393 */
-	(char *) "NEXTFILE",	/* 57394 */
-	(char *) "ADD",	/* 57395 */
-	(char *) "MINUS",	/* 57396 */
-	(char *) "MULT",	/* 57397 */
-	(char *) "DIVIDE",	/* 57398 */
-	(char *) "MOD",	/* 57399 */
-	(char *) "ASSIGN",	/* 57400 */
-	(char *) "ASGNOP",	/* 57401 */
-	(char *) "ADDEQ",	/* 57402 */
-	(char *) "SUBEQ",	/* 57403 */
-	(char *) "MULTEQ",	/* 57404 */
-	(char *) "DIVEQ",	/* 57405 */
-	(char *) "MODEQ",	/* 57406 */
-	(char *) "POWEQ",	/* 57407 */
-	(char *) "PRINT",	/* 57408 */
-	(char *) "PRINTF",	/* 57409 */
-	(char *) "SPRINTF",	/* 57410 */
-	(char *) "ELSE",	/* 57411 */
-	(char *) "INTEST",	/* 57412 */
-	(char *) "CONDEXPR",	/* 57413 */
-	(char *) "POSTINCR",	/* 57414 */
-	(char *) "PREINCR",	/* 57415 */
-	(char *) "POSTDECR",	/* 57416 */
-	(char *) "PREDECR",	/* 57417 */
-	(char *) "VAR",	/* 57418 */
-	(char *) "IVAR",	/* 57419 */
-	(char *) "VARNF",	/* 57420 */
-	(char *) "CALL",	/* 57421 */
-	(char *) "NUMBER",	/* 57422 */
-	(char *) "STRING",	/* 57423 */
-	(char *) "REGEXPR",	/* 57424 */
-	(char *) "GETLINE",	/* 57425 */
-	(char *) "RETURN",	/* 57426 */
-	(char *) "SPLIT",	/* 57427 */
-	(char *) "SUBSTR",	/* 57428 */
-	(char *) "WHILE",	/* 57429 */
-	(char *) "CAT",	/* 57430 */
-	(char *) "NOT",	/* 57431 */
-	(char *) "UMINUS",	/* 57432 */
-	(char *) "POWER",	/* 57433 */
-	(char *) "DECR",	/* 57434 */
-	(char *) "INCR",	/* 57435 */
-	(char *) "INDIRECT",	/* 57436 */
-	(char *) "LASTTOKEN",	/* 57437 */
-};
-
-
-Cell *(*proctab[92])(Node **, int) = {
-	nullproc,	/* FIRSTTOKEN */
-	program,	/* PROGRAM */
-	pastat,	/* PASTAT */
-	dopa2,	/* PASTAT2 */
-	nullproc,	/* XBEGIN */
-	nullproc,	/* XEND */
-	nullproc,	/* NL */
-	array,	/* ARRAY */
-	matchop,	/* MATCH */
-	matchop,	/* NOTMATCH */
-	nullproc,	/* MATCHOP */
-	nullproc,	/* FINAL */
-	nullproc,	/* DOT */
-	nullproc,	/* ALL */
-	nullproc,	/* CCL */
-	nullproc,	/* NCCL */
-	nullproc,	/* CHAR */
-	nullproc,	/* OR */
-	nullproc,	/* STAR */
-	nullproc,	/* QUEST */
-	nullproc,	/* PLUS */
-	boolop,	/* AND */
-	boolop,	/* BOR */
-	nullproc,	/* APPEND */
-	relop,	/* EQ */
-	relop,	/* GE */
-	relop,	/* GT */
-	relop,	/* LE */
-	relop,	/* LT */
-	relop,	/* NE */
-	instat,	/* IN */
-	arg,	/* ARG */
-	bltin,	/* BLTIN */
-	jump,	/* BREAK */
-	closefile,	/* CLOSE */
-	jump,	/* CONTINUE */
-	awkdelete,	/* DELETE */
-	dostat,	/* DO */
-	jump,	/* EXIT */
-	forstat,	/* FOR */
-	nullproc,	/* FUNC */
-	sub,	/* SUB */
-	gsub,	/* GSUB */
-	ifstat,	/* IF */
-	sindex,	/* INDEX */
-	nullproc,	/* LSUBSTR */
-	matchop,	/* MATCHFCN */
-	jump,	/* NEXT */
-	jump,	/* NEXTFILE */
-	arith,	/* ADD */
-	arith,	/* MINUS */
-	arith,	/* MULT */
-	arith,	/* DIVIDE */
-	arith,	/* MOD */
-	assign,	/* ASSIGN */
-	nullproc,	/* ASGNOP */
-	assign,	/* ADDEQ */
-	assign,	/* SUBEQ */
-	assign,	/* MULTEQ */
-	assign,	/* DIVEQ */
-	assign,	/* MODEQ */
-	assign,	/* POWEQ */
-	printstat,	/* PRINT */
-	awkprintf,	/* PRINTF */
-	awksprintf,	/* SPRINTF */
-	nullproc,	/* ELSE */
-	intest,	/* INTEST */
-	condexpr,	/* CONDEXPR */
-	incrdecr,	/* POSTINCR */
-	incrdecr,	/* PREINCR */
-	incrdecr,	/* POSTDECR */
-	incrdecr,	/* PREDECR */
-	nullproc,	/* VAR */
-	nullproc,	/* IVAR */
-	getnf,	/* VARNF */
-	call,	/* CALL */
-	nullproc,	/* NUMBER */
-	nullproc,	/* STRING */
-	nullproc,	/* REGEXPR */
-	getline,	/* GETLINE */
-	jump,	/* RETURN */
-	split,	/* SPLIT */
-	substr,	/* SUBSTR */
-	whilestat,	/* WHILE */
-	cat,	/* CAT */
-	boolop,	/* NOT */
-	arith,	/* UMINUS */
-	arith,	/* POWER */
-	nullproc,	/* DECR */
-	nullproc,	/* INCR */
-	indirect,	/* INDIRECT */
-	nullproc,	/* LASTTOKEN */
-};
-
-char *tokname(int n)
-{
-	static char buf[100];
-
-	if (n < FIRSTTOKEN || n > LASTTOKEN) {
-		sprintf(buf, "token %d", n);
-		return buf;
-	}
-	return printname[n-FIRSTTOKEN];
-}

contrib/one-true-awk/proto.h

@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************
-Copyright (C) Lucent Technologies 1997
-All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
-its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
-granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
-copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name Lucent Technologies or any of
-its entities not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining
-to distribution of the software without specific, written prior
-permission.
-
-LUCENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
-INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL LUCENT OR ANY OF ITS ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
-IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF
-THIS SOFTWARE.
-****************************************************************/
-
-extern	int	yywrap(void);
-extern	void	setfname(Cell *);
-extern	int	constnode(Node *);
-extern	char	*strnode(Node *);
-extern	Node	*notnull(Node *);
-extern	int	yyparse(void);
-
-extern	int	yylex(void);
-extern	void	startreg(void);
-extern	int	input(void);
-extern	void	unput(int);
-extern	void	unputstr(char *);
-extern	int	yylook(void);
-extern	int	yyback(int *, int);
-extern	int	yyinput(void);
-
-extern	fa	*makedfa(char *, int);
-extern	fa	*mkdfa(char *, int);
-extern	int	makeinit(fa *, int);
-extern	void	penter(Node *);
-extern	void	freetr(Node *);
-extern	int	hexstr(char **);
-extern	int	quoted(char **);
-extern	char	*cclenter(char *);
-extern	void	overflo(char *);
-extern	void	cfoll(fa *, Node *);
-extern	int	first(Node *);
-extern	void	follow(Node *);
-extern	int	member(int, char *);
-extern	int	match(fa *, char *);
-extern	int	pmatch(fa *, char *);
-extern	int	nematch(fa *, char *);
-extern	Node	*reparse(char *);
-extern	Node	*regexp(void);
-extern	Node	*primary(void);
-extern	Node	*concat(Node *);
-extern	Node	*alt(Node *);
-extern	Node	*unary(Node *);
-extern	int	relex(void);
-extern	int	cgoto(fa *, int, int);
-extern	void	freefa(fa *);
-
-extern	int	pgetc(void);
-extern	char	*cursource(void);
-
-extern	Node	*nodealloc(int);
-extern	Node	*exptostat(Node *);
-extern	Node	*node1(int, Node *);
-extern	Node	*node2(int, Node *, Node *);
-extern	Node	*node3(int, Node *, Node *, Node *);
-extern	Node	*node4(int, Node *, Node *, Node *, Node *);
-extern	Node	*stat3(int, Node *, Node *, Node *);
-extern	Node	*op2(int, Node *, Node *);
-extern	Node	*op1(int, Node *);
-extern	Node	*stat1(int, Node *);
-extern	Node	*op3(int, Node *, Node *, Node *);
-extern	Node	*op4(int, Node *, Node *, Node *, Node *);
-extern	Node	*stat2(int, Node *, Node *);
-extern	Node	*stat4(int, Node *, Node *, Node *, Node *);
-extern	Node	*celltonode(Cell *, int);
-extern	Node	*rectonode(void);
-extern	Node	*makearr(Node *);
-extern	Node	*pa2stat(Node *, Node *, Node *);
-extern	Node	*linkum(Node *, Node *);
-extern	void	defn(Cell *, Node *, Node *);
-extern	int	isarg(char *);
-extern	char	*tokname(int);
-extern	Cell	*(*proctab[])(Node **, int);
-extern	int	ptoi(void *);
-extern	Node	*itonp(int);
-
-extern	void	syminit(void);
-extern	void	arginit(int, char **);
-extern	void	envinit(char **);
-extern	Array	*makesymtab(int);
-extern	void	freesymtab(Cell *);
-extern	void	freeelem(Cell *, char *);
-extern	Cell	*setsymtab(char *, char *, double, unsigned int, Array *);
-extern	int	hash(char *, int);
-extern	void	rehash(Array *);
-extern	Cell	*lookup(char *, Array *);
-extern	double	setfval(Cell *, double);
-extern	void	funnyvar(Cell *, char *);
-extern	char	*setsval(Cell *, char *);
-extern	double	getfval(Cell *);
-extern	char	*getsval(Cell *);
-extern	char	*tostring(char *);
-extern	char	*qstring(char *, int);
-
-extern	void	recinit(unsigned int);
-extern	void	initgetrec(void);
-extern	void	makefields(int, int);
-extern	void	growfldtab(int n);
-extern	int	getrec(char **, int *, int);
-extern	void	nextfile(void);
-extern	int	readrec(char **buf, int *bufsize, FILE *inf);
-extern	char	*getargv(int);
-extern	void	setclvar(char *);
-extern	void	fldbld(void);
-extern	void	cleanfld(int, int);
-extern	void	newfld(int);
-extern	int	refldbld(char *, char *);
-extern	void	recbld(void);
-extern	Cell	*fieldadr(int);
-extern	void	yyerror(char *);
-extern	void	fpecatch(int);
-extern	void	bracecheck(void);
-extern	void	bcheck2(int, int, int);
-extern	void	SYNTAX(char *, ...);
-extern	void	FATAL(char *, ...);
-extern	void	WARNING(char *, ...);
-extern	void	error(void);
-extern	void	eprint(void);
-extern	void	bclass(int);
-extern	double	errcheck(double, char *);
-extern	int	isclvar(char *);
-extern	int	is_number(char *);
-
-extern	int	adjbuf(char **pb, int *sz, int min, int q, char **pbp, char *what);
-extern	void	run(Node *);
-extern	Cell	*execute(Node *);
-extern	Cell	*program(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*call(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*copycell(Cell *);
-extern	Cell	*arg(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*jump(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*getline(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*getnf(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*array(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*awkdelete(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*intest(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*matchop(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*boolop(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*relop(Node **, int);
-extern	void	tfree(Cell *);
-extern	Cell	*gettemp(void);
-extern	Cell	*field(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*indirect(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*substr(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*sindex(Node **, int);
-extern	int	format(char **, int *, char *, Node *);
-extern	Cell	*awksprintf(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*awkprintf(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*arith(Node **, int);
-extern	double	ipow(double, int);
-extern	Cell	*incrdecr(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*assign(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*cat(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*pastat(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*dopa2(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*split(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*condexpr(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*ifstat(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*whilestat(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*dostat(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*forstat(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*instat(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*bltin(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*printstat(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*nullproc(Node **, int);
-extern	FILE	*redirect(int, Node *);
-extern	FILE	*openfile(int, char *);
-extern	char	*filename(FILE *);
-extern	Cell	*closefile(Node **, int);
-extern	void	closeall(void);
-extern	Cell	*sub(Node **, int);
-extern	Cell	*gsub(Node **, int);
-
-extern	FILE	*popen(const char *, const char *);
-extern	int	pclose(FILE *);

crypto/heimdal/admin/ktutil.cat8

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-
-KTUTIL(8)                UNIX System Manager's Manual                KTUTIL(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkttuuttiill - manage Kerberos keytabs
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkttuuttiill [--kk _k_e_y_t_a_b | ----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_e_y_t_a_b] [--vv | ----vveerrbboossee] [----vveerrssiioonn] [--hh |
-     ----hheellpp] _c_o_m_m_a_n_d [_a_r_g_s]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kkttuuttiill is a program for managing keytabs.  _c_o_m_m_a_n_d can be one of the fol-
-     lowing:
-
-     add [--pp _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l] [----pprriinncciippaall==_p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l] [--VV _k_v_n_o] [----kkvvnnoo==_k_v_n_o] [--ee
-             _e_n_c_y_p_e] [----eennccttyyppee==_e_n_c_t_y_p_e] [--ww _p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d] [----ppaasssswwoorrdd==_p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d]
-             [--rr] [----rraannddoomm] [--ss] [----nnoo--ssaalltt]
-             Adds a key to the keytab. Options that are not specified will be
-             prompted for.
-
-     change [--rr _r_e_a_l_m] [----rreeaallmm==_r_e_a_l_m] [----aa _h_o_s_t] [----aaddmmiinn--sseerrvveerr==_h_o_s_t] [----ss
-             _p_o_r_t] [----sseerrvveerr--ppoorrtt==_p_o_r_t]
-             Update one or several keys to new versions.  By default, use the
-             admin server for the realm of an keytab entry.  Otherwise it will
-             use the values specified by the options.
-
-             If no principals are given, all the ones in the keytab are updat-
-             ed.
-
-     copy _k_e_y_t_a_b_-_s_r_c _k_e_y_t_a_b_-_d_e_s_t
-             Copies all the entries from _k_e_y_t_a_b_-_s_r_c to _k_e_y_t_a_b_-_d_e_s_t.
-
-     get [--pp _a_d_m_i_n _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l] [----pprriinncciippaall==_a_d_m_i_n _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l] [--ee _e_n_c_t_y_p_e |
-             ----eennccttyyppeess==_e_n_c_t_y_p_e
-             sseerrvveerr==_a_d_m_i_n _s_e_r_v_e_r] [--ss _s_e_r_v_e_r _p_o_r_t] [----sseerrvveerr--ppoorrtt==_s_e_r_v_e_r _p_o_r_t]
-             _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l ][--rr   _r_e_a_l_m]   [----rreeaallmm==_r_e_a_l_m]   [--aa   _a_d_m_i_n   _s_e_r_v_e_r]
-             [----aaddmmiinn-- Get a key for pprriinncciippaall and store it in a keytab.
-
-     list [----kkeeyyss] [----ttiimmeessttaammpp]
-             List the keys stored in the keytab.
-
-     remove [--pp _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l] [----pprriinncciippaall==_p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l] [--VV --kkvvnnoo] [----kkvvnnoo==_k_v_n_o]
-             [--ee --eennccttyyppee] [----eennccttyyppee==_e_n_c_t_y_p_e]
-             Removes the specified key or keys. Not specifying a _k_v_n_o removes
-             keys with any version number. Not specifying a _e_n_c_t_y_p_e removes
-             keys of any type.
-
-     purge [----aaggee==_a_g_e]
-             Removes all old entries (for which there is a newer version) that
-             are older than _a_g_e (default one week).
-
-     srvconvert
-
-     srv2keytab [--ss _s_r_v_t_a_b] [----ssrrvvttaabb==_s_r_v_t_a_b]
-             Converts the version 4 srvtab in _s_r_v_t_a_b to a version 5 keytab and
-             stores it in _k_e_y_t_a_b. Identical to:
-
-                   ktutil copy krb4:_s_r_v_t_a_b _k_e_y_t_a_b
-
-     srvcreate
-
-     key2srvtab [--ss _s_r_v_t_a_b] [----ssrrvvttaabb==_s_r_v_t_a_b]
-             Converts the version 5 keytab in _k_e_y_t_a_b to a version 4 srvtab and
-             stores it in _s_r_v_t_a_b. Identical to:
-
-                   ktutil copy _k_e_y_t_a_b krb4:_s_r_v_t_a_b
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kadmin(8)
-
- HEIMDAL                       December 16, 2000                             2

crypto/heimdal/appl/ftp/ftp/ftp.cat1

@@ -1,650 +0,0 @@
-
-FTP(1)                       UNIX Reference Manual                      FTP(1)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     ffttpp - ARPANET file transfer program
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     ffttpp [--tt] [--vv] [--dd] [--ii] [--nn] [--gg] [--pp] [--ll] [_h_o_s_t]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     FFttpp is the user interface to the ARPANET standard File Transfer Protocol.
-     The program allows a user to transfer files to and from a remote network
-     site.
-
-     Modifications has been made so that it almost follows the ftpsec Internet
-     draft.
-
-     Options may be specified at the command line, or to the command inter-
-     preter.
-
-     --tt    Enables packet tracing.
-
-     --vv    Verbose option forces ffttpp to show all responses from the remote
-           server, as well as report on data transfer statistics.
-
-     --nn    Restrains ffttpp from attempting ``auto-login'' upon initial connec-
-           tion.  If auto-login is enabled, ffttpp will check the _._n_e_t_r_c (see be-
-           low) file in the user's home directory for an entry describing an
-           account on the remote machine.  If no entry exists, ffttpp will prompt
-           for the remote machine login name (default is the user identity on
-           the local machine), and, if necessary, prompt for a password and an
-           account with which to login.
-
-     --ii    Turns off interactive prompting during multiple file transfers.
-
-     --pp    Turn on passive mode.
-
-     --dd    Enables debugging.
-
-     --gg    Disables file name globbing.
-
-     --ll    Disables command line editing.
-
-     The client host with which ffttpp is to communicate may be specified on the
-     command line.  If this is done, ffttpp will immediately attempt to establish
-     a connection to an FTP server on that host; otherwise, ffttpp will enter its
-     command interpreter and await instructions from the user.  When ffttpp is
-     awaiting commands from the user the prompt `ftp>' is provided to the us-
-     er.  The following commands are recognized by ffttpp:
-
-     !! [_c_o_m_m_a_n_d [_a_r_g_s]]
-                 Invoke an interactive shell on the local machine.  If there
-                 are arguments, the first is taken to be a command to execute
-                 directly, with the rest of the arguments as its arguments.
-
-     $$ _m_a_c_r_o_-_n_a_m_e [_a_r_g_s]
-                 Execute the macro _m_a_c_r_o_-_n_a_m_e that was defined with the mmaaccddeeff
-                 command.  Arguments are passed to the macro unglobbed.
-
-     aaccccoouunntt [_p_a_s_s_w_d]
-                 Supply a supplemental password required by a remote system
-                 for access to resources once a login has been successfully
-                 completed.  If no argument is included, the user will be
-
-
-                 prompted for an account password in a non-echoing input mode.
-
-     aappppeenndd _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e [_r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e]
-                 Append a local file to a file on the remote machine.  If
-                 _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e is left unspecified, the local file name is used
-                 in naming the remote file after being altered by any nnttrraannss
-                 or nnmmaapp setting.  File transfer uses the current settings for
-                 ttyyppee, ffoorrmmaatt, mmooddee, and ssttrruuccttuurree.
-
-     aasscciiii       Set the file transfer ttyyppee to network ASCII. This is the de-
-                 fault type.
-
-     bbeellll        Arrange that a bell be sounded after each file transfer com-
-                 mand is completed.
-
-     bbiinnaarryy      Set the file transfer ttyyppee to support binary image transfer.
-
-     bbyyee         Terminate the FTP session with the remote server and exit
-                 ffttpp. An end of file will also terminate the session and exit.
-
-     ccaassee        Toggle remote computer file name case mapping during mmggeett
-                 commands.  When ccaassee is on (default is off), remote computer
-                 file names with all letters in upper case are written in the
-                 local directory with the letters mapped to lower case.
-
-     ccdd _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y
-                 Change the working directory on the remote machine to _r_e_m_o_t_e_-
-                 _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y.
-
-     ccdduupp        Change the remote machine working directory to the parent of
-                 the current remote machine working directory.
-
-     cchhmmoodd _m_o_d_e _f_i_l_e_-_n_a_m_e
-                 Change the permission modes of the file _f_i_l_e_-_n_a_m_e on the re-
-                 mote sytem to _m_o_d_e.
-
-     cclloossee       Terminate the FTP session with the remote server, and return
-                 to the command interpreter.  Any defined macros are erased.
-
-     ccrr          Toggle carriage return stripping during ascii type file re-
-                 trieval.  Records are denoted by a carriage return/linefeed
-                 sequence during ascii type file transfer.  When ccrr is on (the
-                 default), carriage returns are stripped from this sequence to
-                 conform with the UNIX single linefeed record delimiter.
-                 Records on non-UNIX remote systems may contain single line-
-                 feeds; when an ascii type transfer is made, these linefeeds
-                 may be distinguished from a record delimiter only when ccrr is
-                 off.
-
-     ddeelleettee _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e
-                 Delete the file _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e on the remote machine.
-
-     ddeebbuugg [_d_e_b_u_g_-_v_a_l_u_e]
-                 Toggle debugging mode.  If an optional _d_e_b_u_g_-_v_a_l_u_e is speci-
-                 fied it is used to set the debugging level.  When debugging
-                 is on, ffttpp prints each command sent to the remote machine,
-                 preceded by the string `-->'
-
-     ddiirr [_r_e_m_o_t_e_-_d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [_l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e]
-                 Print a listing of the directory contents in the directory,
-                 _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y, and, optionally, placing the output in
-                 _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e. If interactive prompting is on, ffttpp will prompt
-                 the user to verify that the last argument is indeed the tar-
-                 get local file for receiving ddiirr output.  If no directory is
-                 specified, the current working directory on the remote ma-
-                 chine is used.  If no local file is specified, or _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e
-
-                 is --, output comes to the terminal.
-
-     ddiissccoonnnneecctt  A synonym for _c_l_o_s_e.
-
-     ffoorrmm _f_o_r_m_a_t
-                 Set the file transfer ffoorrmm to _f_o_r_m_a_t. The default format is
-                 ``file''.
-
-     ggeett _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e [_l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e]
-                 Retrieve the _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e and store it on the local machine.
-                 If the local file name is not specified, it is given the same
-                 name it has on the remote machine, subject to alteration by
-                 the current ccaassee, nnttrraannss, and nnmmaapp settings.  The current
-                 settings for ttyyppee, ffoorrmm, mmooddee, and ssttrruuccttuurree are used while
-                 transferring the file.
-
-     gglloobb        Toggle filename expansion for mmddeelleettee, mmggeett and mmppuutt. If
-                 globbing is turned off with gglloobb, the file name arguments are
-                 taken literally and not expanded.  Globbing for mmppuutt is done
-                 as in csh(1).  For mmddeelleettee and mmggeett, each remote file name is
-                 expanded separately on the remote machine and the lists are
-                 not merged.  Expansion of a directory name is likely to be
-                 different from expansion of the name of an ordinary file: the
-                 exact result depends on the foreign operating system and ftp
-                 server, and can be previewed by doing `mls remote-files -'.
-                 As a security measure, remotely globbed files that starts
-                 with `/' or contains `../', will not be automatically re-
-                 ceived. If you have interactive prompting turned off, these
-                 filenames will be ignored.  Note: mmggeett and mmppuutt are not meant
-                 to transfer entire directory subtrees of files.  That can be
-                 done by transferring a tar(1) archive of the subtree (in bi-
-                 nary mode).
-
-     hhaasshh        Toggle hash-sign (``#'') printing for each data block trans-
-                 ferred.  The size of a data block is 1024 bytes.
-
-     hheellpp [_c_o_m_m_a_n_d]
-                 Print an informative message about the meaning of _c_o_m_m_a_n_d. If
-                 no argument is given, ffttpp prints a list of the known com-
-                 mands.
-
-     iiddllee [_s_e_c_o_n_d_s]
-                 Set the inactivity timer on the remote server to _s_e_c_o_n_d_s sec-
-                 onds.  If _s_e_c_o_n_d_s is omitted, the current inactivity timer is
-                 printed.
-
-     llccdd [_d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y]
-                 Change the working directory on the local machine.  If no
-                 _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y is specified, the user's home directory is used.
-
-     llss [_r_e_m_o_t_e_-_d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [_l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e]
-                 Print a listing of the contents of a directory on the remote
-                 machine.  The listing includes any system-dependent informa-
-                 tion that the server chooses to include; for example, most
-                 UNIX systems will produce output from the command `ls -l'.
-                 (See also nnlliisstt.) If _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y is left unspecified,
-                 the current working directory is used.  If interactive
-                 prompting is on, ffttpp will prompt the user to verify that the
-                 last argument is indeed the target local file for receiving
-                 llss output.  If no local file is specified, or if _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e
-                 is `--', the output is sent to the terminal.
-
-     mmaaccddeeff _m_a_c_r_o_-_n_a_m_e
-                 Define a macro.  Subsequent lines are stored as the macro
-                 _m_a_c_r_o_-_n_a_m_e; a null line (consecutive newline characters in a
-                 file or carriage returns from the terminal) terminates macro
-                 input mode.  There is a limit of 16 macros and 4096 total
-                 characters in all defined macros.  Macros remain defined un-
-                 til a cclloossee command is executed.  The macro processor inter-
-                 prets `$' and `\' as special characters.  A `$' followed by a
-                 number (or numbers) is replaced by the corresponding argument
-                 on the macro invocation command line.  A `$' followed by an
-                 `i' signals that macro processor that the executing macro is
-                 to be looped.  On the first pass `$i' is replaced by the
-                 first argument on the macro invocation command line, on the
-                 second pass it is replaced by the second argument, and so on.
-                 A `\' followed by any character is replaced by that charac-
-                 ter.  Use the `\' to prevent special treatment of the `$'.
-
-     mmddeelleettee [_r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e_s]
-                 Delete the _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e_s on the remote machine.
-
-     mmddiirr _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e_s _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e
-                 Like ddiirr, except multiple remote files may be specified.  If
-                 interactive prompting is on, ffttpp will prompt the user to ver-
-                 ify that the last argument is indeed the target local file
-                 for receiving mmddiirr output.
-
-     mmggeett _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e_s
-                 Expand the _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e_s on the remote machine and do a ggeett
-                 for each file name thus produced.  See gglloobb for details on
-                 the filename expansion.  Resulting file names will then be
-                 processed according to ccaassee, nnttrraannss, and nnmmaapp settings.
-                 Files are transferred into the local working directory, which
-                 can be changed with `lcd directory'; new local directories
-                 can be created with `! mkdir directory'.
-
-     mmkkddiirr _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y_-_n_a_m_e
-                 Make a directory on the remote machine.
-
-     mmllss _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e_s _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e
-                 Like nnlliisstt, except multiple remote files may be specified,
-                 and the _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e must be specified.  If interactive prompt-
-                 ing is on, ffttpp will prompt the user to verify that the last
-                 argument is indeed the target local file for receiving mmllss
-                 output.
-
-     mmooddee [_m_o_d_e_-_n_a_m_e]
-                 Set the file transfer mmooddee to _m_o_d_e_-_n_a_m_e. The default mode is
-                 ``stream'' mode.
-
-     mmooddttiimmee _f_i_l_e_-_n_a_m_e
-                 Show the last modification time of the file on the remote ma-
-                 chine.
-
-     mmppuutt _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e_s
-                 Expand wild cards in the list of local files given as argu-
-                 ments and do a ppuutt for each file in the resulting list.  See
-                 gglloobb for details of filename expansion.  Resulting file names
-                 will then be processed according to nnttrraannss and nnmmaapp settings.
-
-     nneewweerr _f_i_l_e_-_n_a_m_e
-                 Get the file only if the modification time of the remote file
-                 is more recent that the file on the current system.  If the
-                 file does not exist on the current system, the remote file is
-                 considered nneewweerr. Otherwise, this command is identical to
-                 _g_e_t.
-
-     nnlliisstt [_r_e_m_o_t_e_-_d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [_l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e]
-                 Print a  list of the files in a directory on the remote ma-
-                 chine.  If _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y is left unspecified, the current
-                 working directory is used.  If interactive prompting is on,
-                 ffttpp will prompt the user to verify that the last argument is
-                 indeed the target local file for receiving nnlliisstt output.  If
-                 no local file is specified, or if _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e is --, the output
-                 is sent to the terminal.
-
-     nnmmaapp [_i_n_p_a_t_t_e_r_n _o_u_t_p_a_t_t_e_r_n]
-                 Set or unset the filename mapping mechanism.  If no arguments
-                 are specified, the filename mapping mechanism is unset.  If
-                 arguments are specified, remote filenames are mapped during
-                 mmppuutt commands and ppuutt commands issued without a specified re-
-                 mote target filename.  If arguments are specified, local
-                 filenames are mapped during mmggeett commands and ggeett commands
-                 issued without a specified local target filename.  This com-
-                 mand is useful when connecting to a non-UNIX remote computer
-                 with different file naming conventions or practices.  The
-                 mapping follows the pattern set by _i_n_p_a_t_t_e_r_n and _o_u_t_p_a_t_t_e_r_n.
-                 [_I_n_p_a_t_t_e_r_n] is a template for incoming filenames (which may
-                 have already been processed according to the nnttrraannss and ccaassee
-                 settings).  Variable templating is accomplished by including
-                 the sequences `$1', `$2', ..., `$9' in _i_n_p_a_t_t_e_r_n. Use `\' to
-                 prevent this special treatment of the `$' character.  All
-                 other characters are treated literally, and are used to de-
-                 termine the nnmmaapp [_i_n_p_a_t_t_e_r_n] variable values.  For example,
-                 given _i_n_p_a_t_t_e_r_n $1.$2 and the remote file name "mydata.data",
-                 $1 would have the value "mydata", and $2 would have the value
-                 "data".  The _o_u_t_p_a_t_t_e_r_n determines the resulting mapped file-
-                 name.  The sequences `$1', `$2', ...., `$9' are replaced by
-                 any value resulting from the _i_n_p_a_t_t_e_r_n template.  The se-
-                 quence `$0' is replace by the original filename.  Additional-
-                 ly, the sequence `[_s_e_q_1, _s_e_q_2]' is replaced by [_s_e_q_1] if _s_e_q_1
-                 is not a null string; otherwise it is replaced by _s_e_q_2. For
-                 example, the command
-
-                       nmap $1.$2.$3 [$1,$2].[$2,file]
-
-                 would yield the output filename "myfile.data" for input file-
-                 names "myfile.data" and "myfile.data.old", "myfile.file" for
-                 the input filename "myfile", and "myfile.myfile" for the in-
-                 put filename ".myfile".  Spaces may be included in
-                 _o_u_t_p_a_t_t_e_r_n, as in the example: `nmap $1 sed "s/  *$//" > $1'
-                 .  Use the `\' character to prevent special treatment of the
-                 `$','[','[', and `,' characters.
-
-     nnttrraannss [_i_n_c_h_a_r_s [_o_u_t_c_h_a_r_s]]
-                 Set or unset the filename character translation mechanism.
-                 If no arguments are specified, the filename character trans-
-                 lation mechanism is unset.  If arguments are specified, char-
-                 acters in remote filenames are translated during mmppuutt com-
-                 mands and ppuutt commands issued without a specified remote tar-
-                 get filename.  If arguments are specified, characters in lo-
-                 cal filenames are translated during mmggeett commands and ggeett
-                 commands issued without a specified local target filename.
-                 This command is useful when connecting to a non-UNIX remote
-                 computer with different file naming conventions or practices.
-                 Characters in a filename matching a character in _i_n_c_h_a_r_s are
-                 replaced with the corresponding character in _o_u_t_c_h_a_r_s. If the
-                 character's position in _i_n_c_h_a_r_s is longer than the length of
-                 _o_u_t_c_h_a_r_s, the character is deleted from the file name.
-
-     ooppeenn _h_o_s_t [_p_o_r_t]
-                 Establish a connection to the specified _h_o_s_t FTP server.  An
-                 optional port number may be supplied, in which case, ffttpp will
-                 attempt to contact an FTP server at that port.  If the aauuttoo--
-                 llooggiinn option is on (default), ffttpp will also attempt to auto-
-
-                 matically log the user in to the FTP server (see below).
-
-     ppaassssiivvee     Toggle passive mode.  If passive mode is turned on (default
-                 is off), the ftp client will send a PASV command for all data
-                 connections instead of the usual PORT command.  The PASV com-
-                 mand requests that the remote server open a port for the data
-                 connection and return the address of that port.  The remote
-                 server listens on that port and the client connects to it.
-                 When using the more traditional PORT command, the client lis-
-                 tens on a port and sends that address to the remote server,
-                 who connects back to it.  Passive mode is useful when using
-                 ffttpp through a gateway router or host that controls the direc-
-                 tionality of traffic.  (Note that though ftp servers are re-
-                 quired to support the PASV command by RFC 1123, some do not.)
-
-     pprroommpptt      Toggle interactive prompting.  Interactive prompting occurs
-                 during multiple file transfers to allow the user to selec-
-                 tively retrieve or store files.  If prompting is turned off
-                 (default is on), any mmggeett or mmppuutt will transfer all files,
-                 and any mmddeelleettee will delete all files.
-
-     pprrooxxyy _f_t_p_-_c_o_m_m_a_n_d
-                 Execute an ftp command on a secondary control connection.
-                 This command allows simultaneous connection to two remote ftp
-                 servers for transferring files between the two servers.  The
-                 first pprrooxxyy command should be an ooppeenn, to establish the sec-
-                 ondary control connection.  Enter the command "proxy ?" to
-                 see other ftp commands executable on the secondary connec-
-                 tion.  The following commands behave differently when pref-
-                 aced by pprrooxxyy: ooppeenn will not define new macros during the au-
-                 to-login process, cclloossee will not erase existing macro defini-
-                 tions, ggeett and mmggeett transfer files from the host on the pri-
-                 mary control connection to the host on the secondary control
-                 connection, and ppuutt, mmppuutt, and aappppeenndd transfer files from the
-                 host on the secondary control connection to the host on the
-                 primary control connection.  Third party file transfers de-
-                 pend upon support of the ftp protocol PASV command by the
-                 server on the secondary control connection.
-
-     ppuutt _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e [_r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e]
-                 Store a local file on the remote machine.  If _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e is
-                 left unspecified, the local file name is used after process-
-                 ing according to any nnttrraannss or nnmmaapp settings in naming the
-                 remote file.  File transfer uses the current settings for
-                 ttyyppee, ffoorrmmaatt, mmooddee, and ssttrruuccttuurree.
-
-     ppwwdd         Print the name of the current working directory on the remote
-                 machine.
-
-     qquuiitt        A synonym for bbyyee.
-
-     qquuoottee _a_r_g_1 _a_r_g_2 _._._.
-                 The arguments specified are sent, verbatim, to the remote FTP
-                 server.
-
-     rreeccvv _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e [_l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e]
-                 A synonym for get.
-
-     rreeggeett _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e [_l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e]
-                 Reget acts like get, except that if _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e exists and is
-                 smaller than _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e, _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e is presumed to be a par-
-                 tially transferred copy of _r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e and the transfer is
-                 continued from the apparent point of failure.  This command
-                 is useful when transferring very large files over networks
-
-
-                 that are prone to dropping connections.
-
-     rreemmootteehheellpp [_c_o_m_m_a_n_d_-_n_a_m_e]
-                 Request help from the remote FTP server.  If a _c_o_m_m_a_n_d_-_n_a_m_e
-                 is specified it is supplied to the server as well.
-
-     rreemmootteessttaattuuss [_f_i_l_e_-_n_a_m_e]
-                 With no arguments, show status of remote machine.  If _f_i_l_e_-
-                 _n_a_m_e is specified, show status of _f_i_l_e_-_n_a_m_e on remote ma-
-                 chine.
-
-     rreennaammee [_f_r_o_m] [_t_o]
-                 Rename the file _f_r_o_m on the remote machine, to the file _t_o.
-
-     rreesseett       Clear reply queue.  This command re-synchronizes command/re-
-                 ply sequencing with the remote ftp server.  Resynchronization
-                 may be necessary following a violation of the ftp protocol by
-                 the remote server.
-
-     rreessttaarrtt _m_a_r_k_e_r
-                 Restart the immediately following ggeett or ppuutt at the indicated
-                 _m_a_r_k_e_r. On UNIX systems, marker is usually a byte offset into
-                 the file.
-
-     rrmmddiirr _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y_-_n_a_m_e
-                 Delete a directory on the remote machine.
-
-     rruunniiqquuee     Toggle storing of files on the local system with unique file-
-                 names.  If a file already exists with a name equal to the
-                 target local filename for a ggeett or mmggeett command, a ".1" is
-                 appended to the name.  If the resulting name matches another
-                 existing file, a ".2" is appended to the original name.  If
-                 this process continues up to ".99", an error message is
-                 printed, and the transfer does not take place.  The generated
-                 unique filename will be reported.  Note that rruunniiqquuee will not
-                 affect local files generated from a shell command (see be-
-                 low).  The default value is off.
-
-     sseenndd _l_o_c_a_l_-_f_i_l_e [_r_e_m_o_t_e_-_f_i_l_e]
-                 A synonym for put.
-
-     sseennddppoorrtt    Toggle the use of PORT commands.  By default, ffttpp will at-
-                 tempt to use a PORT command when establishing a connection
-                 for each data transfer.  The use of PORT commands can prevent
-                 delays when performing multiple file transfers.  If the PORT
-                 command fails, ffttpp will use the default data port.  When the
-                 use of PORT commands is disabled, no attempt will be made to
-                 use PORT commands for each data transfer.  This is useful for
-                 certain FTP implementations which do ignore PORT commands
-                 but, incorrectly, indicate they've been accepted.
-
-     ssiittee _a_r_g_1 _a_r_g_2 _._._.
-                 The arguments specified are sent, verbatim, to the remote FTP
-                 server as a SITE command.
-
-     ssiizzee _f_i_l_e_-_n_a_m_e
-                 Return size of _f_i_l_e_-_n_a_m_e on remote machine.
-
-     ssttaattuuss      Show the current status of ffttpp.
-
-     ssttrruucctt [_s_t_r_u_c_t_-_n_a_m_e]
-                 Set the file transfer _s_t_r_u_c_t_u_r_e to _s_t_r_u_c_t_-_n_a_m_e. By default
-                 ``stream'' structure is used.
-
-     ssuunniiqquuee     Toggle storing of files on remote machine under unique file
-                 names.  Remote ftp server must support ftp protocol STOU com-
-                 mand for successful completion.  The remote server will re-
-                 port unique name.  Default value is off.
-
-     ssyysstteemm      Show the type of operating system running on the remote ma-
-                 chine.
-
-     tteenneexx       Set the file transfer type to that needed to talk to TENEX
-                 machines.
-
-     ttrraaccee       Toggle packet tracing.
-
-     ttyyppee [_t_y_p_e_-_n_a_m_e]
-                 Set the file transfer ttyyppee to _t_y_p_e_-_n_a_m_e. If no type is speci-
-                 fied, the current type is printed.  The default type is net-
-                 work ASCII.
-
-     uummaasskk [_n_e_w_m_a_s_k]
-                 Set the default umask on the remote server to _n_e_w_m_a_s_k. If
-                 _n_e_w_m_a_s_k is omitted, the current umask is printed.
-
-     uusseerr _u_s_e_r_-_n_a_m_e [_p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d] [_a_c_c_o_u_n_t]
-                 Identify yourself to the remote FTP server.  If the _p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d
-                 is not specified and the server requires it, ffttpp will prompt
-                 the user for it (after disabling local echo).  If an _a_c_c_o_u_n_t
-                 field is not specified, and the FTP server requires it, the
-                 user will be prompted for it.  If an _a_c_c_o_u_n_t field is speci-
-                 fied, an account command will be relayed to the remote server
-                 after the login sequence is completed if the remote server
-                 did not require it for logging in.  Unless ffttpp is invoked
-                 with ``auto-login'' disabled, this process is done automati-
-                 cally on initial connection to the FTP server.
-
-     vveerrbboossee     Toggle verbose mode.  In verbose mode, all responses from the
-                 FTP server are displayed to the user.  In addition, if ver-
-                 bose is on, when a file transfer completes, statistics re-
-                 garding the efficiency of the transfer are reported.  By de-
-                 fault, verbose is on.
-
-     ?? [_c_o_m_m_a_n_d]
-                 A synonym for help.
-
-     The following command can be used with ftpsec-aware servers.
-
-     pprroott _c_l_e_a_r | _s_a_f_e | _c_o_n_f_i_d_e_n_t_i_a_l | _p_r_i_v_a_t_e
-                 Set the data protection level to the requested level.
-
-     The following command can be used with ftp servers that has implemented
-     the KAUTH site command.
-
-     kkaauutthh [_p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l]
-                 Obtain remote tickets.
-
-     Command arguments which have embedded spaces may be quoted with quote `"'
-     marks.
-
-AABBOORRTTIINNGG AA FFIILLEE TTRRAANNSSFFEERR
-     To abort a file transfer, use the terminal interrupt key (usually Ctrl-
-     C).  Sending transfers will be immediately halted.  Receiving transfers
-     will be halted by sending a ftp protocol ABOR command to the remote serv-
-     er, and discarding any further data received.  The speed at which this is
-     accomplished depends upon the remote server's support for ABOR process-
-     ing.  If the remote server does not support the ABOR command, an `ftp>'
-     prompt will not appear until the remote server has completed sending the
-     requested file.
-
-
-     The terminal interrupt key sequence will be ignored when ffttpp has complet-
-     ed any local processing and is awaiting a reply from the remote server.
-     A long delay in this mode may result from the ABOR processing described
-     above, or from unexpected behavior by the remote server, including viola-
-     tions of the ftp protocol.  If the delay results from unexpected remote
-     server behavior, the local ffttpp program must be killed by hand.
-
-FFIILLEE NNAAMMIINNGG CCOONNVVEENNTTIIOONNSS
-     Files specified as arguments to ffttpp commands are processed according to
-     the following rules.
-
-     1.   If the file name `--' is specified, the _s_t_d_i_n (for reading) or _s_t_d_o_u_t
-          (for writing) is used.
-
-     2.   If the first character of the file name is `|', the remainder of the
-          argument is interpreted as a shell command.  FFttpp then forks a shell,
-          using popen(3) with the argument supplied, and reads (writes) from
-          the stdout (stdin).  If the shell command includes spaces, the argu-
-          ment must be quoted; e.g.  ``" ls -lt"''.  A particularly useful ex-
-          ample of this mechanism is: ``dir more''.
-
-     3.   Failing the above checks, if ``globbing'' is enabled, local file
-          names are expanded according to the rules used in the csh(1);  c.f.
-          the gglloobb command.  If the ffttpp command expects a single local file
-          (.e.g.  ppuutt), only the first filename generated by the "globbing"
-          operation is used.
-
-     4.   For mmggeett commands and ggeett commands with unspecified local file
-          names, the local filename is the remote filename, which may be al-
-          tered by a ccaassee, nnttrraannss, or nnmmaapp setting.  The resulting filename
-          may then be altered if rruunniiqquuee is on.
-
-     5.   For mmppuutt commands and ppuutt commands with unspecified remote file
-          names, the remote filename is the local filename, which may be al-
-          tered by a nnttrraannss or nnmmaapp setting.  The resulting filename may then
-          be altered by the remote server if ssuunniiqquuee is on.
-
-FFIILLEE TTRRAANNSSFFEERR PPAARRAAMMEETTEERRSS
-     The FTP specification specifies many parameters which may affect a file
-     transfer.  The ttyyppee may be one of ``ascii'', ``image'' (binary),
-     ``ebcdic'', and ``local byte size'' (for PDP-10's and PDP-20's mostly).
-     FFttpp supports the ascii and image types of file transfer, plus local byte
-     size 8 for tteenneexx mode transfers.
-
-     FFttpp supports only the default values for the remaining file transfer pa-
-     rameters: mmooddee, ffoorrmm, and ssttrruucctt.
-
-TTHHEE ..nneettrrcc FFIILLEE
-     The _._n_e_t_r_c file contains login and initialization information used by the
-     auto-login process.  It resides in the user's home directory.  The fol-
-     lowing tokens are recognized; they may be separated by spaces, tabs, or
-     new-lines:
-
-     mmaacchhiinnee _n_a_m_e
-               Identify a remote machine _n_a_m_e. The auto-login process searches
-               the _._n_e_t_r_c file for a mmaacchhiinnee token that matches the remote ma-
-               chine specified on the ffttpp command line or as an ooppeenn command
-               argument.  Once a match is made, the subsequent _._n_e_t_r_c tokens
-               are processed, stopping when the end of file is reached or an-
-               other mmaacchhiinnee or a ddeeffaauulltt token is encountered.
-
-     ddeeffaauulltt   This is the same as mmaacchhiinnee _n_a_m_e except that ddeeffaauulltt matches
-               any name.  There can be only one ddeeffaauulltt token, and it must be
-               after all mmaacchhiinnee tokens.  This is normally used as:
-
-
-                     default login anonymous password user@site
-
-               thereby giving the user _a_u_t_o_m_a_t_i_c anonymous ftp login to ma-
-               chines not specified in _._n_e_t_r_c. This can be overridden by using
-               the --nn flag to disable auto-login.
-
-     llooggiinn _n_a_m_e
-               Identify a user on the remote machine.  If this token is pre-
-               sent, the auto-login process will initiate a login using the
-               specified _n_a_m_e.
-
-     ppaasssswwoorrdd _s_t_r_i_n_g
-               Supply a password.  If this token is present, the auto-login
-               process will supply the specified string if the remote server
-               requires a password as part of the login process.  Note that if
-               this token is present in the _._n_e_t_r_c file for any user other
-               than _a_n_o_n_y_m_o_u_s, ffttpp will abort the auto-login process if the
-               _._n_e_t_r_c is readable by anyone besides the user.
-
-     aaccccoouunntt _s_t_r_i_n_g
-               Supply an additional account password.  If this token is pre-
-               sent, the auto-login process will supply the specified string
-               if the remote server requires an additional account password,
-               or the auto-login process will initiate an ACCT command if it
-               does not.
-
-     mmaaccddeeff _n_a_m_e
-               Define a macro.  This token functions like the ffttpp mmaaccddeeff com-
-               mand functions.  A macro is defined with the specified name;
-               its contents begin with the next _._n_e_t_r_c line and continue until
-               a null line (consecutive new-line characters) is encountered.
-               If a macro named iinniitt is defined, it is automatically executed
-               as the last step in the auto-login process.
-
-EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT
-     FFttpp utilizes the following environment variables.
-
-     HOME        For default location of a _._n_e_t_r_c file, if one exists.
-
-     SHELL       For default shell.
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     ftpd(8),  _R_F_C_2_2_2_8
-
-HHIISSTTOORRYY
-     The ffttpp command appeared in 4.2BSD.
-
-BBUUGGSS
-     Correct execution of many commands depends upon proper behavior by the
-     remote server.
-
-     An error in the treatment of carriage returns in the 4.2BSD ascii-mode
-     transfer code has been corrected.  This correction may result in incor-
-     rect transfers of binary files to and from 4.2BSD servers using the ascii
-     type.  Avoid this problem by using the binary image type.
-
-4.2 Berkeley Distribution       April 27, 1996                              10

crypto/heimdal/appl/ftp/ftpd/ftpd.cat8

@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-
-FTPD(8)                  UNIX System Manager's Manual                  FTPD(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     ffttppdd - Internet File Transfer Protocol server
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     ffttppdd [--aa _a_u_t_h_m_o_d_e] [--ddiillvv] [--gg _u_m_a_s_k] [--pp _p_o_r_t] [--TT _m_a_x_t_i_m_e_o_u_t] [--tt
-     _t_i_m_e_o_u_t] [--uu _d_e_f_a_u_l_t _u_m_a_s_k] [--BB | ----bbuuiillttiinn--llss] [----ggoooodd--cchhaarrss==_s_t_r_i_n_g]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     FFttppdd is the Internet File Transfer Protocol server process.  The server
-     uses the TCP protocol and listens at the port specified in the ``ftp''
-     service specification; see services(5).
-
-     Available options:
-
-     --aa      Select the level of authentication required.  Kerberised login
-             can not be turned off. The default is to only allow kerberised
-             login.  Other possibilities can be turned on by giving a string
-             of comma separated flags as argument to --aa. Recognised flags are:
-
-             _p_l_a_i_n  Allow logging in with plaintext password. The password can
-                    be a(n) OTP or an ordinary password.
-
-             _o_t_p    Same as _p_l_a_i_n, but only OTP is allowed.
-
-             _f_t_p    Allow anonymous login.
-
-             The following combination modes exists for backwards compatibili-
-             ty:
-
-             _n_o_n_e   Same as _p_l_a_i_n_,_f_t_p.
-
-             _s_a_f_e   Same as _f_t_p.
-
-             _u_s_e_r   Ignored.
-
-     --dd      Debugging information is written to the syslog using LOG_FTP.
-
-     --gg      Anonymous users will get a umask of _u_m_a_s_k.
-
-     --ii      Open a socket and wait for a connection. This is mainly used for
-             debugging when ftpd isn't started by inetd.
-
-     --ll      Each successful and failed ftp(1) session is logged using syslog
-             with a facility of LOG_FTP.  If this option is specified twice,
-             the retrieve (get), store (put), append, delete, make directory,
-             remove directory and rename operations and their filename argu-
-             ments are also logged.
-
-     --pp      Use _p_o_r_t (a service name or number) instead of the default
-             _f_t_p_/_t_c_p.
-
-     --TT      A client may also request a different timeout period; the maximum
-             period allowed may be set to _t_i_m_e_o_u_t seconds with the --TT option.
-             The default limit is 2 hours.
-
-     --tt      The inactivity timeout period is set to _t_i_m_e_o_u_t seconds (the de-
-             fault is 15 minutes).
-
-     --uu      Set the initial umask to something else than the default 027.
-
-
-
-     --vv      Verbose mode.
-
-     --BB, ----bbuuiillttiinn--llss
-             use built-in ls to list files
-
-     ----ggoooodd--cchhaarrss==_s_t_r_i_n_g
-             allowed anonymous upload filename chars
-
-     The file _/_e_t_c_/_n_o_l_o_g_i_n can be used to disable ftp access.  If the file ex-
-     ists, ffttppdd displays it and exits.  If the file _/_e_t_c_/_f_t_p_w_e_l_c_o_m_e exists,
-     ffttppdd prints it before issuing the ``ready'' message.  If the file
-     _/_e_t_c_/_m_o_t_d exists, ffttppdd prints it after a successful login.
-
-     The ftp server currently supports the following ftp requests.  The case
-     of the requests is ignored.
-
-           Request    Description
-           ABOR       abort previous command
-           ACCT       specify account (ignored)
-           ALLO       allocate storage (vacuously)
-           APPE       append to a file
-           CDUP       change to parent of current working directory
-           CWD        change working directory
-           DELE       delete a file
-           HELP       give help information
-           LIST       give list files in a directory (``ls -lgA'')
-           MKD        make a directory
-           MDTM       show last modification time of file
-           MODE       specify data transfer _m_o_d_e
-           NLST       give name list of files in directory
-           NOOP       do nothing
-           PASS       specify password
-           PASV       prepare for server-to-server transfer
-           PORT       specify data connection port
-           PWD        print the current working directory
-           QUIT       terminate session
-           REST       restart incomplete transfer
-           RETR       retrieve a file
-           RMD        remove a directory
-           RNFR       specify rename-from file name
-           RNTO       specify rename-to file name
-           SITE       non-standard commands (see next section)
-           SIZE       return size of file
-           STAT       return status of server
-           STOR       store a file
-           STOU       store a file with a unique name
-           STRU       specify data transfer _s_t_r_u_c_t_u_r_e
-           SYST       show operating system type of server system
-           TYPE       specify data transfer _t_y_p_e
-           USER       specify user name
-           XCUP       change to parent of current working directory
-                      (deprecated)
-           XCWD       change working directory (deprecated)
-           XMKD       make a directory (deprecated)
-           XPWD       print the current working directory (deprecated)
-           XRMD       remove a directory (deprecated)
-
-     The following commands are specified by RFC2228.
-
-           AUTH       authentication/security mechanism
-           ADAT       authentication/security data
-           PROT       data channel protection level
-           PBSZ       protection buffer size
-           MIC        integrity protected command
-
-
-           CONF       confidentiality protected command
-           ENC        privacy protected command
-           CCC        clear command channel
-
-     The following non-standard or UNIX specific commands are supported by the
-     SITE request.
-
-           UMASK      change umask, (e.g. SSIITTEE UUMMAASSKK 000022)
-           IDLE       set idle-timer, (e.g. SSIITTEE IIDDLLEE 6600)
-           CHMOD      change mode of a file (e.g. SSIITTEE CCHHMMOODD 775555 ffiilleennaammee)
-           FIND       quickly find a specific file with GNU locate(1).
-           HELP       give help information.
-
-     The following Kerberos related site commands are understood.
-
-           KAUTH      obtain remote tickets.
-           KLIST      show remote tickets
-
-     The remaining ftp requests specified in Internet RFC 959 are recognized,
-     but not implemented.  MDTM and SIZE are not specified in RFC 959, but
-     will appear in the next updated FTP RFC.
-
-     The ftp server will abort an active file transfer only when the ABOR com-
-     mand is preceded by a Telnet "Interrupt Process" (IP) signal and a Telnet
-     "Synch" signal in the command Telnet stream, as described in Internet RFC
-     959.  If a STAT command is received during a data transfer, preceded by a
-     Telnet IP and Synch, transfer status will be returned.
-
-     FFttppdd interprets file names according to the ``globbing'' conventions used
-     by csh(1).  This allows users to utilize the metacharacters ``*?[]{}~''.
-
-     FFttppdd authenticates users according to these rules.
-
-           1.   If Kerberos authentication is used, the user must pass valid
-                tickets and the principal must be allowed to login as the re-
-                mote user.
-
-           2.   The login name must be in the password data base, and not have
-                a null password (if kerberos is used the password field is not
-                checked).  In this case a password must be provided by the
-                client before any file operations may be performed.  If the
-                user has an OTP key, the response from a successful USER com-
-                mand will include an OTP challenge. The client may choose to
-                respond with a PASS command giving either a standard password
-                or an OTP one-time password. The server will automatically de-
-                termine which type of password it has been given and attempt
-                to authenticate accordingly. See otp(1) for more information
-                on OTP authentication.
-
-           3.   The login name must not appear in the file _/_e_t_c_/_f_t_p_u_s_e_r_s.
-
-           4.   The user must have a standard shell returned by
-                getusershell(3).
-
-           5.   If the user name appears in the file _/_e_t_c_/_f_t_p_c_h_r_o_o_t the ses-
-                sion's root will be changed to the user's login directory by
-                chroot(2) as for an ``anonymous'' or ``ftp'' account (see next
-                item).  However, the user must still supply a password.  This
-                feature is intended as a compromise between a fully anonymous
-                account and a fully privileged account.  The account should
-                also be set up as for an anonymous account.
-
-           6.   If the user name is ``anonymous'' or ``ftp'', an anonymous ftp
-                account must be present in the password file (user ``ftp'').
-                In this case the user is allowed to log in by specifying any
-                password (by convention an email address for the user should
-                be used as the password).
-
-     In the last case, ffttppdd takes special measures to restrict the client's
-     access privileges.  The server performs a chroot(2) to the home directory
-     of the ``ftp'' user.  In order that system security is not breached, it
-     is recommended that the ``ftp'' subtree be constructed with care, consid-
-     er following these guidelines for anonymous ftp.
-
-     In general all files should be owned by ``root'', and have non-write per-
-     missions (644 or 755 depending on the kind of file). No files should be
-     owned or writable by ``ftp'' (possibly with exception for the
-     _~_f_t_p_/_i_n_c_o_m_i_n_g, as specified below).
-
-           _~_f_t_p      The ``ftp'' homedirectory should be owned by root.
-
-           _~_f_t_p_/_b_i_n  The directory for external programs (such as ls(1)).
-                     These programs must either be statically linked, or you
-                     must setup an environment for dynamic linking when run-
-                     ning chrooted.  These programs will be used if present:
-
-                           ls      Used when listing files.
-
-                           compress
-                                   When retrieving a filename that ends in _._Z,
-                                   and that file isn't present, ffttppdd will try
-                                   to find the filename without _._Z and com-
-                                   press it on the fly.
-
-                           gzip    Same as compress, just with files ending in
-                                   _._g_z.
-
-                           gtar    Enables retrieval of whole directories as
-                                   files ending in _._t_a_r. Can also be combined
-                                   with compression. You must use GNU Tar (or
-                                   some other that supports the --zz and --ZZ
-                                   flags).
-
-                           locate  Will enable ``fast find'' with the SSIITTEE
-                                   FFIINNDD command. You must also create a
-                                   _l_o_c_a_t_e_d_b file in _~_f_t_p_/_e_t_c.
-
-           _~_f_t_p_/_e_t_c  If you put copies of the passwd(5) and group(5) files
-                     here, ls will be able to produce owner names rather than
-                     numbers. Remember to remove any passwords from these
-                     files.
-
-                     The file _m_o_t_d, if present, will be printed after a suc-
-                     cessful login.
-
-           _~_f_t_p_/_d_e_v  Put a copy of /dev/null(7) here.
-
-           _~_f_t_p_/_p_u_b  Traditional place to put whatever you want to make pub-
-                     lic.
-
-     If you want guests to be able to upload files, create a _~_f_t_p_/_i_n_c_o_m_i_n_g di-
-     rectory owned by ``root'', and group ``ftp'' with mode 730 (make sure
-     ``ftp'' is member of group ``ftp''). The following restrictions apply to
-     anonymous users:
-
-     ++oo   Directories created will have mode 700.
-
-     ++oo   Uploaded files will be created with an umask of 777, if not changed
-         with the --gg option.
-
-     ++oo   These command are not accessible: DDEELLEE, RRMMDD, RRNNTTOO, RRNNFFRR, SSIITTEE UUMMAASSKK,
-
-         and SSIITTEE CCHHMMOODD.
-
-     ++oo   Filenames must start with an alpha-numeric character, and consist of
-         alpha-numeric characters or any of the following: + (plus), - (mi-
-         nus), = (equal), _ (underscore), . (period), and , (comma).
-
-FFIILLEESS
-     /etc/ftpusers    Access list for users.
-     /etc/ftpchroot   List of normal users who should be chroot'd.
-     /etc/ftpwelcome  Welcome notice.
-     /etc/motd        Welcome notice after login.
-     /etc/nologin     Displayed and access refused.
-     ~/.klogin        Login access for Kerberos.
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     ftp(1),  otp(1),  getusershell(3),  ftpusers(5),  syslogd(8),
-
-SSTTAANNDDAARRDDSS
-     RRFFCC 995599   FTP PROTOCOL SPECIFICATION
-     RRFFCC 11993388  OTP Specification
-     RRFFCC 22222288  FTP Security Extensions.
-
-BBUUGGSS
-     The server must run as the super-user to create sockets with privileged
-     port numbers.  It maintains an effective user id of the logged in user,
-     reverting to the super-user only when binding addresses to sockets.  The
-     possible security holes have been extensively scrutinized, but are possi-
-     bly incomplete.
-
-HHIISSTTOORRYY
-     The ffttppdd command appeared in 4.2BSD.
-
-4.2 Berkeley Distribution       April 19, 1997                               5

crypto/heimdal/appl/ftp/ftpd/ftpusers.cat5

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-
-FTPUSERS(5)                UNIX Programmer's Manual                FTPUSERS(5)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     _/_e_t_c_/_f_t_p_u_s_e_r_s - FTP access list file
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     _/_e_t_c_/_f_t_p_u_s_e_r_s contains a list of users that should be allowed or denied
-     FTP access. Each line contains a user, optionally followed by ``allow''
-     (anything but ``allow'' is ignored).  The semi-user ``*'' matches any us-
-     er.  Users that has an explicit ``allow'', or that does not match any
-     line, are allowed access. Anyone else is denied access.
-
-     Note that this is compatible with the old format, where this file con-
-     tained a list of users that should be denied access.
-
-EEXXAAMMPPLLEESS
-     This will deny anyone but ``foo'' and ``bar'' to use FTP:
-
-     foo allow
-     bar allow
-     *
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     ftpd(8)
-
- KTH-KRB                          May 7, 1997                                1

crypto/heimdal/appl/kf/kf.cat1

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-
-KF(1)                        UNIX Reference Manual                       KF(1)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkff - securly forward tickets
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkff [--pp _p_o_r_t | ----ppoorrtt=_p_o_r_t] [--ll _l_o_g_i_n | ----llooggiinn=_l_o_g_i_n] [--cc _c_c_a_c_h_e |
-     ----ccccaacchhee=_c_c_a_c_h_e] [--FF | ----ffoorrwwaarrddaabbllee] [--GG | ----nnoo--ffoorrwwaarrddaabbllee] [--hh |
-     ----hheellpp] [----vveerrssiioonn] _h_o_s_t _._._.
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     The kkff program forwards tickets to a remove host through an authenticated
-     and encrypted stream.  Options supported are:
-
-     --pp _p_o_r_t, ----ppoorrtt=_p_o_r_t
-             port to connect to
-
-     --ll _l_o_g_i_n, ----llooggiinn=_l_o_g_i_n
-             remote login name
-
-     --cc _c_c_a_c_h_e, ----ccccaacchhee=_c_c_a_c_h_e
-             remote cred cache
-
-     --FF, ----ffoorrwwaarrddaabbllee
-             forward forwardable credentials
-
-     --GG, ----nnoo--ffoorrwwaarrddaabbllee
-             do not forward forwardable credentials
-
-     --hh, ----hheellpp
-
-     ----vveerrssiioonn
-
-     kkff is useful when you do not want to enter your password on a remote host
-     but want to have your tickets one for example afs.
-
-     In order for kkff to work you will need to acquire your initial ticket with
-     forwardable flag, ie kkiinniitt ----ffoorrwwaarrddaabbllee.
-
-     tteellnneett is able to forward ticket by itself.
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kinit(1),  telnet(1),  kfd(8)
-
- Heimdal                         July 2, 2000                                1

crypto/heimdal/appl/kf/kfd.cat8

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-
-KFD(8)                   UNIX System Manager's Manual                   KFD(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkffdd - receive forwarded tickets
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkffdd [--pp _p_o_r_t | ----ppoorrtt=_p_o_r_t] [--ii | ----iinneettdd] [--RR _r_e_g_p_a_g | ----rreeggppaagg=_r_e_g_p_a_g]
-     [--hh | ----hheellpp] [----vveerrssiioonn]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     This is the daemon for kf(1).  Supported options:
-
-     --pp _p_o_r_t, ----ppoorrtt=_p_o_r_t
-             port to listen to
-
-     --ii, ----iinneettdd
-             not started from inetd
-
-     --RR _r_e_g_p_a_g, ----rreeggppaagg==_r_e_g_p_a_g
-             path to regpag binary
-
-EEXXAAMMPPLLEESS
-     Put the following in _/_e_t_c_/_i_n_e_t_d_._c_o_n_f:
-
-     kf      stream  tcp     nowait  root    /usr/heimdal/libexec/kfd        kfd
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kf(1)
-
- Heimdal                         July 2, 2000                                1

crypto/heimdal/appl/push/pfrom.cat1

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-
-PFROM(1)                     UNIX Reference Manual                    PFROM(1)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     ppffrroomm - fetch a list of the current mail via POP
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     ppffrroomm [--44 | ----kkrrbb44] [--55 | ----kkrrbb55] [--vv | ----vveerrbboossee] [--cc | ----ccoouunntt]
-     [----hheeaaddeerr] [--pp _p_o_r_t_-_s_p_e_c | ----ppoorrtt==_p_o_r_t_-_s_p_e_c]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     ppffrroomm is a script that does push --from.
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     push(8)
-
- HEIMDAL                         Mars 4, 2000                                1

crypto/heimdal/appl/push/push.cat8

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-
-PUSH(8)                  UNIX System Manager's Manual                  PUSH(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     ppuusshh - fetch mail via POP
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     ppuusshh [--44 | ----kkrrbb44] [--55 | ----kkrrbb55] [--vv | ----vveerrbboossee] [--ff | ----ffoorrkk] [--ll |
-     ----lleeaavvee] [----ffrroomm] [--cc | ----ccoouunntt] [----hheeaaddeerrss=_h_e_a_d_e_r_s] [--pp _p_o_r_t_-_s_p_e_c |
-     ----ppoorrtt=_p_o_r_t_-_s_p_e_c] _p_o_-_b_o_x _f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     ppuusshh retrieves mail from the post office box _p_o_-_b_o_x, and stores the mail
-     in mbox format in _f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e. The _p_o_-_b_o_x can have any of the following for-
-     mats:
-           `hostname:username'
-           `po:hostname:username'
-           `username@hostname'
-           `po:username@hostname'
-           `hostname'
-           `po:username'
-
-     If no username is specified, ppuusshh assumes that it's the same as on the
-     local machine; _h_o_s_t_n_a_m_e defaults to the value of the MAILHOST environment
-     variable.
-
-     Supported options:
-
-     --44, ----kkrrbb44
-             use Kerberos 4 (if compiled with support for Kerberos 4)
-
-     --55, ----kkrrbb55
-             use Kerberos 5 (if compiled with support for Kerberos 5)
-
-     --ff, ----ffoorrkk
-             fork before starting to delete messages
-
-     --ll, ----lleeaavvee
-             don't delete fetched mail
-
-     ----ffrroomm  behave like from.
-
-     --cc, ----ccoouunntt
-             first print how many messages and bytes there are.
-
-     ----hheeaaddeerrss=_h_e_a_d_e_r_s
-             a list of comma-separated headers that should get printed.
-
-     --pp _p_o_r_t_-_s_p_e_c, ----ppoorrtt=_p_o_r_t_-_s_p_e_c
-             use this port instead of the default `kpop' or `1109'.
-
-     The default is to first try Kerberos 5 authentication and then, if that
-     fails, Kerberos 4.
-
-EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT
-     MAILHOST
-             points to the post office, if no other hostname is specified.
-
-EEXXAAMMPPLLEESS
-           $ push cornfield:roosta ~/.emacs-mail-crash-box
-
-     tries to fetch mail for the user _r_o_o_s_t_a from the post office at
-     ``cornfield'', and stores the mail in _~_/_._e_m_a_c_s_-_m_a_i_l_-_c_r_a_s_h_-_b_o_x (you are
-     using Gnus, aren't you?)
-
-           $ push --from -5 havregryn
-
-     tries to fetch FFrroomm:: lines for current user at post office ``havregryn''
-     using Kerberos 5.
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     movemail(8),  popper(8),  from(1),  pfrom(1)
-
-HHIISSTTOORRYY
-     ppuusshh was written while waiting for mmoovveemmaaiill to finish getting the mail.
-
- HEIMDAL                         May 31, 1998                                2

crypto/heimdal/appl/telnet/telnet/telnet.cat1

@@ -1,718 +0,0 @@
-
-TELNET(1)                    UNIX Reference Manual                   TELNET(1)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     tteellnneett - user interface to the TELNET protocol
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     tteellnneett [--7788EEFFKKLLaaccddffrrxx] [--SS _t_o_s] [--XX _a_u_t_h_t_y_p_e] [--ee _e_s_c_a_p_e_c_h_a_r] [--kk _r_e_a_l_m]
-            [--ll _u_s_e_r] [--nn _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e] [_h_o_s_t [port]]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     The tteellnneett command is used to communicate with another host using the
-     TELNET protocol.  If tteellnneett is invoked without the _h_o_s_t argument, it en-
-     ters command mode, indicated by its prompt (tteellnneett>>). In this mode, it
-     accepts and executes the commands listed below.  If it is invoked with
-     arguments, it performs an ooppeenn command with those arguments.
-
-     Options:
-
-     --88      Specifies an 8-bit data path.  This causes an attempt to negoti-
-             ate the TELNET BINARY option on both input and output.
-
-     --77      Do not try to negotiate TELNET BINARY option.
-
-     --EE      Stops any character from being recognized as an escape character.
-
-     --FF      If Kerberos V5 authentication is being used, the --FF option allows
-             the local credentials to be forwarded to the remote system, in-
-             cluding any credentials that have already been forwarded into the
-             local environment.
-
-     --KK      Specifies no automatic login to the remote system.
-
-     --LL      Specifies an 8-bit data path on output.  This causes the BINARY
-             option to be negotiated on output.
-
-     --SS _t_o_s  Sets the IP type-of-service (TOS) option for the telnet connec-
-             tion to the value _t_o_s, which can be a numeric TOS value or, on
-             systems that support it, a symbolic TOS name found in the
-             /etc/iptos file.
-
-     --XX _a_t_y_p_e
-             Disables the _a_t_y_p_e type of authentication.
-
-     --aa      Attempt automatic login.  Currently, this sends the user name via
-             the USER variable of the ENVIRON option if supported by the re-
-             mote system.  The name used is that of the current user as re-
-             turned by getlogin(2) if it agrees with the current user ID, oth-
-             erwise it is the name associated with the user ID.
-
-     --cc      Disables the reading of the user's _._t_e_l_n_e_t_r_c file.  (See the
-             ttooggggllee sskkiipprrcc command on this man page.)
-
-     --dd      Sets the initial value of the ddeebbuugg toggle to TRUE
-
-     --ee _e_s_c_a_p_e _c_h_a_r
-             Sets the initial tteellnneett tteellnneett escape character to _e_s_c_a_p_e _c_h_a_r.
-             If _e_s_c_a_p_e _c_h_a_r is omitted, then there will be no escape charac-
-             ter.
-
-     --ff      If Kerberos V5 authentication is being used, the --ff option allows
-             the local credentials to be forwarded to the remote system.
-
-     --kk _r_e_a_l_m
-             If Kerberos authentication is being used, the --kk option requests
-             that telnet obtain tickets for the remote host in realm realm in-
-             stead of the remote host's realm, as determined by
-             krb_realmofhost(3).
-
-     --ll _u_s_e_r
-             When connecting to the remote system, if the remote system under-
-             stands the ENVIRON option, then _u_s_e_r will be sent to the remote
-             system as the value for the variable USER.  This option implies
-             the --aa option.  This option may also be used with the ooppeenn com-
-             mand.
-
-     --nn _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e
-             Opens _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e for recording trace information.  See the sseett
-             ttrraacceeffiillee command below.
-
-     --rr      Specifies a user interface similar to rlogin(1).  In this mode,
-             the escape character is set to the tilde (~) character, unless
-             modified by the -e option.
-
-     --xx      Turns on encryption of the data stream if possible. This is cur-
-             rently the default and when it fails a warning is issued.
-
-     _h_o_s_t    Indicates the official name, an alias, or the Internet address of
-             a remote host.
-
-     _p_o_r_t    Indicates a port number (address of an application).  If a number
-             is not specified, the default tteellnneett port is used.
-
-     When in rlogin mode, a line of the form ~.  disconnects from the remote
-     host; ~ is the telnet escape character.  Similarly, the line ~^Z suspends
-     the telnet session.  The line ~^] escapes to the normal telnet escape
-     prompt.
-
-     Once a connection has been opened, tteellnneett will attempt to enable the
-     TELNET LINEMODE option.  If this fails, then tteellnneett will revert to one of
-     two input modes: either ``character at a time'' or ``old line by line''
-     depending on what the remote system supports.
-
-     When LINEMODE is enabled, character processing is done on the local sys-
-     tem, under the control of the remote system.  When input editing or char-
-     acter echoing is to be disabled, the remote system will relay that infor-
-     mation.  The remote system will also relay changes to any special charac-
-     ters that happen on the remote system, so that they can take effect on
-     the local system.
-
-     In ``character at a time'' mode, most text typed is immediately sent to
-     the remote host for processing.
-
-     In ``old line by line'' mode, all text is echoed locally, and (normally)
-     only completed lines are sent to the remote host.  The ``local echo char-
-     acter'' (initially ``^E'') may be used to turn off and on the local echo
-     (this would mostly be used to enter passwords without the password being
-     echoed).
-
-     If the LINEMODE option is enabled, or if the llooccaallcchhaarrss toggle is TRUE
-     (the default for ``old line by line``; see below), the user's qquuiitt, iinnttrr,
-     and fflluusshh characters are trapped locally, and sent as TELNET protocol se-
-     quences to the remote side.  If LINEMODE has ever been enabled, then the
-     user's ssuusspp and eeooff are also sent as TELNET protocol sequences, and qquuiitt
-     is sent as a TELNET ABORT instead of BREAK There are options (see ttooggggllee
-     aauuttoofflluusshh and ttooggggllee aauuttoossyynncchh below) which cause this action to flush
-     subsequent output to the terminal (until the remote host acknowledges the
-     TELNET sequence) and flush previous terminal input (in the case of qquuiitt
-     and iinnttrr).
-
-
-     While connected to a remote host, tteellnneett command mode may be entered by
-     typing the tteellnneett ``escape character'' (initially ``^]'').  When in com-
-     mand mode, the normal terminal editing conventions are available.
-
-     The following tteellnneett commands are available.  Only enough of each command
-     to uniquely identify it need be typed (this is also true for arguments to
-     the mmooddee, sseett, ttooggggllee, uunnsseett, ssllcc, eennvviirroonn, and ddiissppllaayy commands).
-
-     aauutthh _a_r_g_u_m_e_n_t _._._.
-                The auth command manipulates the information sent through the
-                TELNET AUTHENTICATE option.  Valid arguments for the auth com-
-                mand are as follows:
-
-                ddiissaabbllee _t_y_p_e  Disables the specified type of authentication.
-                              To obtain a list of available types, use the
-                              aauutthh ddiissaabbllee ?? command.
-
-                eennaabbllee _t_y_p_e   Enables the specified type of authentication.
-                              To obtain a list of available types, use the
-                              aauutthh eennaabbllee ?? command.
-
-                ssttaattuuss        Lists the current status of the various types of
-                              authentication.
-
-     cclloossee      Close a TELNET session and return to command mode.
-
-     ddiissppllaayy _a_r_g_u_m_e_n_t _._._.
-                Displays all, or some, of the sseett and ttooggggllee values (see be-
-                low).
-
-     eennccrryypptt _a_r_g_u_m_e_n_t _._._.
-                The encrypt command manipulates the information sent through
-                the TELNET ENCRYPT option.
-
-                Note:  Because of export controls, the TELNET ENCRYPT option
-                is not supported outside of the United States and Canada.
-
-                Valid arguments for the encrypt command are as follows:
-
-                ddiissaabbllee _t_y_p_e [iinnppuutt | oouuttppuutt]
-                              Disables the specified type of encryption.  If
-                              you omit the input and output, both input and
-                              output are disabled.  To obtain a list of avail-
-                              able types, use the eennccrryypptt ddiissaabbllee ?? command.
-
-                eennaabbllee _t_y_p_e [iinnppuutt | oouuttppuutt]
-                              Enables the specified type of encryption.  If
-                              you omit input and output, both input and output
-                              are enabled.  To obtain a list of available
-                              types, use the eennccrryypptt eennaabbllee ?? command.
-
-                iinnppuutt         This is the same as the eennccrryypptt ssttaarrtt iinnppuutt com-
-                              mand.
-
-                --iinnppuutt        This is the same as the eennccrryypptt ssttoopp iinnppuutt com-
-                              mand.
-
-                oouuttppuutt        This is the same as the eennccrryypptt ssttaarrtt oouuttppuutt
-                              command.
-
-                --oouuttppuutt       This is the same as the eennccrryypptt ssttoopp oouuttppuutt com-
-                              mand.
-
-                ssttaarrtt [iinnppuutt | oouuttppuutt]
-                              Attempts to start encryption.  If you omit iinnppuutt
-                              and oouuttppuutt, both input and output are enabled.
-                              To obtain a list of available types, use the
-                              eennccrryypptt eennaabbllee ?? command.
-
-                ssttaattuuss        Lists the current status of encryption.
-
-                ssttoopp [iinnppuutt | oouuttppuutt]
-                              Stops encryption.  If you omit input and output,
-                              encryption is on both input and output.
-
-                ttyyppee _t_y_p_e     Sets the default type of encryption to be used
-                              with later eennccrryypptt ssttaarrtt or eennccrryypptt ssttoopp com-
-                              mands.
-
-     eennvviirroonn _a_r_g_u_m_e_n_t_s _._._.
-                The eennvviirroonn command is used to manipulate the the variables
-                that my be sent through the TELNET ENVIRON option.  The ini-
-                tial set of variables is taken from the users environment,
-                with only the DISPLAY and PRINTER variables being exported by
-                default.  The USER variable is also exported if the --aa or --ll
-                options are used.
-
-                Valid arguments for the eennvviirroonn command are:
-
-                ddeeffiinnee _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _v_a_l_u_e
-                            Define the variable _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to have a value of
-                            _v_a_l_u_e. Any variables defined by this command are
-                            automatically exported.  The _v_a_l_u_e may be enclosed
-                            in single or double quotes so that tabs and spaces
-                            may be included.
-
-                uunnddeeffiinnee _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
-                            Remove _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e from the list of environment vari-
-                            ables.
-
-                eexxppoorrtt _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
-                            Mark the variable _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to be exported to the
-                            remote side.
-
-                uunneexxppoorrtt _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
-                            Mark the variable _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to not be exported un-
-                            less explicitly asked for by the remote side.
-
-                lliisstt        List the current set of environment variables.
-                            Those marked with a ** will be sent automatically,
-                            other variables will only be sent if explicitly
-                            requested.
-
-                ??           Prints out help information for the eennvviirroonn com-
-                            mand.
-
-     llooggoouutt     Sends the TELNET LOGOUT option to the remote side.  This com-
-                mand is similar to a cclloossee command; however, if the remote
-                side does not support the LOGOUT option, nothing happens.  If,
-                however, the remote side does support the LOGOUT option, this
-                command should cause the remote side to close the TELNET con-
-                nection.  If the remote side also supports the concept of sus-
-                pending a user's session for later reattachment, the logout
-                argument indicates that you should terminate the session imme-
-                diately.
-
-     mmooddee _t_y_p_e  _T_y_p_e is one of several options, depending on the state of the
-                TELNET session.  The remote host is asked for permission to go
-                into the requested mode.  If the remote host is capable of en-
-                tering that mode, the requested mode will be entered.
-
-                cchhaarraacctteerr     Disable the TELNET LINEMODE option, or, if the
-                              remote side does not understand the LINEMODE op-
-                              tion, then enter ``character at a time`` mode.
-
-                lliinnee          Enable the TELNET LINEMODE option, or, if the
-                              remote side does not understand the LINEMODE op-
-                              tion, then attempt to enter ``old-line-by-line``
-                              mode.
-
-                iissiigg (--iissiigg)  Attempt to enable (disable) the TRAPSIG mode of
-                              the LINEMODE option.  This requires that the
-                              LINEMODE option be enabled.
-
-                eeddiitt (--eeddiitt)  Attempt to enable (disable) the EDIT mode of the
-                              LINEMODE option.  This requires that the
-                              LINEMODE option be enabled.
-
-                ssooffttttaabbss (--ssooffttttaabbss)
-                              Attempt to enable (disable) the SOFT_TAB mode of
-                              the LINEMODE option.  This requires that the
-                              LINEMODE option be enabled.
-
-                lliitteecchhoo (--lliitteecchhoo)
-                              Attempt to enable (disable) the LIT_ECHO mode of
-                              the LINEMODE option.  This requires that the
-                              LINEMODE option be enabled.
-
-                ??             Prints out help information for the mmooddee com-
-                              mand.
-
-     ooppeenn _h_o_s_t [--ll _u_s_e_r] [[--]_p_o_r_t]
-                Open a connection to the named host.  If no port number is
-                specified, tteellnneett will attempt to contact a TELNET server at
-                the default port.  The host specification may be either a host
-                name (see hosts(5))  or an Internet address specified in the
-                ``dot notation'' (see inet(3)).  The [--ll] option may be used
-                to specify the user name to be passed to the remote system via
-                the ENVIRON option.  When connecting to a non-standard port,
-                tteellnneett omits any automatic initiation of TELNET options.  When
-                the port number is preceded by a minus sign, the initial op-
-                tion negotiation is done.  After establishing a connection,
-                the file _._t_e_l_n_e_t_r_c in the users home directory is opened.
-                Lines beginning with a # are comment lines.  Blank lines are
-                ignored.  Lines that begin without white space are the start
-                of a machine entry.  The first thing on the line is the name
-                of the machine that is being connected to.  The rest of the
-                line, and successive lines that begin with white space are as-
-                sumed to be tteellnneett commands and are processed as if they had
-                been typed in manually to the tteellnneett command prompt.
-
-     qquuiitt       Close any open TELNET session and exit tteellnneett. An end of file
-                (in command mode) will also close a session and exit.
-
-     sseenndd _a_r_g_u_m_e_n_t_s
-                Sends one or more special character sequences to the remote
-                host.  The following are the arguments which may be specified
-                (more than one argument may be specified at a time):
-
-                aabboorrtt   Sends the TELNET ABORT (Abort processes) sequence.
-
-                aaoo      Sends the TELNET AO (Abort Output) sequence, which
-                        should cause the remote system to flush all output
-                        _f_r_o_m the remote system _t_o the user's terminal.
-
-                aayytt     Sends the TELNET AYT (Are You There) sequence, to
-                        which the remote system may or may not choose to re-
-
-                        spond.
-
-                bbrrkk     Sends the TELNET BRK (Break) sequence, which may have
-                        significance to the remote system.
-
-                eecc      Sends the TELNET EC (Erase Character) sequence, which
-                        should cause the remote system to erase the last char-
-                        acter entered.
-
-                eell      Sends the TELNET EL (Erase Line) sequence, which
-                        should cause the remote system to erase the line cur-
-                        rently being entered.
-
-                eeooff     Sends the TELNET EOF (End Of File) sequence.
-
-                eeoorr     Sends the TELNET EOR (End of Record) sequence.
-
-                eessccaappee  Sends the current tteellnneett escape character (initially
-                        ``^'').
-
-                ggaa      Sends the TELNET GA (Go Ahead) sequence, which likely
-                        has no significance to the remote system.
-
-                ggeettssttaattuuss
-                        If the remote side supports the TELNET STATUS command,
-                        ggeettssttaattuuss will send the subnegotiation to request that
-                        the server send its current option status.
-
-                iipp      Sends the TELNET IP (Interrupt Process) sequence,
-                        which should cause the remote system to abort the cur-
-                        rently running process.
-
-                nnoopp     Sends the TELNET NOP (No OPeration) sequence.
-
-                ssuusspp    Sends the TELNET SUSP (SUSPend process) sequence.
-
-                ssyynncchh   Sends the TELNET SYNCH sequence.  This sequence causes
-                        the remote system to discard all previously typed (but
-                        not yet read) input.  This sequence is sent as TCP ur-
-                        gent data (and may not work if the remote system is a
-                        4.2BSD system -- if it doesn't work, a lower case
-                        ``r'' may be echoed on the terminal).
-
-                ddoo _c_m_d
-
-                ddoonntt _c_m_d
-
-                wwiillll _c_m_d
-
-                wwoonntt _c_m_d
-                        Sends the TELNET DO _c_m_d sequence.  _C_m_d can be either a
-                        decimal number between 0 and 255, or a symbolic name
-                        for a specific TELNET command.  _C_m_d can also be either
-                        hheellpp or ?? to print out help information, including a
-                        list of known symbolic names.
-
-                ??       Prints out help information for the sseenndd command.
-
-     sseett _a_r_g_u_m_e_n_t _v_a_l_u_e
-
-     uunnsseett _a_r_g_u_m_e_n_t _v_a_l_u_e
-                The sseett command will set any one of a number of tteellnneett vari-
-                ables to a specific value or to TRUE. The special value ooffff
-                turns off the function associated with the variable, this is
-                equivalent to using the uunnsseett command.  The uunnsseett command will
-                disable or set to FALSE any of the specified functions.  The
-                values of variables may be interrogated with the ddiissppllaayy com-
-                mand.  The variables which may be set or unset, but not tog-
-                gled, are listed here.  In addition, any of the variables for
-                the ttooggggllee command may be explicitly set or unset using the
-                sseett and uunnsseett commands.
-
-                aayytt     If TELNET is in localchars mode, or LINEMODE is en-
-                        abled, and the status character is typed, a TELNET AYT
-                        sequence (see sseenndd aayytt preceding) is sent to the re-
-                        mote host.  The initial value for the "Are You There"
-                        character is the terminal's status character.
-
-                eecchhoo    This is the value (initially ``^E'') which, when in
-                        ``line by line'' mode, toggles between doing local
-                        echoing of entered characters (for normal processing),
-                        and suppressing echoing of entered characters (for en-
-                        tering, say, a password).
-
-                eeooff     If tteellnneett is operating in LINEMODE or ``old line by
-                        line'' mode, entering this character as the first
-                        character on a line will cause this character to be
-                        sent to the remote system.  The initial value of the
-                        eof character is taken to be the terminal's eeooff char-
-                        acter.
-
-                eerraassee   If tteellnneett is in llooccaallcchhaarrss mode (see ttooggggllee llooccaallcchhaarrss
-                        below), aanndd if tteellnneett is operating in ``character at a
-                        time'' mode, then when this character is typed, a
-                        TELNET EC sequence (see sseenndd eecc above) is sent to the
-                        remote system.  The initial value for the erase char-
-                        acter is taken to be the terminal's eerraassee character.
-
-                eessccaappee  This is the tteellnneett escape character (initially ``^['')
-                        which causes entry into tteellnneett command mode (when con-
-                        nected to a remote system).
-
-                fflluusshhoouuttppuutt
-                        If tteellnneett is in llooccaallcchhaarrss mode (see ttooggggllee llooccaallcchhaarrss
-                        below) and the fflluusshhoouuttppuutt character is typed, a
-                        TELNET AO sequence (see sseenndd aaoo above) is sent to the
-                        remote host.  The initial value for the flush charac-
-                        ter is taken to be the terminal's fflluusshh character.
-
-                ffoorrww11
-
-                ffoorrww22   If TELNET is operating in LINEMODE, these are the
-                        characters that, when typed, cause partial lines to be
-                        forwarded to the remote system.  The initial value for
-                        the forwarding characters are taken from the termi-
-                        nal's eol and eol2 characters.
-
-                iinntteerrrruupptt
-                        If tteellnneett is in llooccaallcchhaarrss mode (see ttooggggllee llooccaallcchhaarrss
-                        below) and the iinntteerrrruupptt character is typed, a TELNET
-                        IP sequence (see sseenndd iipp above) is sent to the remote
-                        host.  The initial value for the interrupt character
-                        is taken to be the terminal's iinnttrr character.
-
-                kkiillll    If tteellnneett is in llooccaallcchhaarrss mode (see ttooggggllee llooccaallcchhaarrss
-                        below), aanndd if tteellnneett is operating in ``character at a
-                        time'' mode, then when this character is typed, a
-                        TELNET EL sequence (see sseenndd eell above) is sent to the
-                        remote system.  The initial value for the kill charac-
-                        ter is taken to be the terminal's kkiillll character.
-
-                llnneexxtt   If tteellnneett is operating in LINEMODE or ``old line by
-                        line`` mode, then this character is taken to be the
-                        terminal's llnneexxtt character.  The initial value for the
-                        lnext character is taken to be the terminal's llnneexxtt
-                        character.
-
-                qquuiitt    If tteellnneett is in llooccaallcchhaarrss mode (see ttooggggllee llooccaallcchhaarrss
-                        below) and the qquuiitt character is typed, a TELNET BRK
-                        sequence (see sseenndd bbrrkk above) is sent to the remote
-                        host.  The initial value for the quit character is
-                        taken to be the terminal's qquuiitt character.
-
-                rreepprriinntt
-                        If tteellnneett is operating in LINEMODE or ``old line by
-                        line`` mode, then this character is taken to be the
-                        terminal's rreepprriinntt character.  The initial value for
-                        the reprint character is taken to be the terminal's
-                        rreepprriinntt character.
-
-                rrllooggiinn  This is the rlogin escape character.  If set, the nor-
-                        mal TELNET escape character is ignored unless it is
-                        preceded by this character at the beginning of a line.
-                        This character, at the beginning of a line followed by
-                        a "."  closes the connection; when followed by a ^Z it
-                        suspends the telnet command.  The initial state is to
-                        disable the rlogin escape character.
-
-                ssttaarrtt   If the TELNET TOGGLE-FLOW-CONTROL option has been en-
-                        abled, then this character is taken to be the termi-
-                        nal's ssttaarrtt character.  The initial value for the kill
-                        character is taken to be the terminal's ssttaarrtt charac-
-                        ter.
-
-                ssttoopp    If the TELNET TOGGLE-FLOW-CONTROL option has been en-
-                        abled, then this character is taken to be the termi-
-                        nal's ssttoopp character.  The initial value for the kill
-                        character is taken to be the terminal's ssttoopp charac-
-                        ter.
-
-                ssuusspp    If tteellnneett is in llooccaallcchhaarrss mode, or LINEMODE is en-
-                        abled, and the ssuussppeenndd character is typed, a TELNET
-                        SUSP sequence (see sseenndd ssuusspp above) is sent to the re-
-                        mote host.  The initial value for the suspend charac-
-                        ter is taken to be the terminal's ssuussppeenndd character.
-
-                ttrraacceeffiillee
-                        This is the file to which the output, caused by
-                        nneettddaattaa or ooppttiioonn tracing being TRUE, will be written.
-                        If it is set to ``--'', then tracing information will
-                        be written to standard output (the default).
-
-                wwoorrddeerraassee
-                        If tteellnneett is operating in LINEMODE or ``old line by
-                        line`` mode, then this character is taken to be the
-                        terminal's wwoorrddeerraassee character.  The initial value for
-                        the worderase character is taken to be the terminal's
-                        wwoorrddeerraassee character.
-
-                ??       Displays the legal sseett (uunnsseett) commands.
-
-     ssllcc _s_t_a_t_e  The ssllcc command (Set Local Characters) is used to set or
-                change the state of the the special characters when the TELNET
-                LINEMODE option has been enabled.  Special characters are
-                characters that get mapped to TELNET commands sequences (like
-                iipp or qquuiitt) or line editing characters (like eerraassee and kkiillll).
-
-
-                By default, the local special characters are exported.
-
-                cchheecckk       Verify the current settings for the current spe-
-                            cial characters.  The remote side is requested to
-                            send all the current special character settings,
-                            and if there are any discrepancies with the local
-                            side, the local side will switch to the remote
-                            value.
-
-                eexxppoorrtt      Switch to the local defaults for the special char-
-                            acters.  The local default characters are those of
-                            the local terminal at the time when tteellnneett was
-                            started.
-
-                iimmppoorrtt      Switch to the remote defaults for the special
-                            characters.  The remote default characters are
-                            those of the remote system at the time when the
-                            TELNET connection was established.
-
-                ??           Prints out help information for the ssllcc command.
-
-     ssttaattuuss     Show the current status of tteellnneett. This includes the peer one
-                is connected to, as well as the current mode.
-
-     ttooggggllee _a_r_g_u_m_e_n_t_s _._._.
-                Toggle (between TRUE and FALSE) various flags that control how
-                tteellnneett responds to events.  These flags may be set explicitly
-                to TRUE or FALSE using the sseett and uunnsseett commands listed
-                above.  More than one argument may be specified.  The state of
-                these flags may be interrogated with the ddiissppllaayy command.
-                Valid arguments are:
-
-                aauutthhddeebbuugg     Turns on debugging information for the authenti-
-                              cation code.
-
-                aauuttoofflluusshh     If aauuttoofflluusshh and llooccaallcchhaarrss are both TRUE, then
-                              when the aaoo, or qquuiitt characters are recognized
-                              (and transformed into TELNET sequences; see sseett
-                              above for details), tteellnneett refuses to display
-                              any data on the user's terminal until the remote
-                              system acknowledges (via a TELNET TIMING MARK
-                              option) that it has processed those TELNET se-
-                              quences.  The initial value for this toggle is
-                              TRUE if the terminal user had not done an "stty
-                              noflsh", otherwise FALSE (see stty(1)).
-
-                aauuttooddeeccrryypptt   When the TELNET ENCRYPT option is negotiated, by
-                              default the actual encryption (decryption) of
-                              the data stream does not start automatically.
-                              The autoencrypt (autodecrypt) command states
-                              that encryption of the output (input) stream
-                              should be enabled as soon as possible.
-
-                              Note:  Because of export controls, the TELNET
-                              ENCRYPT option is not supported outside the
-                              United States and Canada.
-
-                aauuttoollooggiinn     If the remote side supports the TELNET
-                              AUTHENTICATION option TELNET attempts to use it
-                              to perform automatic authentication.  If the
-                              AUTHENTICATION option is not supported, the us-
-                              er's login name are propagated through the
-                              TELNET ENVIRON option.  This command is the same
-                              as specifying _a option on the ooppeenn command.
-
-                aauuttoossyynncchh     If aauuttoossyynncchh and llooccaallcchhaarrss are both TRUE, then
-                              when either the iinnttrr or qquuiitt characters is typed
-                              (see sseett above for descriptions of the iinnttrr and
-                              qquuiitt characters), the resulting TELNET sequence
-                              sent is followed by the TELNET SYNCH sequence.
-                              This procedure sshhoouulldd cause the remote system to
-                              begin throwing away all previously typed input
-                              until both of the TELNET sequences have been
-                              read and acted upon.  The initial value of this
-                              toggle is FALSE.
-
-                bbiinnaarryy        Enable or disable the TELNET BINARY option on
-                              both input and output.
-
-                iinnbbiinnaarryy      Enable or disable the TELNET BINARY option on
-                              input.
-
-                oouuttbbiinnaarryy     Enable or disable the TELNET BINARY option on
-                              output.
-
-                ccrrllff          If this is TRUE, then carriage returns will be
-                              sent as <CR><LF>. If this is FALSE, then car-
-                              riage returns will be send as <CR><NUL>. The
-                              initial value for this toggle is FALSE.
-
-                ccrrmmoodd         Toggle carriage return mode.  When this mode is
-                              enabled, most carriage return characters re-
-                              ceived from the remote host will be mapped into
-                              a carriage return followed by a line feed.  This
-                              mode does not affect those characters typed by
-                              the user, only those received from the remote
-                              host.  This mode is not very useful unless the
-                              remote host only sends carriage return, but nev-
-                              er line feed.  The initial value for this toggle
-                              is FALSE.
-
-                ddeebbuugg         Toggles socket level debugging (useful only to
-                              the ssuuppeerr uusseerr). The initial value for this tog-
-                              gle is FALSE.
-
-                eennccddeebbuugg      Turns on debugging information for the encryp-
-                              tion code.
-
-                llooccaallcchhaarrss    If this is TRUE, then the fflluusshh, iinntteerrrruupptt,
-                              qquuiitt, eerraassee, and kkiillll characters (see sseett above)
-                              are recognized locally, and transformed into
-                              (hopefully) appropriate TELNET control sequences
-                              (respectively aaoo, iipp, bbrrkk, eecc, and eell; see sseenndd
-                              above).  The initial value for this toggle is
-                              TRUE in ``old line by line'' mode, and FALSE in
-                              ``character at a time'' mode.  When the LINEMODE
-                              option is enabled, the value of llooccaallcchhaarrss is
-                              ignored, and assumed to always be TRUE. If
-                              LINEMODE has ever been enabled, then qquuiitt is
-                              sent as aabboorrtt, and eeooff and ssuussppeenndd are sent as
-                              eeooff and ssuusspp, see sseenndd above).
-
-                nneettddaattaa       Toggles the display of all network data (in hex-
-                              adecimal format).  The initial value for this
-                              toggle is FALSE.
-
-                ooppttiioonnss       Toggles the display of some internal tteellnneett pro-
-                              tocol processing (having to do with TELNET op-
-                              tions).  The initial value for this toggle is
-                              FALSE.
-
-                pprreettttyydduummpp    When the nneettddaattaa toggle is enabled, if
-                              pprreettttyydduummpp is enabled the output from the
-                              nneettddaattaa command will be formatted in a more user
-                              readable format.  Spaces are put between each
-                              character in the output, and the beginning of
-                              any TELNET escape sequence is preceded by a '*'
-                              to aid in locating them.
-
-                sskkiipprrcc        When the skiprc toggle is TRUE, TELNET skips the
-                              reading of the _._t_e_l_n_e_t_r_c file in the users home
-                              directory when connections are opened.  The ini-
-                              tial value for this toggle is FALSE.
-
-                tteerrmmddaattaa      Toggles the display of all terminal data (in
-                              hexadecimal format).  The initial value for this
-                              toggle is FALSE.
-
-                vveerrbboossee__eennccrryypptt
-                              When the vveerrbboossee__eennccrryypptt toggle is TRUE, TELNET
-                              prints out a message each time encryption is en-
-                              abled or disabled.  The initial value for this
-                              toggle is FALSE. Note:  Because of export con-
-                              trols, data encryption is not supported outside
-                              of the United States and Canada.
-
-                ??             Displays the legal ttooggggllee commands.
-
-     zz          Suspend tteellnneett. This command only works when the user is using
-                the csh(1).
-
-     !! [_c_o_m_m_a_n_d]
-                Execute a single command in a subshell on the local system.
-                If ccoommmmaanndd is omitted, then an interactive subshell is in-
-                voked.
-
-     ?? [_c_o_m_m_a_n_d]
-                Get help.  With no arguments, tteellnneett prints a help summary.
-                If a command is specified, tteellnneett will print the help informa-
-                tion for just that command.
-
-EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT
-     TTeellnneett uses at least the HOME, SHELL, DISPLAY, and TERM environment vari-
-     ables.  Other environment variables may be propagated to the other side
-     via the TELNET ENVIRON option.
-
-FFIILLEESS
-     ~/.telnetrc  user customized telnet startup values
-
-HHIISSTTOORRYY
-     The TTeellnneett command appeared in 4.2BSD.
-
-NNOOTTEESS
-     On some remote systems, echo has to be turned off manually when in ``old
-     line by line'' mode.
-
-     In ``old line by line'' mode or LINEMODE the terminal's eeooff character is
-     only recognized (and sent to the remote system) when it is the first
-     character on a line.
-
-4.2 Berkeley Distribution        June 1, 1994                               11

crypto/heimdal/appl/telnet/telnetd/telnetd.cat8

@@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
-
-TELNETD(8)               UNIX System Manager's Manual               TELNETD(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     tteellnneettdd - DARPA TELNET protocol server
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     tteellnneettdd [--BBUUhhkkllnn] [--DD _d_e_b_u_g_m_o_d_e] [--SS _t_o_s] [--XX _a_u_t_h_t_y_p_e] [--aa _a_u_t_h_m_o_d_e]
-             [--rr_l_o_w_p_t_y_-_h_i_g_h_p_t_y] [--uu _l_e_n] [--ddeebbuugg] [--LL _/_b_i_n_/_l_o_g_i_n] [_p_o_r_t]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     The tteellnneettdd command is a server which supports the DARPA standard TELNET
-     virtual terminal protocol.  TTeellnneettdd is normally invoked by the internet
-     server (see inetd(8))  for requests to connect to the TELNET port as in-
-     dicated by the _/_e_t_c_/_s_e_r_v_i_c_e_s file (see services(5)).  The --ddeebbuugg option
-     may be used to start up tteellnneettdd manually, instead of through inetd(8).
-     If started up this way, _p_o_r_t may be specified to run tteellnneettdd on an alter-
-     nate TCP port number.
-
-     The tteellnneettdd command accepts the following options:
-
-     --aa _a_u_t_h_m_o_d_e  This option may be used for specifying what mode should be
-                  used for authentication.  Note that this option is only use-
-                  ful if tteellnneettdd has been compiled with support for the
-                  AUTHENTICATION option.  There are several valid values for
-                  _a_u_t_h_m_o_d_e:
-
-                  debug  Turns on authentication debugging code.
-
-                  user   Only allow connections when the remote user can pro-
-                         vide valid authentication information to identify the
-                         remote user, and is allowed access to the specified
-                         account without providing a password.
-
-                  valid  Only allow connections when the remote user can pro-
-                         vide valid authentication information to identify the
-                         remote user.  The login(1) command will provide any
-                         additional user verification needed if the remote us-
-                         er is not allowed automatic access to the specified
-                         account.
-
-                  other  Only allow connections that supply some authentica-
-                         tion information.  This option is currently not sup-
-                         ported by any of the existing authentication mecha-
-                         nisms, and is thus the same as specifying --aa vvaalliidd.
-
-                  otp    Only allow authenticated connections (as with --aa
-                         uusseerr) and also logins with one-time passwords (OTPs).
-                         This option will call login with an option so that
-                         only OTPs are accepted.  The user can of course still
-                         type secret information at the prompt.
-
-                  none   This is the default state.  Authentication informa-
-                         tion is not required.  If no or insufficient authen-
-                         tication information is provided, then the login(1)
-                         program will provide the necessary user verification.
-
-                  off    This disables the authentication code.  All user ver-
-                         ification will happen through the login(1) program.
-
-     --BB           Ignored.
-
-     --DD _d_e_b_u_g_m_o_d_e
-                  This option may be used for debugging purposes.  This allows
-                  tteellnneettdd to print out debugging information to the connec-
-                  tion, allowing the user to see what tteellnneettdd is doing.  There
-                  are several possible values for _d_e_b_u_g_m_o_d_e:
-
-                  ooppttiioonnss   Prints information about the negotiation of TELNET
-                            options.
-
-                  rreeppoorrtt    Prints the ooppttiioonnss information, plus some addi-
-                            tional information about what processing is going
-                            on.
-
-                  nneettddaattaa   Displays the data stream received by tteellnneettdd.
-
-                  ppttyyddaattaa   Displays data written to the pty.
-
-                  eexxeerrcciissee  Has not been implemented yet.
-
-     --hh           Disables the printing of host-specific information before
-                  login has been completed.
-
-     --kk
-
-     --ll           Ignored.
-
-     --nn           Disable TCP keep-alives.  Normally tteellnneettdd enables the TCP
-                  keep-alive mechanism to probe connections that have been
-                  idle for some period of time to determine if the client is
-                  still there, so that idle connections from machines that
-                  have crashed or can no longer be reached may be cleaned up.
-
-     --rr _l_o_w_p_t_y_-_h_i_g_h_p_t_y
-                  This option is only enabled when tteellnneettdd is compiled for
-                  UNICOS. It specifies an inclusive range of pseudo-terminal
-                  devices to use.  If the system has sysconf variable
-                  _SC_CRAY_NPTY configured, the default pty search range is 0
-                  to _SC_CRAY_NPTY; otherwise, the default range is 0 to 128.
-                  Either _l_o_w_p_t_y or _h_i_g_h_p_t_y may be omitted to allow changing
-                  either end of the search range.  If _l_o_w_p_t_y is omitted, the -
-                  character is still required so that tteellnneettdd can differenti-
-                  ate _h_i_g_h_p_t_y from _l_o_w_p_t_y.
-
-     --SS _t_o_s
-
-     --uu _l_e_n       This option is used to specify the size of the field in the
-                  utmp structure that holds the remote host name.  If the re-
-                  solved host name is longer than _l_e_n, the dotted decimal val-
-                  ue will be used instead.  This allows hosts with very long
-                  host names that overflow this field to still be uniquely
-                  identified.  Specifying --uu00 indicates that only dotted deci-
-                  mal addresses should be put into the _u_t_m_p file.
-
-     --UU           This option causes tteellnneettdd to refuse connections from ad-
-                  dresses that cannot be mapped back into a symbolic name via
-                  the gethostbyaddr(3) routine.
-
-     --XX _a_u_t_h_t_y_p_e  This option is only valid if tteellnneettdd has been built with
-                  support for the authentication option.  It disables the use
-                  of _a_u_t_h_t_y_p_e authentication, and can be used to temporarily
-                  disable a specific authentication type without having to re-
-                  compile tteellnneettdd.
-
-     --LL --ppaatthhnnaammee
-                  Specify pathname to an alternative login program.
-
-     TTeellnneettdd operates by allocating a pseudo-terminal device (see pty(4))  for
-     a client, then creating a login process which has the slave side of the
-     pseudo-terminal as stdin, stdout and stderr. TTeellnneettdd manipulates the mas-
-     ter side of the pseudo-terminal, implementing the TELNET protocol and
-     passing characters between the remote client and the login process.
-
-     When a TELNET session is started up, tteellnneettdd sends TELNET options to the
-     client side indicating a willingness to do the following TELNET options,
-     which are described in more detail below:
-
-           DO AUTHENTICATION
-           WILL ENCRYPT
-           DO TERMINAL TYPE
-           DO TSPEED
-           DO XDISPLOC
-           DO NEW-ENVIRON
-           DO ENVIRON
-           WILL SUPPRESS GO AHEAD
-           DO ECHO
-           DO LINEMODE
-           DO NAWS
-           WILL STATUS
-           DO LFLOW
-           DO TIMING-MARK
-
-     The pseudo-terminal allocated to the client is configured to operate in
-     ``cooked'' mode, and with XTABS and CRMOD enabled (see tty(4)).
-
-     TTeellnneettdd has support for enabling locally the following TELNET options:
-
-     WILL ECHO          When the LINEMODE option is enabled, a WILL ECHO or
-                        WONT ECHO will be sent to the client to indicate the
-                        current state of terminal echoing.  When terminal echo
-                        is not desired, a WILL ECHO is sent to indicate that
-                        telnetd will take care of echoing any data that needs
-                        to be echoed to the terminal, and then nothing is
-                        echoed.  When terminal echo is desired, a WONT ECHO is
-                        sent to indicate that telnetd will not be doing any
-                        terminal echoing, so the client should do any terminal
-                        echoing that is needed.
-
-     WILL BINARY        Indicates that the client is willing to send a 8 bits
-                        of data, rather than the normal 7 bits of the Network
-                        Virtual Terminal.
-
-     WILL SGA           Indicates that it will not be sending IAC GA, go
-                        ahead, commands.
-
-     WILL STATUS        Indicates a willingness to send the client, upon re-
-                        quest, of the current status of all TELNET options.
-
-     WILL TIMING-MARK   Whenever a DO TIMING-MARK command is received, it is
-                        always responded to with a WILL TIMING-MARK
-
-     WILL LOGOUT        When a DO LOGOUT is received, a WILL LOGOUT is sent in
-                        response, and the TELNET session is shut down.
-
-     WILL ENCRYPT       Only sent if tteellnneettdd is compiled with support for data
-                        encryption, and indicates a willingness to decrypt the
-                        data stream.
-
-     TTeellnneettdd has support for enabling remotely the following TELNET options:
-
-     DO BINARY          Sent to indicate that telnetd is willing to receive an
-                        8 bit data stream.
-
-     DO LFLOW           Requests that the client handle flow control charac-
-
-
-                        ters remotely.
-
-     DO ECHO            This is not really supported, but is sent to identify
-                        a 4.2BSD telnet(1) client, which will improperly re-
-                        spond with WILL ECHO. If a WILL ECHO is received, a
-                        DONT ECHO will be sent in response.
-
-     DO TERMINAL-TYPE   Indicates a desire to be able to request the name of
-                        the type of terminal that is attached to the client
-                        side of the connection.
-
-     DO SGA             Indicates that it does not need to receive IAC GA, the
-                        go ahead command.
-
-     DO NAWS            Requests that the client inform the server when the
-                        window (display) size changes.
-
-     DO TERMINAL-SPEED  Indicates a desire to be able to request information
-                        about the speed of the serial line to which the client
-                        is attached.
-
-     DO XDISPLOC        Indicates a desire to be able to request the name of
-                        the X windows display that is associated with the tel-
-                        net client.
-
-     DO NEW-ENVIRON     Indicates a desire to be able to request environment
-                        variable information, as described in RFC 1572.
-
-     DO ENVIRON         Indicates a desire to be able to request environment
-                        variable information, as described in RFC 1408.
-
-     DO LINEMODE        Only sent if tteellnneettdd is compiled with support for
-                        linemode, and requests that the client do line by line
-                        processing.
-
-     DO TIMING-MARK     Only sent if tteellnneettdd is compiled with support for both
-                        linemode and kludge linemode, and the client responded
-                        with WONT LINEMODE. If the client responds with WILL
-                        TM, the it is assumed that the client supports kludge
-                        linemode.  Note that the [--kk] option can be used to
-                        disable this.
-
-     DO AUTHENTICATION  Only sent if tteellnneettdd is compiled with support for au-
-                        thentication, and indicates a willingness to receive
-                        authentication information for automatic login.
-
-     DO ENCRYPT         Only sent if tteellnneettdd is compiled with support for data
-                        encryption, and indicates a willingness to decrypt the
-                        data stream.
-
-EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT
-FFIILLEESS
-     /etc/services
-     /etc/inittab   (UNICOS systems only)
-     /etc/iptos     (if supported)
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     telnet(1),  login(1)
-
-SSTTAANNDDAARRDDSS
-     RRFFCC--885544   TELNET PROTOCOL SPECIFICATION
-     RRFFCC--885555   TELNET OPTION SPECIFICATIONS
-     RRFFCC--885566   TELNET BINARY TRANSMISSION
-     RRFFCC--885577   TELNET ECHO OPTION
-
-
-     RRFFCC--885588   TELNET SUPPRESS GO AHEAD OPTION
-     RRFFCC--885599   TELNET STATUS OPTION
-     RRFFCC--886600   TELNET TIMING MARK OPTION
-     RRFFCC--886611   TELNET EXTENDED OPTIONS - LIST OPTION
-     RRFFCC--888855   TELNET END OF RECORD OPTION
-     RRFFCC--11007733  Telnet Window Size Option
-     RRFFCC--11007799  Telnet Terminal Speed Option
-     RRFFCC--11009911  Telnet Terminal-Type Option
-     RRFFCC--11009966  Telnet X Display Location Option
-     RRFFCC--11112233  Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support
-     RRFFCC--11118844  Telnet Linemode Option
-     RRFFCC--11337722  Telnet Remote Flow Control Option
-     RRFFCC--11441166  Telnet Authentication Option
-     RRFFCC--11441111  Telnet Authentication: Kerberos Version 4
-     RRFFCC--11441122  Telnet Authentication: SPX
-     RRFFCC--11557711  Telnet Environment Option Interoperability Issues
-     RRFFCC--11557722  Telnet Environment Option
-
-BBUUGGSS
-     Some TELNET commands are only partially implemented.
-
-     Because of bugs in the original 4.2 BSD telnet(1),  tteellnneettdd performs some
-     dubious protocol exchanges to try to discover if the remote client is, in
-     fact, a 4.2 BSD telnet(1).
-
-     Binary mode has no common interpretation except between similar operating
-     systems (Unix in this case).
-
-     The terminal type name received from the remote client is converted to
-     lower case.
-
-     TTeellnneettdd never sends TELNET IAC GA (go ahead) commands.
-
-4.2 Berkeley Distribution        June 1, 1994                                5

crypto/heimdal/doc/programming.texi

@@ -1,287 +0,0 @@
-@c $Id: programming.texi,v 1.2 2001/05/16 22:11:00 assar Exp $
-
-@node Programming with Kerberos
-@chapter Programming with Kerberos
-
-First you need to know how the Kerberos model works, go read the
-introduction text (@pxref{What is Kerberos?}).
-
-@macro manpage{man, section}
-@cite{\man\(\section\)}
-@end macro
-
-@menu
-* Kerberos 5 API Overview::     
-* Walkthru a sample Kerberos 5 client::  
-* Validating a password in a server application::  
-@end menu
-
-@node Kerberos 5 API Overview, Walkthru a sample Kerberos 5 client, Programming with Kerberos, Programming with Kerberos
-@section Kerberos 5 API Overview
-
-Most functions are documenteded in manual pages.  This overview only
-tries to point to where to look for a specific function.
-
-@subsection Kerberos context
-
-A kerberos context (@code{krb5_context}) holds all per thread state. All global variables that
-are context specific are stored in this struture, including default
-encryption types, credential-cache (ticket file), and default realms.
-
-See the manual pages for @manpage{krb5_context,3} and
-@manpage{krb5_init_context,3}.
-
-@subsection Kerberos authenication context
-
-Kerberos authentication context (@code{krb5_auth_context}) holds all
-context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to the
-kerberos context that holds the context for the thread or process.
-
-The @code{krb5_auth_context} is used by various functions that are
-directly related to authentication between the server/client. Example of
-data that this structure contains are various flags, addresses of client
-and server, port numbers, keyblocks (and subkeys), sequence numbers,
-replay cache, and checksum types.
-
-See the manual page for @manpage{krb5_auth_context,3}.
-
-@subsection Keytab managment
-
-A keytab is a storage for locally stored keys. Heimdal includes keytab
-support for Kerberos 5 keytabs, Kerberos 4 srvtab, AFS-KeyFile's,
-and for storing keys in memory.
-
-See also manual page for @manpage{krb5_keytab,3}
-
-@node Walkthru a sample Kerberos 5 client, Validating a password in a server application, Kerberos 5 API Overview, Programming with Kerberos
-@section Walkthru a sample Kerberos 5 client
-
-This example contains parts of a sample TCP Kerberos 5 clients, if you
-want a real working client, please look in @file{appl/test} directory in
-the Heimdal distribution.
-
-All Kerberos error-codes that are returned from kerberos functions in
-this program are passed to @code{krb5_err}, that will print a
-descriptive text of the error code and exit. Graphical programs can
-convert error-code to a humal readable error-string with the
-@manpage{krb5_get_err_text,3} function.
-
-Note that you should not use any Kerberos function before
-@code{krb5_init_context()} have completed successfully. That is the
-reson @code{err()} is used when @code{krb5_init_context()} fails.
-
-First the client needs to call @code{krb5_init_context} to initialize
-the Kerberos 5 library. This is only needed once per thread
-in the program. If the function returns a non-zero value it indicates
-that either the Kerberos implemtation is failing or its disabled on
-this host.
-
-@example
-#include <krb5.h>
-
-int
-main(int argc, char **argv)
-@{
-        krb5_context context;
-
-        if (krb5_context(&context))
-                errx (1, "krb5_context");
-@end example
-
-Now the client wants to connect to the host at the other end. The
-preferred way of doing this is using @manpage{getaddrinfo,3} (for
-operating system that have this function implemented), since getaddrinfo
-is neutral to the address type and can use any protocol that is available.
-
-@example
-        struct addrinfo *ai, *a;
-        struct addrinfo hints;
-        int error;
-
-        memset (&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
-        hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
-        hints.ai_protocol = IPPROTO_TCP;
-
-        error = getaddrinfo (hostname, "pop3", &hints, &ai);
-        if (error)
-                errx (1, "%s: %s", hostname, gai_strerror(error));
-
-        for (a = ai; a != NULL; a = a->ai_next) @{
-                int s;
-
-                s = socket (a->ai_family, a->ai_socktype, a->ai_protocol);
-                if (s < 0)
-                        continue;
-                if (connect (s, a->ai_addr, a->ai_addrlen) < 0) @{
-                        warn ("connect(%s)", hostname);
-                            close (s);
-                            continue;
-                @}
-                freeaddrinfo (ai);
-                ai = NULL;
-        @}
-        if (ai) @{
-                    freeaddrinfo (ai);
-                    errx ("failed to contact %s", hostname);
-        @}
-@end example
-
-Before authenticating, an authentication context needs to be
-created. This context keeps all information for one (to be) authenticated
-connection (see @manpage{krb5_auth_context,3}).
-
-@example
-        status = krb5_auth_con_init (context, &auth_context);
-        if (status)
-                krb5_err (context, 1, status, "krb5_auth_con_init");
-@end example
-
-For setting the address in the authentication there is a help function
-@code{krb5_auth_con_setaddrs_from_fd} that does everthing that is needed
-when given a connected file descriptor to the socket.
-
-@example
-        status = krb5_auth_con_setaddrs_from_fd (context,
-                                                 auth_context,
-                                                 &sock);
-        if (status)
-                krb5_err (context, 1, status, 
-                          "krb5_auth_con_setaddrs_from_fd");
-@end example
-
-The next step is to build a server principal for the service we want
-to connect to. (See also @manpage{krb5_sname_to_principal,3}.)
-
-@example
-        status = krb5_sname_to_principal (context,
-                                          hostname,
-                                          service,
-                                          KRB5_NT_SRV_HST,
-                                          &server);
-        if (status)
-                krb5_err (context, 1, status, "krb5_sname_to_principal");
-@end example
-
-The client principal is not passed to @manpage{krb5_sendauth,3}
-function, this causes the @code{krb5_sendauth} function to try to figure it
-out itself.
-
-The server program is using the function @manpage{krb5_recvauth,3} to
-receive the Kerberos 5 authenticator.
-
-In this case, mutual authenication will be tried. That means that the server
-will authenticate to the client. Using mutual authenication
-is good since it enables the user to verify that they are talking to the
-right server (a server that knows the key).
-
-If you are using a non-blocking socket you will need to do all work of
-@code{krb5_sendauth} yourself. Basically you need to send over the
-authenticator from @manpage{krb5_mk_req,3} and, in case of mutual
-authentication, verifying the result from the server with
-@manpage{krb5_rd_rep,3}.
-
-@example
-        status = krb5_sendauth (context,
-                                &auth_context,
-                                &sock,
-                                VERSION,
-                                NULL,
-                                server,
-                                AP_OPTS_MUTUAL_REQUIRED,
-                                NULL,
-                                NULL,
-                                NULL,
-                                NULL,
-                                NULL,
-                                NULL);
-        if (status)
-                krb5_err (context, 1, status, "krb5_sendauth");
-@end example
-
-Once authentication has been performed, it is time to send some
-data. First we create a krb5_data structure, then we sign it with
-@manpage{krb5_mk_safe,3} using the @code{auth_context} that contains the
-session-key that was exchanged in the
-@manpage{krb5_sendauth,3}/@manpage{krb5_recvauth,3} authentication
-sequence.
-
-@example
-        data.data   = "hej";
-        data.length = 3;
-
-        krb5_data_zero (&packet);
-
-        status = krb5_mk_safe (context,
-                               auth_context,
-                               &data,
-                               &packet,
-                               NULL);
-        if (status)
-                krb5_err (context, 1, status, "krb5_mk_safe");
-@end example
-
-And send it over the network.
-
-@example
-        len = packet.length;
-        net_len = htonl(len);
-
-        if (krb5_net_write (context, &sock, &net_len, 4) != 4)
-                err (1, "krb5_net_write");
-        if (krb5_net_write (context, &sock, packet.data, len) != len)
-                err (1, "krb5_net_write");
-@end example
-
-To send encrypted (and signed) data @manpage{krb5_mk_priv,3} should be
-used instead. @manpage{krb5_mk_priv,3} works the same way as
-@manpage{krb5_mk_safe,3}, with the exception that it encrypts the data
-in addition to signing it.
-
-@example
-        data.data   = "hemligt";
-        data.length = 7;
-
-        krb5_data_free (&packet);
-
-        status = krb5_mk_priv (context,
-                               auth_context,
-                               &data,
-                               &packet,
-                               NULL);
-        if (status)
-                krb5_err (context, 1, status, "krb5_mk_priv");
-@end example
-
-And send it over the network.
-
-@example
-        len = packet.length;
-        net_len = htonl(len);
-
-        if (krb5_net_write (context, &sock, &net_len, 4) != 4)
-                err (1, "krb5_net_write");
-        if (krb5_net_write (context, &sock, packet.data, len) != len)
-                err (1, "krb5_net_write");
-
-@end example
-
-The server is using @manpage{krb5_rd_safe,3} and
-@manpage{krb5_rd_priv,3} to verify the signature and decrypt the packet.
-
-@node Validating a password in a server application,  , Walkthru a sample Kerberos 5 client, Programming with Kerberos
-@section Validating a password in an application
-
-See the manual page for @manpage{krb5_verify_user,3}.
-
-@c @node Why you should use GSS-API for new applications, Walkthru a sample GSS-API client, Validating a password in a server application, Programming with Kerberos
-@c @section Why you should use GSS-API for new applications
-@c 
-@c SSPI, bah, bah, microsoft, bah, bah, almost GSS-API.
-@c 
-@c It would also be possible for other mechanisms then Kerberos, but that
-@c doesn't exist any other GSS-API implementations today.
-@c 
-@c @node Walkthru a sample GSS-API client, , Why you should use GSS-API for new applications, Programming with Kerberos
-@c @section Walkthru a sample GSS-API client
-@c 
-@c Write about how gssapi_clent.c works.

crypto/heimdal/doc/standardisation/draft-ietf-krb-wg-kerberos-referrals-00.txt

@@ -1,725 +0,0 @@
-
-
-Kerberos Working Group                                         M. Swift 
-Internet Draft                                         University of WA 
-Document: draft-ietf-krb-wg-kerberos-referrals-00.txt         J. Brezak 
-Category: Standards Track                                     Microsoft 
-                                                             J. Trostle 
-                                                          Cisco Systems 
-                                                             K. Raeburn 
-                                                                    MIT 
-                                                          February 2001 
-
- 
-           Generating KDC Referrals to locate Kerberos realms 
- 
- 
-Status of this Memo 
- 
-   This document is an Internet-Draft and is in full conformance with 
-   all provisions of Section 10 of RFC2026 [1].  
-    
-   Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering 
-   Task Force (IETF), its areas, and its working groups. Note that 
-   other groups may also distribute working documents as Internet-
-   Drafts. Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of 
-   six months and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other 
-   documents at any time. It is inappropriate to use Internet- Drafts 
-   as reference material or to cite them other than as "work in 
-   progress."  
-    
-   The list of current Internet-Drafts can be accessed at 
-   http://www.ietf.org/ietf/1id-abstracts.txt  
-   The list of Internet-Draft Shadow Directories can be accessed at 
-   http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html. 
-    
-1. Abstract 
-    
-   The draft documents a new method for a Kerberos Key Distribution 
-   Center (KDC) to respond to client requests for kerberos tickets when 
-   the client does not have detailed configuration information on the 
-   realms of users or services. The KDC will handle requests for 
-   principals in other realms by returning either a referral error or a 
-   cross-realm TGT to another realm on the referral path. The clients 
-   will use this referral information to reach the realm of the target 
-   principal and then receive the ticket. 
-    
-2. Conventions used in this document 
-    
-   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT", 
-   "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED",  "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in 
-   this document are to be interpreted as described in RFC-2119 [2]. 
-    
-3. Introduction 
-    
-
-
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                     1 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                            KDC Referrals               February 2001 
- 
- 
-   Current implementations of the Kerberos AS and TGS protocols, as 
-   defined in RFC 1510 [3], use principal names constructed from a 
-   known user or service name and realm. A service name is typically 
-   constructed from a name of the service and the DNS host name of the 
-   computer that is providing the service. Many existing deployments of 
-   Kerberos use a single Kerberos realm where all users and services 
-   would be using the same realm. However in an environment where there 
-   are multiple trusted Kerberos realms, the client needs to be able to 
-   determine what realm a particular user or service is in before 
-   making an AS or TGS request. Traditionally this requires client 
-   configuration to make this possible. 
-    
-   When having to deal with multiple trusted realms, users are forced 
-   to know what realm they are in before they can obtain a ticket 
-   granting ticket (TGT) with an AS request. However, in many cases the 
-   user would like to use a more familiar name that is not directly 
-   related to the realm of their Kerberos principal name. A good 
-   example of this is an RFC-822 style email name. This document 
-   describes a mechanism that would allow a user to specify a user 
-   principal name that is an alias for the user's Kerberos principal 
-   name. In practice this would be the name that the user specifies to 
-   obtain a TGT from a Kerberos KDC. The user principal name no longer 
-   has a direct relationship with the Kerberos principal or realm. Thus 
-   the administrator is able to move the user's principal to other 
-   realms without the user having to know that it happened. 
-    
-   Once a user has a TGT, they would like to be able to access services 
-   in any trusted Kerberos realm. To do this requires that the client 
-   be able to determine what realm the target service's host is in 
-   before making the TGS request. Current implementations of Kerberos 
-   typically have a table that maps DNS host names to corresponding 
-   Kerberos realms. In order for this to work on the client, each 
-   application canonicalizes the host name of the service by doing a 
-   DNS lookup followed by a reverse lookup using the returned IP 
-   address. The returned primary host name is then used in the 
-   construction of the principal name for the target service. In order 
-   for the correct realm to be added for the target host, the mapping 
-   table [domain_to_realm] is consulted for the realm corresponding to 
-   the DNS host name. The corresponding realm is then used to complete 
-   the target service principal name. 
-    
-   This traditional mechanism requires that each client have very 
-   detailed configuration information about the hosts that are 
-   providing services and their corresponding realms. Having client 
-   side configuration information can be very costly from an 
-   administration point of view - especially if there are many realms 
-   and computers in the environment. 
-    
-   Current implementations of Kerberos also have difficulty with 
-   services on hosts that can have multiple host names (multi-homed 
-   hosts). Traditionally, each host name would need to have a distinct 
-   principal and a corresponding key. An extreme example of this would 
-   be a Web server with multiple host names for each domain that it is 
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                     2 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                            KDC Referrals               February 2001 
- 
- 
-   supporting. Principal aliases allow multi-homed hosts to have a 
-   single Kerberos principal (with a single key) that can have 
-   identities for each distinct host name. This mechanism allows the 
-   Kerberos client to request a service ticket for the distinct 
-   hostname and allows the KDC to return a ticket for the single 
-   principal that the host is using. This canonical principal name 
-   allows the host to only have to manage a single key for all of the 
-   identities that it supports. In addition, the client only needs to 
-   know the realm of the canonical service name, not all of the 
-   identities. 
-    
-   This draft proposes a solution for these problems and simplifies 
-   administration by minimizing the configuration information needed on 
-   each computer using Kerberos. Specifically it describes a mechanism 
-   to allow the KDC to handle Canonicalization of names, provide for 
-   principal aliases for users and services and provide a mechanism for 
-   the KDC to determine the trusted realm authentication path by being 
-   able to generate referrals to other realms in order to locate 
-   principals. 
-    
-   To rectify these problems, this draft introduces three new kinds of   
-   KDC referrals: 
-        
-   1. AS ticket referrals, in which the client doesn't know which realm 
-      contains a user account.  
-   2. TGS ticket referrals, in which the client doesn't know which 
-      realm contains a server account.  
-   3. Cross realm shortcut referrals, in which the KDC chooses the next 
-      path on a referral chain 
-    
-4. Realm Organization Model 
-    
-   This draft assumes that the world of principals is arranged on 
-   multiple levels: the realm, the enterprise, and the world. A KDC may 
-   issue tickets for any principal in its realm or cross-realm tickets 
-   for realms with which it has a direct trust relationship. The KDC 
-   also has access to a trusted name service that can resolve any name 
-   from within its enterprise into a realm. This trusted name service 
-   removes the need to use an untrusted DNS lookup for name resolution. 
-    
-   For example, consider the following configuration, where lines 
-   indicate trust relationships: 
-    
-                  MS.COM  
-                /        \ 
-               /          \ 
-        OFFICE.MS.COM    NT.MS.COM 
-    
-   In this configuration, all users in the MS.COM enterprise could have 
-   a principal name such as [email protected], with the same realm portion. 
-   In addition, servers at MS.COM should be able to have DNS host names 
-   from any DNS domain independent of what Kerberos realm their 
-   principal resides in. 
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                     3 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                            KDC Referrals               February 2001 
- 
- 
-    
-5. Principal Names 
-    
-5.1 Service Principal Names 
-    
-   The standard Kerberos model in RFC 1510 [3] gives each Kerberos 
-   principal a single name. However, if a service is reachable by 
-   several addresses, it is useful for a principal to have multiple 
-   names. Consider a service running on a multi-homed machine. Rather 
-   than requiring a separate principal and password for each name it 
-   exports, a single account with multiple names could be used. 
-    
-   Multiple names are also useful for services in that clients need not 
-   perform DNS lookups to resolve a host name into a full DNS address. 
-   Instead, the service may have a name for each of its supported host 
-   names, including its IP address. Nonetheless, it is still convenient 
-   for the service to not have to be aware of all these names. Thus a 
-   new name may be added to DNS for a service by updating DNS and the 
-   KDC database without having to notify the service. In addition, it 
-   implies that these aliases are globally unique: they do not include 
-   a specifier dictating what realm contains the principal. Thus, an 
-   alias for a server is of the form "class/instance/name" and may be 
-   transmitted as any name type. 
-    
-5.2 Client Principal Names 
-    
-   Similarly, a client account may also have multiple principal names. 
-   More useful, though, is a globally unique name that allows 
-   unification of email and security principal names. For example, all 
-   users at MS may have a client principal name of the form 
-   "[email protected]" even though the principals are contained in multiple 
-   realms. This global name is again an alias for the true client 
-   principal name, which is indicates what realm contains the 
-   principal. Thus, accounts "alice" in the realm ntdev.MS.COM and 
-   "bob" in office.MS.COM may logon as "[email protected]" and "[email protected]". 
-   This requires a new client principal name type, as the AS-REQ 
-   message only contains a single realm field, and the realm portion of 
-   this name doesn't correspond to any Kerberos realm. Thus, the entire 
-   name "[email protected]" is transmitted in the client name field of the 
-   AS-REQ message, with a name type of KRB-NT-ENTERPRISE-PRINCIPAL. 
-    
-        KRB-NT-ENTERPRISE-PRINCIPAL     10 
-    
-5.3 Name Canonicalization 
-    
-   In order to support name aliases, the Kerberos client must 
-   explicitly request the name-canonicalization KDC option (bit 15) in 
-   the ticket flags for the TGS-REQ. This flag indicates to the KDC 
-   that the client is prepared to receive a reply with a different 
-   client or server principal name than the request. Thus, the 
-   KDCOptions types is redefined as: 
-    
-        KDCOptions ::=   BIT STRING { 
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                     4 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                            KDC Referrals               February 2001 
- 
- 
-                          reserved(0), 
-                          forwardable(1), 
-                          forwarded(2), 
-                          proxiable(3), 
-                          proxy(4), 
-                          allow-postdate(5), 
-                          postdated(6), 
-                          unused7(7), 
-                          renewable(8), 
-                          unused9(9), 
-                          unused10(10), 
-                          unused11(11), 
-                          name-canonicalize(15), 
-                          renewable-ok(27), 
-                          enc-tkt-in-skey(28), 
-                          renew(30), 
-                          validate(31) 
-         } 
-    
-6. Client Referrals 
-    
-   The simplest form of ticket referral is for a user requesting a 
-   ticket using an AS-REQ. In this case, the client machine will send 
-   the AS request to a convenient trusted realm, either the realm of 
-   the client machine or the realm of the client name. In the case of 
-   the name [email protected], the client may optimistically choose to send 
-   the request to MS.COM. 
-    
-   The client will send the string "[email protected]" in the client 
-   principal name field using the KRB-NT-ENTERPRISE-PRINCIPAL name type 
-   with the crealm set to MS.COM. The KDC will try to lookup the name 
-   in its local account database. If the account is present in the 
-   crealm of the request, it MUST return a KDC reply structure with the 
-   appropriate ticket. If the account is not present in the crealm 
-   specified in the request and the name-canonicalize flag in the 
-   KDCoptions is set, the KDC will try to lookup the entire name, 
-   [email protected], using a name service. If this lookup is unsuccessful, 
-   it MUST return the error KDC_ERR_C_PRINCIPAL_UNKNOWN. If the lookup 
-   is successful, it MUST return an error KDC_ERR_WRONG_REALM (0x44) 
-   and in the error message the cname and crealm field MUST contain the 
-   client name and the true realm of the client. If the KDC contains 
-   the account locally, it MUST return a normal ticket. The client name 
-   and realm portions of the ticket and KDC reply message MUST be the 
-   client's true name in the realm, not the globally unique name. 
-    
-   If the client receives a KDC_ERR_WRONG_REALM error, it will issue a 
-   new AS request with the same client principal name used to generate 
-   the first referral to the realm specified by the crealm field of the 
-   kerberos error message from the first request. This request MUST 
-   produce a valid AS response with a ticket for the canonical user 
-   name. The ticket MUST also include the ticket extension containing 
-   the TE-REFERRAL-DATA with the referred-names set to the name from 
-
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                     5 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                            KDC Referrals               February 2001 
- 
- 
-   the AS request. Any other error or referral will terminate the 
-   request and result in a failed AS request. 
-    
-7. Server Referrals 
-    
-   The server referral mechanism is a bit more complex than the client 
-   referral mechanism. The primary problem is that the KDC must return 
-   a referral ticket rather than an error message, so it will include 
-   in the TGS response information about what realm contains the 
-   service. This is done by returning information about the server name 
-   in the pre-auth data field of the KDC reply. 
-    
-   If the KDC resolves the server principal name into a principal in 
-   its realm, it may return a normal ticket. If the name-canonicalize 
-   flag in the KDCoptions is not set, then the KDC MUST only look up 
-   the name as a normal principal name. Otherwise, it MUST search all 
-   aliases as well. The server principal name in both the ticket and 
-   the KDC reply MUST be the true server principal name instead of one 
-   of the aliases. This frees the application server from needing to 
-   know about all its aliases. 
-    
-   If the name-canonicalize flag in the KDCoptions is set and the KDC 
-   doesn't find the principal locally, the KDC can return a cross-realm 
-   ticket granting ticket to the next hop on the trust path towards a 
-   realm that may be able to resolve the principal name. 
-    
-   If the KDC can determine the service principal's realm, it can 
-   return the server realm as ticket extension data. The ticket 
-   extension MUST be encrypted using the session key from the ticket, 
-   and the same etype as is used to protect the TGS reply body. 
-    
-   The data itself is an ASN.1 encoded structure containing the 
-   server's realm, and if known, canonical principal name and alias 
-   names. The first name in the sequence is the canonical principal 
-   name. 
-    
-                TE-REFERRAL-INFO        20 
-                 
-                TE-REFERRAL-DATA ::= SEQUENCE { 
-                        referred-server-realm[0]  KERB-REALM 
-                        referred-names[1]         SEQUENCE OF 
-                        PrincipalNames OPTIONAL 
-                } 
-    
-    
-   The client can use this information to request a chain of cross-
-   realm ticket granting tickets until it reaches the realm of the 
-   server, and can then expect to receive a valid service ticket. 
-    
-   In order to facilitate cross-realm interoperability, a client SHOULD 
-   NOT send short names in TGS requests to the KDC. A short name is 
-   defined as a Kerberos name that includes a DNS name that is not 
-   fully qualified. The client MAY use forward DNS lookups to obtain 
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                     6 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                            KDC Referrals               February 2001 
- 
- 
-   the long name that corresponds to the user entered short name (the 
-   short name will be a prefix of the corresponding long name). 
-    
-   The client may use the referred-names field to tell if it already 
-   has a ticket to the server in its ticket cache. 
-    
-   The client can use this information to request a chain of cross-
-   realm ticket granting tickets until it reaches the realm of the 
-   server, and can then expect to receive a valid service ticket. 
-   However an implementation should limit the number of referrals that 
-   it processes to avoid infinite referral loops. A suggested limit is 
-   5 referrals before giving up. 
-    
-8. Cross Realm Routing 
-    
-   The current Kerberos protocol requires the client to explicitly 
-   request a cross-realm TGT for each pair of realms on a referral 
-   chain. As a result, the client machines need to be aware of the 
-   trust hierarchy and of any short-cut trusts (those that aren't 
-   parent-child trusts). This requires more configurations on the 
-   client. Instead, the client should be able to request a TGT to the 
-   target realm from each realm on the route. The KDC will determine 
-   the best path for the client and return a cross-realm TGT. The 
-   client has to be aware that a request for a cross-realm TGT may 
-   return a TGT for a realm different from the one requested. 
-    
-9. Security Considerations 
- 
-   The original Kerberos specification stated that the server principal 
-   name in the KDC reply was the same as the server name in the 
-   request. These protocol changes break that assumption, so the client 
-   may be vulnerable to a denial of service attack by an attacker that 
-   replays replies from previous requests. It can verify that the 
-   request was one of its own by checking the client-address field or 
-   authtime field, though, so the damage is limited and detectable. 
-    
-   For the AS exchange case, it is important that the logon mechanism 
-   not trust a name that has not been used to authenticate the user. 
-   For example, the name that the user enters as part of a logon 
-   exchange may not be the name that the user authenticates as, given 
-   that the KDC_ERR_WRONG_REALM error may have been returned. The 
-   relevant Kerberos naming information for logon (if any), is the 
-   client name and client realm in the service ticket targeted at the 
-   workstation that was obtained using the user's initial TGT. 
-    
-   How the client name and client realm is mapped into a local account 
-   for logon is a local matter, but the client logon mechanism MUST use 
-   additional information such as the client realm and/or authorization 
-   attributes from the service ticket presented to the workstation by 
-   the user, when mapping the logon credentials to a local account on 
-   the workstation. 
-    
-10. Discussion 
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                     7 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                            KDC Referrals               February 2001 
- 
- 
- 
-   This section contains issues and suggestions that need to be 
-   incorporated into this draft. From Ken Raeburn [[email protected]]: 
-    
-   1) No means to do name canonicalization if you're not 
-      authenticating. Is it okay to require credentials in order to do 
-      canonicalization? If so, how about this: Send a TGS_REQ for the 
-      service name you have.  If you get back a TGS_REP for a service, 
-      great; pull out the name and throw out the credentials.  If you 
-      get back a TGS_REP for a TGT service, ask again in the specified 
-      realm.  If you get back a KRB_ERROR because policy prohibits you 
-      from authenticating to that service, we can add to the 
-      specification that the {realm,sname} in the KRB_ERROR must be the 
-      canonical name, and the checksum must be used.  As long as the 
-      checksum is present, it's still a secure exchange with the KDC.  
-       
-      If we have to be able to do name canonicalization without any 
-      sort of credentials, either client-side (tickets) or server-side 
-      (tickets automatically acquired via service key), I think we just 
-      lose. But maybe GSSAPI should be changed if that's the case. 
-    
-   2) Can't refer to another realm and specify a different service name 
-      to give to that realm's KDC.  The local KDC can tell you a 
-      different service name or a different realm name, but not both. 
-      This comes up in the "gnuftp.raeburn.org CNAME ftp.gnu.org" type 
-      of case I've mentioned. 
-       
-      Except ... the KDC-REP structure includes padata and ticket 
-      extensions fields that are extensible.  We could add a required 
-      value to one of them -- perhaps only in the case where you return 
-      a TGT when not asked -- that contains signed information about 
-      the principal name to ask for in the other realm.  (It would have 
-      to be required, otherwise a man-in-the-middle could make it go 
-      away.) Signing would be done using the session key for the TGS. 
-    
-   3) Secure canonicalization of service name in AS_REQ. If the 
-      response is an AS_REP, we need a way to tell that the altered 
-      server name wasn't a result of a MITM attack on the AS_REQ 
-      message.  Again, the KDC-REP extensible fields could have a new 
-      required value added when name canonicalization happens, 
-      indicating what the original principal name (in the AS_REQ 
-      message) was, and signed using the same key as protects the 
-      AS_REP.  If it doesn't match what the client requested, the 
-      messages were altered in transit. 
-    
-   4) Client name needs referral to another realm, and server name 
-      needs canonicalization of some sort. The above fixes wouldn't 
-      work for this case, and I'm not even sure which KDC should be 
-      doing the canonicalization anyways. 
-    
-    
-   The other-principal-name datum would probably look something like: 
-    
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                     8 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                            KDC Referrals               February 2001 
- 
- 
-       PrincipalAndNonce ::= SEQUENCE { 
-                    name[0]     PrincipalName, 
-                    nonce[1]    INTEGER         -- copied from KDC_REQ 
-       } 
-       SignedPrincipal ::= SEQUENCE { 
-                    name-and-nonce[0]   PrincipalAndNonce, 
-                    cksum[1]    Checksum 
-       } 
-       {PA,TE}-ORIGINAL-SERVER-PRINCIPAL ::= SignedPrincipal 
-       {PA,TE}-REMOTE-SERVER-PRINCIPAL ::= SignedPrincipal 
-    
-   with the checksum computed over the encoding of the 'name-and-nonce' 
-   field, and appropriate PA- or TE- numbers assigned.  I don't have a 
-   strong opinion on whether it'd be a pa-data or ticket extension; 
-   conceptually it seems like an abuse of either, but, well, I think 
-   I'd rather abuse them than leave the facility both in and 
-   inadequate. 
-    
-   The nonce is needed because multiple exchanges may be made with the 
-   same key, and these extension fields aren't packed in with the other 
-   encrypted data in the same response, so a MITM could pick apart 
-   multiple messages and mix-and-match components.  (In a TGS_REQ 
-   exchange, a subsession key would help, but it's not required.) 
-    
-   The extension field would be required to prevent a MITM from 
-   discarding the field from a response; a flag bit in a protected part 
-   of the message (probably in 'flags' in EncKDCRepPart) could also let 
-   us know of a cases where the information can be omitted, namely, 
-   when no name change is done.  Perhaps the bit should be set to 
-   indicate that a name change *was* done, and clear if it wasn't, 
-   making the no-change case more directly compatible with RFC1510. 
- 
-11. References 
-    
- 
-   1  Bradner, S., "The Internet Standards Process -- Revision 3", BCP 
-      9, RFC 2026, October 1996. 
-    
-   2  Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement 
-      Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997 
-    
-   3  Kohl, J., Neuman, C., "The Kerberos Network Authentication 
-      Service (V5)", RFC 1510, September 1993 
-    
-    
-12. Author's Addresses 
-    
-   Michael Swift 
-   University of Washington 
-   Seattle, Washington 
-   Email: [email protected] 
-    
-   John Brezak 
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                     9 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                            KDC Referrals               February 2001 
- 
- 
-   Microsoft 
-   One Microsoft Way 
-   Redmond, Washington 
-   Email: [email protected] 
-    
-   Jonathan Trostle 
-   Cisco Systems 
-   170 W. Tasman Dr. 
-   San Jose, CA 95134 
-   Email: [email protected] 
-    
-   Kenneth Raeburn 
-   Massachusetts Institute of Technology 77 
-   Massachusetts Avenue 
-   Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139 
-   Email: [email protected]
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                    10 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                            KDC Referrals               February 2001 
- 
- 
-   Full Copyright Statement 
-
-   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1999).  All Rights Reserved. 
-    
-   This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to 
-   others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it 
-   or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published 
-   and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any 
-   kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph 
-   are included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this   
-   document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing   
-   the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other   
-   Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of 
-   developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for 
-   copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be 
-   followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than 
-   English. 
-    
-   The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be 
-   revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns. 
-    
-   This document and the information contained herein is provided on an 
-   "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING 
-   TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING 
-   BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION 
-   HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
-   MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." 
-    
-    
-    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  
-Swift                 Category - Standards Track                    11 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

crypto/heimdal/kadmin/kadmin.cat8

@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-
-KADMIN(8)                UNIX System Manager's Manual                KADMIN(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkaaddmmiinn - Kerberos administration utility
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkaaddmmiinn [--pp _s_t_r_i_n_g | ----pprriinncciippaall==_s_t_r_i_n_g] [--KK _s_t_r_i_n_g | ----kkeeyyttaabb==_s_t_r_i_n_g] [--cc
-     _f_i_l_e | ----ccoonnffiigg--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e] [--kk _f_i_l_e | ----kkeeyy--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e] [--rr _r_e_a_l_m |
-     ----rreeaallmm==_r_e_a_l_m] [--aa _h_o_s_t | ----aaddmmiinn--sseerrvveerr==_h_o_s_t] [--ss _p_o_r_t _n_u_m_b_e_r |
-     ----sseerrvveerr--ppoorrtt==_p_o_r_t _n_u_m_b_e_r] [--ll | ----llooccaall] [--hh | ----hheellpp] [--vv | ----vveerrssiioonn]
-     [_c_o_m_m_a_n_d]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     The kkaaddmmiinn program is used to make modification to the Kerberos database,
-     either remotely via the kadmind(8) daemon, or locally (with the --ll op-
-     tion).
-
-     Supported options:
-
-     --pp _s_t_r_i_n_g, ----pprriinncciippaall==_s_t_r_i_n_g
-             principal to authenticate as
-
-     --KK _s_t_r_i_n_g, ----kkeeyyttaabb==_s_t_r_i_n_g
-             keytab for authentication pricipal
-
-     --cc _f_i_l_e, ----ccoonnffiigg--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e
-             location of config file
-
-     --kk _f_i_l_e, ----kkeeyy--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e
-             location of master key file
-
-     --rr _r_e_a_l_m, ----rreeaallmm==_r_e_a_l_m
-             realm to use
-
-     --aa _h_o_s_t, ----aaddmmiinn--sseerrvveerr==_h_o_s_t
-             server to contact
-
-     --ss _p_o_r_t _n_u_m_b_e_r, ----sseerrvveerr--ppoorrtt==_p_o_r_t _n_u_m_b_e_r
-             port to use
-
-     --ll, ----llooccaall
-             local admin mode
-
-     If no _c_o_m_m_a_n_d is given on the command line, kkaaddmmiinn will prompt for com-
-     mands to process. Commands include:
-
-           aadddd [--rr | ----rraannddoomm--kkeeyy] [----rraannddoomm--ppaasssswwoorrdd] [--pp _s_t_r_i_n_g |
-           ----ppaasssswwoorrdd==_s_t_r_i_n_g] [----kkeeyy==_s_t_r_i_n_g] [----mmaaxx--ttiicckkeett--lliiffee==_l_i_f_e_t_i_m_e]
-           [----mmaaxx--rreenneewwaabbllee--lliiffee==_l_i_f_e_t_i_m_e] [----aattttrriibbuutteess==_a_t_t_r_i_b_u_t_e_s]
-           [----eexxppiirraattiioonn--ttiimmee==_t_i_m_e] [----ppww--eexxppiirraattiioonn--ttiimmee==_t_i_m_e] _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l_._._.
-
-                 creates a new principal
-
-           ppaasssswwdd [--rr | ----rraannddoomm--kkeeyy] [----rraannddoomm--ppaasssswwoorrdd] [--pp _s_t_r_i_n_g |
-           ----ppaasssswwoorrdd==_s_t_r_i_n_g] [----kkeeyy==_s_t_r_i_n_g] _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l_._._.
-
-                 changes the password of an existing principal
-
-           ddeelleettee _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l_._._.
-
-                 removes a principal
-
-           ddeell__eennccttyyppee _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l _e_n_c_t_y_p_e_s_._._.
-
-
-                 removes some enctypes from a principal, this can be useful
-                 the service belonging to the principal is known to not handle
-                 certain enctypes
-
-           eexxtt__kkeeyyttaabb [--kk _s_t_r_i_n_g | ----kkeeyyttaabb==_s_t_r_i_n_g] _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l_._._.
-
-                 creates a keytab with the keys of the specified principals
-
-           ggeett [--ll | ----lloonngg] [--ss | ----sshhoorrtt] [--tt | ----tteerrssee] _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n_._._.
-
-                 lists the principals that match the expressions (which are
-                 shell glob like), long format gives more information, and
-                 terse just prints the names
-
-           rreennaammee _f_r_o_m _t_o
-
-                 renames a principal
-
-           mmooddiiffyy [--aa _a_t_t_r_i_b_u_t_e_s | ----aattttrriibbuutteess==_a_t_t_r_i_b_u_t_e_s]
-           [----mmaaxx--ttiicckkeett--lliiffee==_l_i_f_e_t_i_m_e] [----mmaaxx--rreenneewwaabbllee--lliiffee==_l_i_f_e_t_i_m_e]
-           [----eexxppiirraattiioonn--ttiimmee==_t_i_m_e] [----ppww--eexxppiirraattiioonn--ttiimmee==_t_i_m_e]
-           [----kkvvnnoo==_n_u_m_b_e_r] _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l
-
-                 modifies certain attributes of a principal
-
-           pprriivviilleeggeess
-
-                 lists the operations you are allowd to perform
-
-     When running in local mode, the following commands can also be used.
-
-           dduummpp [--dd | ----ddeeccrryypptt] [_d_u_m_p_-_f_i_l_e]
-
-                 writes the database in ``human readable'' form to the speci-
-                 fied file, or standard out
-
-           iinniitt [----rreeaallmm--mmaaxx--ttiicckkeett--lliiffee==_s_t_r_i_n_g]
-           [----rreeaallmm--mmaaxx--rreenneewwaabbllee--lliiffee==_s_t_r_i_n_g] _r_e_a_l_m
-
-                 initialises the Kerberos database with entries for a new
-                 realm, it's possible to have more than one realm served by
-                 one server
-
-           llooaadd _f_i_l_e
-
-                 reads a previously dumped database, and re-creates that
-                 database from scratch
-
-           mmeerrggee _f_i_l_e
-
-                 similar to lliisstt but just modifies the database with the en-
-                 tries in the dump file
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kadmind(8),  kdc(8)
-
- HEIMDAL                      September 10, 2000                             2

crypto/heimdal/kadmin/kadmind.cat8

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-
-KADMIND(8)               UNIX System Manager's Manual               KADMIND(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkaaddmmiinndd - server for administrative access to kerberos database
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkaaddmmiinndd [--cc _f_i_l_e | ----ccoonnffiigg--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e] [--kk _f_i_l_e | ----kkeeyy--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e]
-     [----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_e_y_t_a_b] [--rr _r_e_a_l_m | ----rreeaallmm==_r_e_a_l_m] [--dd | ----ddeebbuugg] [--pp _p_o_r_t |
-     ----ppoorrttss==_p_o_r_t]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kkaaddmmiinndd listens for requests for changes to the Kerberos database and
-     performs these, subject to permissions.  When starting, if stdin is a
-     socket it assumes that it has been started by inetd(8),  otherwise it be-
-     haves as a daemon, forking processes for each new connection. The ----ddeebbuugg
-     option causes kkaaddmmiinndd to accept exactly one connection, which is useful
-     for debugging.
-
-     If built with krb4 support, it implements both the Heimdal Kerberos 5 ad-
-     ministrative protocol and the Kerberos 4 protocol. Password changes via
-     the Kerberos 4 protocol are also performed by kkaaddmmiinndd, but the kpass-
-     wdd(8) daemon is responsible for the Kerberos 5 password changing proto-
-     col (used by kpasswd(1))
-
-     This daemon should only be run on ther master server, and not on any
-     slaves.
-
-     Principals are always allowed to change their own password and list their
-     own principals.  Apart from that, doing any operation requires permission
-     explicitly added in the ACL file _/_v_a_r_/_h_e_i_m_d_a_l_/_k_a_d_m_i_n_d_._a_c_l. The format of
-     this file is:
-
-     _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l _r_i_g_h_t_s [_p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l_-_p_a_t_t_e_r_n]
-
-     Where rights is any combination of:
-
-     ++oo   change-password | cpw
-
-     ++oo   list
-
-     ++oo   delete
-
-     ++oo   modify
-
-     ++oo   add
-
-     ++oo   get
-
-     ++oo   all
-
-     And the optional _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l_-_p_a_t_t_e_r_n restricts the rights to principals
-     that match the glob-style pattern.
-
-     Supported options:
-
-     --cc _f_i_l_e, ----ccoonnffiigg--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e
-             location of config file
-
-     --kk _f_i_l_e, ----kkeeyy--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e
-             location of master key file
-
-     ----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_e_y_t_a_b
-
-
-             what keytab to use
-
-     --rr _r_e_a_l_m, ----rreeaallmm==_r_e_a_l_m
-             realm to use
-
-     --dd, ----ddeebbuugg
-             enable debugging
-
-     --pp _p_o_r_t, ----ppoorrttss==_p_o_r_t
-             ports to listen to. By default, if run as a daemon, it listen to
-             ports 749, and 751 (if built with Kerberos 4 support), but you
-             can add any number of ports with this option. The port string is
-             a whitespace separated list of port specifications, with the spe-
-             cial string ``+'' representing the default set of ports.
-
-FFIILLEESS
-     _/_v_a_r_/_h_e_i_m_d_a_l_/_k_a_d_m_i_n_d_._a_c_l
-
-EEXXAAMMPPLLEESS
-     This will cause kadmind to listen to port 4711 in addition to any com-
-     piled in defaults:
-
-           # kadmind --ports="+ 4711" &
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kdc(8),  kadmin(1),  kpasswdd(8),  kpasswd(1)
-
- HEIMDAL                         June 7, 2000                                2

crypto/heimdal/kdc/hprop.cat8

@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-
-HPROP(8)                 UNIX System Manager's Manual                 HPROP(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     hhpprroopp - propagate the KDC database
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     hhpprroopp [--mm _f_i_l_e | ----mmaasstteerr--kkeeyy==_f_i_l_e] [--dd _f_i_l_e | ----ddaattaabbaassee==_f_i_l_e]
-     [----ssoouurrccee==_h_e_i_m_d_a_l_|_m_i_t_-_d_u_m_p_|_k_r_b_4_-_d_b_|_k_r_b_4_-_d_u_m_p] [--44 | ----vv44--ddbb] [--KK |
-     ----kkaa--ddbb] [--cc _c_e_l_l | ----cceellll==_c_e_l_l] [--SS | ----kkaassppeecciiaallss] [--rr _s_t_r_i_n_g |
-     ----vv44--rreeaallmm==_s_t_r_i_n_g] [--kk _k_e_y_t_a_b | ----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_e_y_t_a_b] [--RR _s_t_r_i_n_g |
-     ----vv55--rreeaallmm==_s_t_r_i_n_g] [--DD | ----ddeeccrryypptt] [--EE | ----eennccrryypptt] [--nn | ----ssttddoouutt] [--vv
-     | ----vveerrbboossee] [----vveerrssiioonn] [--hh | ----hheellpp] _h_o_s_t[:_p_o_r_t] _._._.
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     hhpprroopp takes a principal database in a specified format and converts it
-     into a stream of Heimdal database records. This stream can either be
-     written to standard out, or (more commonly) be propagated to a hpropd(8)
-     server running on a different machine.
-
-     If propagating, it connects to all _h_o_s_t_s specified on the command by
-     opening a TCP connection to port 754 (service hprop) and sends the
-     database in encrypted form.
-
-     Supported options:
-
-     --mm _f_i_l_e, ----mmaasstteerr--kkeeyy==_f_i_l_e
-             Where to find the master key to encrypt or decrypt keys with.
-
-     --dd _f_i_l_e, ----ddaattaabbaassee==_f_i_l_e
-             The database to be propagated.
-
-     ----ssoouurrccee==_h_e_i_m_d_a_l_|_m_i_t_-_d_u_m_p_|_k_r_b_4_-_d_b_|_k_r_b_4_-_d_u_m_p
-             Specifies the type of the source database. Alternatives include:
-
-             heimdal    a Heimdal database
-
-             mit-dump   a MIT Kerberos 5 dump file
-
-             krb4-db    a Kerberos 4 database
-
-             krb4-dump  a Kerberos 4 dump file
-
-             kaserver   a Transarc kaserver database
-
-     --kk _k_e_y_t_a_b, ----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_e_y_t_a_b
-             The keytab to use for fetching the key to be used for authenti-
-             cating to the propagation daemon(s). The key _k_a_d_m_i_n_/_h_p_r_o_p is used
-             from this keytab.  The default is to fetch the key from the KDC
-             database.
-
-     --RR _s_t_r_i_n_g, ----vv55--rreeaallmm==_s_t_r_i_n_g
-             Local realm override.
-
-     --DD, ----ddeeccrryypptt
-             The encryption keys in the database can either be in clear, or
-             encrypted with a master key. This option thansmits the database
-             with unencrypted keys.
-
-     --EE, ----eennccrryypptt
-             This option thansmits the database with encrypted keys.
-
-     --nn, ----ssttddoouutt
-             Dump the database on stdout, in a format that can be fed to
-             hpropd.
-
-     The following options are only valid if hhpprroopp is compiled with support
-     for Kerberos 4 (kaserver).
-
-     --rr _s_t_r_i_n_g, ----vv44--rreeaallmm==_s_t_r_i_n_g
-             v4 realm to use
-
-     --cc _c_e_l_l, ----cceellll==_c_e_l_l
-             The AFS cell name, used if reading a kaserver database.
-
-     --SS, ----kkaassppeecciiaallss
-             Also dump the principals marked as special in the kaserver
-             database.
-
-     --44, ----vv44--ddbb
-             Deprecated, identical to `--source=krb4-db'.
-
-     --KK, ----kkaa--ddbb
-             Deprecated, identical to `--source=kaserver'.
-
-EEXXAAMMPPLLEESS
-     The following will propagate a database to another machine (which should
-     run hpropd(8):)
-
-           $ hprop slave-1 slave-2
-
-     Copy a Kerberos 4 database to a Kerberos 5 slave:
-
-           $ hprop --source=krb4-db -E krb5-slave
-
-     Convert a Kerberos 4 dump-file for use with a Heimdal KDC:
-
-           $ hprop -n --source=krb4-dump -d /var/kerberos/principal.dump -E | hpropd -n
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     hpropd(8)
-
- HEIMDAL                         June 19, 2000                               2

crypto/heimdal/kdc/hpropd.cat8

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-
-HPROPD(8)                UNIX System Manager's Manual                HPROPD(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     hhpprrooppdd - receive a propagated database
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     hhpprrooppdd [--dd _f_i_l_e | ----ddaattaabbaassee==_f_i_l_e] [--nn | ----ssttddiinn] [----pprriinntt] [--ii |
-     ----nnoo--iinneettdd] [--kk _k_e_y_t_a_b | ----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_e_y_t_a_b] [--44 | ----vv44dduummpp]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     hhpprrooppdd receives databases sent by hhpprroopp. and writes it as a local
-     database.
-
-     By default, hhpprrooppdd expects to be started from iinneettdd if stdin is a socket
-     and expects to receive the dumped database over stdin otherwise.  If the
-     database is sent over the network, it is authenticated and encrypted.
-     Only connections from kadmin/hprop are accepted.
-
-     Options supported:
-
-     --dd _f_i_l_e, ----ddaattaabbaassee==_f_i_l_e
-             database
-
-     --nn, ----ssttddiinn
-             read from stdin
-
-     ----pprriinntt
-             print dump to stdout
-
-     --ii, ----nnoo--iinneettdd
-             Not started from inetd
-
-     --kk _k_e_y_t_a_b, ----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_e_y_t_a_b
-             keytab to use for authentication
-
-     --44, ----vv44dduummpp
-             create v4 type DB
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     hprop(8)
-
- HEIMDAL                        August 27, 1997                              1

crypto/heimdal/kdc/kdc.cat8

@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-
-KDC(8)                   UNIX System Manager's Manual                   KDC(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkddcc - Kerberos 5 server
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkddcc [--cc _f_i_l_e | ----ccoonnffiigg--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e] [--pp | ----nnoo--rreeqquuiirree--pprreeaauutthh]
-     [----mmaaxx--rreeqquueesstt==_s_i_z_e] [--HH | ----eennaabbllee--hhttttpp] [--rr _s_t_r_i_n_g | ----vv44--rreeaallmm==_s_t_r_i_n_g]
-     [--KK | ----nnoo--kkaasseerrvveerr] [--rr _r_e_a_l_m] [----vv44--rreeaallmm==_r_e_a_l_m] [--PP _s_t_r_i_n_g |
-     ----ppoorrttss==_s_t_r_i_n_g] [----aaddddrreesssseess==_l_i_s_t _o_f _a_d_d_r_e_s_s_e_s]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kkddcc serves requests for tickets. When it starts, it first checks the
-     flags passed, any options that are not specified with a command line flag
-     is taken from a config file, or from a default compiled-in value.
-
-     Options supported:
-
-     --cc _f_i_l_e
-
-     ----ccoonnffiigg--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e
-             Specifies the location of the config file, the default is
-             _/_v_a_r_/_h_e_i_m_d_a_l_/_k_d_c_._c_o_n_f. This is the only value that can't be spec-
-             ified in the config file.
-
-     --pp
-
-     ----nnoo--rreeqquuiirree--pprreeaauutthh
-             Turn off the requirement for pre-autentication in the initial AS-
-             REQ for all principals. The use of pre-authentication makes it
-             more difficult to do offline password attacks. You might want to
-             turn it off if you have clients that doesn't do pre-authentica-
-             tion. Since the version 4 protocol doesn't support any pre-au-
-             thentication, so serving version 4 clients is just about the same
-             as not requiring pre-athentication. The default is to require
-             pre-authentication. Adding the require-preauth per principal is a
-             more flexible way of handling this.
-
-     ----mmaaxx--rreeqquueesstt==_s_i_z_e
-             Gives an upper limit on the size of the requests that the kdc is
-             willing to handle.
-
-     --HH, ----eennaabbllee--hhttttpp
-             Makes the kdc listen on port 80 and handle requests encapsulated
-             in HTTP.
-
-     --KK, ----nnoo--kkaasseerrvveerr
-             Disables kaserver emulation (in case it's compiled in).
-
-     --rr _r_e_a_l_m
-
-     ----vv44--rreeaallmm==_r_e_a_l_m
-             What realm this server should act as when dealing with version 4
-             requests. The database can contain any number of realms, but
-             since the version 4 protocol doesn't contain a realm for the
-             server, it must be explicitly specified. The default is whatever
-             is returned by kkrrbb__ggeett__llrreeaallmm().  This option is only availabe if
-             the KDC has been compiled with version 4 support.
-
-     --PP _s_t_r_i_n_g, ----ppoorrttss==_s_t_r_i_n_g
-             Specifies the set of ports the KDC should listen on.  It is given
-             as a white-space separated list of services or port numbers.
-
-     ----aaddddrreesssseess==_l_i_s_t _o_f _a_d_d_r_e_s_s_e_s
-             The list of addresses to listen for requests on.  By default, the
-             kdc will listen on all the locally configured addresses.  If only
-             a subset is desired, or the automatic detection fails, this op-
-             tion might be used.
-
-     All activities , are logged to one or more destinations, see
-     krb5.conf(5),  and krb5_openlog(3).  The entity used for logging is kkddcc.
-
-CCOONNFFIIGGUURRAATTIIOONN FFIILLEE
-     The configuration file has the same syntax as the _k_r_b_5_._c_o_n_f file (you can
-     actually put the configuration in _/_e_t_c_/_k_r_b_5_._c_o_n_f, and then start the KDC
-     with ----ccoonnffiigg--ffiillee==_/_e_t_c_/_k_r_b_5_._c_o_n_f). All options should be in a section
-     called ``kdc''. All the command-line options can preferably be added in
-     the configuration file.  The only difference is the pre-authentication
-     flag, that has to be specified as:
-
-           require-preauth = no
-
-     (in fact you can specify the option as ----rreeqquuiirree--pprreeaauutthh==nnoo).
-
-     And there are some configuration options which do not have command-line
-     equivalents:
-
-           check-ticket-addresses = _b_o_o_l_e_a_n
-                Check the addresses in the ticket when processing TGS re-
-                quests.  The default is FALSE.
-
-           allow-null-ticket-addresses = _b_o_o_l_e_a_n
-                Permit tickets with no addresses.  This option is only rele-
-                vant when check-ticket-addresses is TRUE.
-
-           allow-anonymous = _b_o_o_l_e_a_n
-                Permit anonymous tickets with no addresses.
-
-           encode_as_rep_as_tgs_rep = _b_o_o_l_e_a_n
-                Encode AS-Rep as TGS-Rep to be bug-compatible with old DCE
-                code.  The Heimdal clients allow both.
-
-           kdc_warn_pwexpire = _t_i_m_e
-                How long before password/principal expiration the KDC should
-                start sending out warning messages.
-
-     An example of a config file:
-
-           [kdc]
-                   require-preauth = no
-                   v4-realm = FOO.SE
-                   key-file = /key-file
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kinit(1)
-
- HEIMDAL                         July 27, 1997                               2

crypto/heimdal/kdc/kstash.cat8

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-KSTASH(8)                UNIX System Manager's Manual                KSTASH(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkssttaasshh - store the KDC master password in a file
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkssttaasshh [--ee _s_t_r_i_n_g | ----eennccttyyppee==_s_t_r_i_n_g] [--kk _f_i_l_e | ----kkeeyy--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e]
-     [----ccoonnvveerrtt--ffiillee] [----mmaasstteerr--kkeeyy--ffdd==_f_d] [--hh | ----hheellpp] [----vveerrssiioonn]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kkssttaasshh reads the Kerberos master key and stores it in a file that will be
-     used by the KDC.
-
-     Supported options:
-
-     --ee _s_t_r_i_n_g, ----eennccttyyppee==_s_t_r_i_n_g
-             the encryption type to use, defaults to DES3-CBC-SHA1
-
-     --kk _f_i_l_e, ----kkeeyy--ffiillee==_f_i_l_e
-             the name of the master key file
-
-     ----ccoonnvveerrtt--ffiillee
-             don't ask for a new master key, just read an old master key file,
-             and writes it back in the new keyfile format
-
-     ----mmaasstteerr--kkeeyy--ffdd==_f_d
-             filedescriptor to read passphrase from, if not specified the
-             passphrase will be read from the terminal
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kdc(8)
-
- HEIMDAL                       September 1, 2000                             1

crypto/heimdal/kdc/string2key.cat8

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-
-STRING2KEY(8)            UNIX System Manager's Manual            STRING2KEY(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     ssttrriinngg22kkeeyy - map a password into a key
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     ssttrriinngg22kkeeyy [--55 | ----vveerrssiioonn55] [--44 | ----vveerrssiioonn44] [--aa | ----aaffss] [--cc _c_e_l_l |
-     ----cceellll==_c_e_l_l] [--ww _p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d | ----ppaasssswwoorrdd==_p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d] [--pp _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l |
-     ----pprriinncciippaall==_p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l] [--kk _s_t_r_i_n_g | ----kkeeyyttyyppee==_s_t_r_i_n_g] _p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     ssttrriinngg22kkeeyy performs the string-to-key function.  This is useful when you
-     want to handle the raw key instead of the password.  Supported options:
-
-     --55, ----vveerrssiioonn55
-             Output Kerberos v5 string-to-key
-
-     --44, ----vveerrssiioonn44
-             Output Kerberos v4 string-to-key
-
-     --aa, ----aaffss
-             Output AFS string-to-key
-
-     --cc _c_e_l_l, ----cceellll==_c_e_l_l
-             AFS cell to use
-
-     --ww _p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d, ----ppaasssswwoorrdd==_p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d
-             Password to use
-
-     --pp _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l, ----pprriinncciippaall==_p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l
-             Kerberos v5 principal to use
-
-     --kk _s_t_r_i_n_g, ----kkeeyyttyyppee==_s_t_r_i_n_g
-             Keytype
-
-     ----vveerrssiioonn
-             print version
-
-     ----hheellpp
-
- HEIMDAL                         March 4, 2000                               1

crypto/heimdal/kpasswd/kpasswd.cat1

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-
-KPASSWD(1)                   UNIX Reference Manual                  KPASSWD(1)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkppaasssswwdd - Kerberos 5 password changing program
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkppaasssswwdd [_p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kkppaasssswwdd is the client for changing passwords.
-
-DDIIAAGGNNOOSSTTIICCSS
-     If the password quality check fails or some other error occurs, an expla-
-     nation is printed.
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kpasswdd(8)
-
- HEIMDAL                         Aug 27, 1997                                1

crypto/heimdal/kpasswd/kpasswdd.cat8

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-
-KPASSWDD(8)              UNIX System Manager's Manual              KPASSWDD(8)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkppaasssswwdddd - Kerberos 5 password changing server
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkppaasssswwdddd [----cchheecckk--lliibbrraarryy==_l_i_b_r_a_r_y] [----cchheecckk--ffuunnccttiioonn==_f_u_n_c_t_i_o_n] [--kk _k_s_p_e_c
-     | ----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_s_p_e_c] [--rr _r_e_a_l_m | ----rreeaallmm==_r_e_a_l_m] [--pp _s_t_r_i_n_g | ----ppoorrtt==_s_t_r_i_n_g]
-     [----vveerrssiioonn] [----hheellpp]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kkppaasssswwdddd serves request for password changes. It listens on UDP port 464
-     (service kpasswd) and processes requests when they arrive. It changes the
-     database directly and should thus only run on the master KDC.
-
-     Supported options:
-
-     ----cchheecckk--lliibbrraarryy==_l_i_b_r_a_r_y
-             If your system has support for dynamic loading of shared li-
-             braries, you can use an external function to check password qual-
-             ity. This option specifies which library to load.
-
-     ----cchheecckk--ffuunnccttiioonn==_f_u_n_c_t_i_o_n
-             This is the function to call in the loaded library. The function
-             should look like this:
-
-             _c_o_n_s_t _c_h_a_r _* ppaasssswwdd__cchheecckk(_k_r_b_5___c_o_n_t_e_x_t _c_o_n_t_e_x_t, _k_r_b_5___p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l
-             _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l, _k_r_b_5___d_a_t_a _*_p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d)
-
-             _c_o_n_t_e_x_t is an initialized context; _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l is the one who tries
-             to change passwords, and _p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d is the new password. Note that
-             the password (in _p_a_s_s_w_o_r_d_-_>_d_a_t_a) is not zero terminated.
-
-     --kk _k_s_p_e_c, ----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_s_p_e_c
-             keytab to get authentication key from
-
-     --rr _r_e_a_l_m, ----rreeaallmm==_r_e_a_l_m
-             default realm
-
-     --pp _s_t_r_i_n_g, ----ppoorrtt==_s_t_r_i_n_g
-             port to listen on (default service kpasswd - 464).
-
-DDIIAAGGNNOOSSTTIICCSS
-     If an error occurs, the error message is returned to the user and/or
-     logged to syslog.
-
-BBUUGGSS
-     The default password quality checks are too basic.
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kdc(8),  kpasswd(1)
-
- HEIMDAL                        April 19, 1999                               1

crypto/heimdal/kuser/kdestroy.cat1

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-KDESTROY(1)                  UNIX Reference Manual                 KDESTROY(1)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkddeessttrrooyy - destroy the current ticket file
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkddeessttrrooyy [--cc _c_a_c_h_e_f_i_l_e] [----ccaacchhee==_c_a_c_h_e_f_i_l_e] [----nnoo--uunnlloogg] [----nnoo--ddeelleettee--vv44]
-     [----vveerrssiioonn] [----hheellpp]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kkddeessttrrooyy remove the current set of tickets.
-
-     Supported options:
-
-     --cc _c_a_c_h_e_f_i_l_e
-
-     --ccaacchhee==_c_a_c_h_e_f_i_l_e
-             The cache file to remove.
-
-     ----nnoo--uunnlloogg
-             Do not remove AFS tokens.
-
-     ----nnoo--ddeelleettee--vv44
-             Do not remove v4 tickets.
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kinit(1),  klist(1)
-
- HEIMDAL                        August 27, 1997                              1

crypto/heimdal/kuser/kgetcred.cat1

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-
-KGETCRED(1)                  UNIX Reference Manual                 KGETCRED(1)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkggeettccrreedd - get a ticket for a particular service
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkggeettccrreedd [--ee _e_n_c_t_y_p_e | ----eennccttyyppee==_e_n_c_t_y_p_e] [----vveerrssiioonn] [----hheellpp] _s_e_r_v_i_c_e
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kkggeettccrreedd obtains a ticket for a service.  Usually tickets for services
-     are obtained automatically when needed but sometimes for some odd reason
-     you want to obtain a particular ticket or of a special type.
-
-     Supported options:
-
-     --ee _e_n_c_t_y_p_e, ----eennccttyyppee==_e_n_c_t_y_p_e
-             encryption type to use
-
-     ----vveerrssiioonn
-
-     ----hheellpp
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kinit(1),  klist(1)
-
- HEIMDAL                         May 14, 1999                                1

crypto/heimdal/kuser/kinit.cat1

@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-
-KINIT(1)                     UNIX Reference Manual                    KINIT(1)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkiinniitt, kkaauutthh - acquire initial tickets
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkiinniitt [--44 | ----552244iinniitt] [----aaffsslloogg] [--cc _c_a_c_h_e_n_a_m_e | ----ccaacchhee==_c_a_c_h_e_n_a_m_e] [--ff
-           | ----ffoorrwwaarrddaabbllee] [--tt _k_e_y_t_a_b_n_a_m_e | ----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_e_y_t_a_b_n_a_m_e] [--ll _t_i_m_e |
-           ----lliiffeettiimmee==_t_i_m_e] [--pp | ----pprrooxxiiaabbllee] [--RR | ----rreenneeww] [----rreenneewwaabbllee]
-           [--rr _t_i_m_e | ----rreenneewwaabbllee--lliiffee==_t_i_m_e] [--SS _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l |
-           ----sseerrvveerr==_p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l] [--ss _t_i_m_e | ----ssttaarrtt--ttiimmee==_t_i_m_e] [--kk |
-           ----uussee--kkeeyyttaabb] [--vv | ----vvaalliiddaattee] [--ee _e_n_c_t_y_p_e | ----eennccttyyppeess==_e_n_c_t_y_p_e]
-           [----ffccaacchhee--vveerrssiioonn==_i_n_t_e_g_e_r] [----nnoo--aaddddrreesssseess] [----aannoonnyymmoouuss]
-           [----vveerrssiioonn] [----hheellpp] [_p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l [_c_o_m_m_a_n_d]]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kkiinniitt is used to authenticate to the kerberos server as _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l, or if
-     none is given, a system generated default (typically your login name at
-     the default realm), and acquire a ticket granting ticket that can later
-     be used to obtain tickets for other services.
-
-     If you have compiled kinit with Kerberos 4 support and you have a Ker-
-     beros 4 server, kkiinniitt will detect this and get you Kerberos 4 tickets.
-
-     Supported options:
-
-     --cc _c_a_c_h_e_n_a_m_e ----ccaacchhee==_c_a_c_h_e_n_a_m_e
-             The credentials cache to put the acquired ticket in, if other
-             than default.
-
-     --ff, ----ffoorrwwaarrddaabbllee
-             Get ticket that can be forwarded to another host.
-
-     --tt _k_e_y_t_a_b_n_a_m_e, ----kkeeyyttaabb==_k_e_y_t_a_b_n_a_m_e
-             Don't ask for a password, but instead get the key from the speci-
-             fied keytab.
-
-     --ll _t_i_m_e, ----lliiffeettiimmee==_t_i_m_e
-             Specifies the lifetime of the ticket. The argument can either be
-             in seconds, or a more human readable string like `1h'.
-
-     --pp, ----pprrooxxiiaabbllee
-             Request tickets with the proxiable flag set.
-
-     --RR, ----rreenneeww
-             Try to renew ticket. The ticket must have the `renewable' flag
-             set, and must not be expired.
-
-     ----rreenneewwaabbllee
-             The same as ----rreenneewwaabbllee--lliiffee, with an infinite time.
-
-     --rr _t_i_m_e, ----rreenneewwaabbllee--lliiffee==_t_i_m_e
-             The max renewable ticket life.
-
-     --SS _p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l, ----sseerrvveerr==_p_r_i_n_c_i_p_a_l
-             Get a ticket for a service other than krbtgt/LOCAL.REALM.
-
-     --ss _t_i_m_e, ----ssttaarrtt--ttiimmee==_t_i_m_e
-             Obtain a ticket that starts to be valid _t_i_m_e (which can really be
-             a generic time specification, like `1h') seconds into the future.
-
-     --kk, ----uussee--kkeeyyttaabb
-             The same as ----kkeeyyttaabb, but with the default keytab name (normally
-
-             _F_I_L_E_:_/_e_t_c_/_k_r_b_5_._k_e_y_t_a_b).
-
-     --vv, ----vvaalliiddaattee
-             Try to validate an invalid ticket.
-
-     --ee, ----eennccttyyppeess==_e_n_c_t_y_p_e_s
-             Request tickets with this particular enctype.
-
-     ----ffccaacchhee--vveerrssiioonn==_v_e_r_s_i_o_n
-             Create a credentials cache of version vveerrssiioonn.
-
-     ----nnoo--aaddddrreesssseess
-             Request a ticket with no addresses.
-
-     ----aannoonnyymmoouuss
-             Request an anonymous ticket (which means that the ticket will be
-             issued to an anonymous principal, typically ``anonymous@REALM).''
-
-     The following options are only available if kkiinniitt has been compiled with
-     support for Kerberos 4. The kkaauutthh program is identical to kkiinniitt, but has
-     these options enabled by default.
-
-     --44, ----552244iinniitt
-             Try to convert the obtained Kerberos 5 krbtgt to a version 4 com-
-             patible ticket. It will store this ticket in the default Kerberos
-             4 ticket file.
-
-     ----aaffsslloogg
-             Gets AFS tickets, converts them to version 4 format, and stores
-             them in the kernel. Only useful if you have AFS.
-
-     The _f_o_r_w_a_r_d_a_b_l_e, _p_r_o_x_i_a_b_l_e, _t_i_c_k_e_t___l_i_f_e, and _r_e_n_e_w_a_b_l_e___l_i_f_e options can
-     be set to a default value from the appdefaults section in krb5.conf, see
-     krb5_appdefault(3).
-
-     If  a _c_o_m_m_a_n_d is given, kkiinniitt will setup new credentials caches, and AFS
-     PAG, and then run the given command. When it finishes the credentials
-     will be removed.
-
-EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT
-     KRB5CCNAME
-             Specifies the default cache file.
-
-     KRB5_CONFIG
-             The directory where the _k_r_b_5_._c_o_n_f can be found, default is _/_e_t_c.
-
-     KRBTKFILE
-             Specifies the Kerberos 4 ticket file to store version 4 tickets
-             in.
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kdestroy(1),  klist(1),  krb5.conf(5),  krb5_appdefault(3)
-
- HEIMDAL                         May 29, 1998                                2

crypto/heimdal/kuser/klist.cat1

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-
-KLIST(1)                     UNIX Reference Manual                    KLIST(1)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kklliisstt - list Kerberos credentials
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kklliisstt [--cc _c_a_c_h_e | ----ccaacchhee==_c_a_c_h_e] [--ss | --tt | ----tteesstt] [--44 | ----vv44] [--TT |
-     ----ttookkeennss] [--55 | ----vv55] [--vv | ----vveerrbboossee] [--ff] [----vveerrssiioonn] [----hheellpp]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kklliisstt reads and displays the current tickets in the crential cache (also
-     known as the ticket file).
-
-     Options supported:
-
-     --cc _c_a_c_h_e, ----ccaacchhee==_c_a_c_h_e
-             credentials cache to list
-
-     --ss, --tt, ----tteesstt
-             Test for there being an active and valid TGT for the local realm
-             of the user in the credential cache.
-
-     --44, ----vv44
-             display v4 tickets
-
-     --TT, ----ttookkeennss
-             display AFS tokens
-
-     --55, ----vv55
-             display v5 cred cache (this is the default)
-
-     --ff      Include ticket flags in short form, each charcted stands for a
-             specific flag, as follows:
-                   F    forwardable
-                   f    forwarded
-                   P    proxiable
-                   p    proxied
-                   D    postdate-able
-                   d    postdated
-                   R    renewable
-                   I    initial
-                   i    invalid
-                   A    pre-authenticated
-                   H    hardware authenticated
-
-             This information is also output with the ----vveerrbboossee option, but in
-             a more verbose way.
-
-     --vv, ----vveerrbboossee
-             Verbose output. Include all possible information:
-
-                   Server
-                         the princial the ticket is for
-
-                   Ticket etype
-                         the encryption type use in the ticket, followed by
-                         the key version of the ticket, if it is available
-
-                   Session key
-                         the encryption type of the session key, if it's dif-
-                         ferent from the encryption type of the ticket
-
-                   Auth time
-
-                         the time the authentication exchange took place
-
-                   Start time
-                         the time that this tickets is valid from (only print-
-                         ed if it's different from the auth time)
-
-                   End time
-                         when the ticket expires, if it has already expired
-                         this is also noted
-
-                   Renew till
-                         the maximum possible end time of any ticket derived
-                         from this one
-
-                   Ticket flags
-                         the flags set on the ticket
-
-                   Addresses
-                         the set of addresses from which this ticket is valid
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     kinit(1),  kdestroy(1)
-
- HEIMDAL                         July 8, 2000                                2

crypto/heimdal/lib/kafs/kafs.cat3

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-
-KAFS(3)                    UNIX Programmer's Manual                    KAFS(3)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kk__hhaassaaffss, kk__ppiiooccttll, kk__uunnlloogg, kk__sseettppaagg, kk__aaffss__cceellll__ooff__ffiillee, kkrrbb__aaffsslloogg,
-     kkrrbb__aaffsslloogg__uuiidd - AFS library
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     ##iinncclluuddee <<kkaaffss..hh>>
-
-     _i_n_t
-     kk__aaffss__cceellll__ooff__ffiillee(_c_o_n_s_t _c_h_a_r _*_p_a_t_h, _c_h_a_r _*_c_e_l_l, _i_n_t _l_e_n)
-
-     _i_n_t
-     kk__hhaassaaffss()
-
-     _i_n_t
-     kk__ppiiooccttll(_c_h_a_r _*_a___p_a_t_h, _i_n_t _o___o_p_c_o_d_e, _s_t_r_u_c_t _V_i_c_e_I_o_c_t_l _*_a___p_a_r_a_m_s_P,
-             _i_n_t _a___f_o_l_l_o_w_S_y_m_l_i_n_k_s)
-
-     _i_n_t
-     kk__sseettppaagg()
-
-     _i_n_t
-     kk__uunnlloogg()
-
-     _i_n_t
-     kkrrbb__aaffsslloogg(_c_h_a_r _*_c_e_l_l, _c_h_a_r _*_r_e_a_l_m)
-
-     _i_n_t
-     kkrrbb__aaffsslloogg__uuiidd(_c_h_a_r _*_c_e_l_l, _c_h_a_r _*_r_e_a_l_m, _u_i_d___t _u_i_d)
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kk__hhaassaaffss() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for
-     the presense of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be
-     called before kk__hhaassaaffss() is called, or if it fails.
-
-     kkrrbb__aaffsslloogg(), and kkrrbb__aaffsslloogg__uuiidd() obtains new tokens (and possibly tick-
-     ets) for the specified _c_e_l_l and _r_e_a_l_m. If _c_e_l_l is NULL, the local cell is
-     used. If _r_e_a_l_m is NULL, the function tries to guess what realm to use.
-     Unless you  have some good knowledge of what cell or realm to use, you
-     should pass NULL. kkrrbb__aaffsslloogg() will use the real user-id for the ViceId
-     field in the token, kkrrbb__aaffsslloogg__uuiidd() will use _u_i_d.
-
-     kk__aaffss__cceellll__ooff__ffiillee() will in _c_e_l_l return the cell of a specified file, no
-     more than _l_e_n characters is put in _c_e_l_l.
-
-     kk__ppiiooccttll() does a ppiiooccttll() syscall with the specified arguments. This
-     function is equivalent to llppiiooccttll().
-
-     kk__sseettppaagg() initializes a new PAG.
-
-     kk__uunnlloogg() removes destroys all tokens in the current PAG.
-
-EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT
-     The following environment variable affect the mode of operation of kkaaffss:
-
-     AFS_SYSCALL  Normally, kkaaffss will try to figure out the correct system
-                  call(s) that are used by AFS by itself.  If it does not man-
-                  age to do that, or does it incorrectly, you can set this
-                  variable to the system call number or list of system call
-                  numbers that should be used.
-
-RREETTUURRNN VVAALLUUEESS
-     kk__hhaassaaffss() returns 1 if AFS is present in the kernel, 0 otherwise.
-     kkrrbb__aaffsslloogg() and kkrrbb__aaffsslloogg__uuiidd() returns 0 on success, or a kerberos er-
-     ror number on failure.  kk__aaffss__cceellll__ooff__ffiillee(), kk__ppiiooccttll(), kk__sseettppaagg(), and
-     kk__uunnlloogg() all return the value of the underlaying system call, 0 on suc-
-     cess.
-
-EEXXAAMMPPLLEESS
-     The following code from llooggiinn will obtain a new PAG and tokens for the
-     local cell and the cell of the users home directory.
-
-     if (k_hasafs()) {
-             char cell[64];
-             k_setpag();
-             if(k_afs_cell_of_file(pwd->pw_dir, cell, sizeof(cell)) == 0)
-                     krb_afslog(cell, NULL);
-             krb_afslog(NULL, NULL);
-     }
-
-EERRRROORRSS
-     If any of these functions (appart from kk__hhaassaaffss()) is called without AFS
-     beeing present in the kernel, the process will usually (depending on the
-     operating system) receive a SIGSYS signal.
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     Transarc Corporation, "File Server/Cache Manager Interface", _A_F_S_-_3
-     _P_r_o_g_r_a_m_m_e_r_'_s _R_e_f_e_r_e_n_c_e, 1991.
-
-BBUUGGSS
-     AFS_SYSCALL has no effect under AIX.
-
- KTH-KRB                          May 7, 1997                                2

crypto/heimdal/lib/krb5/derived-key-test.c

@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2001 Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan
- * (Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden). 
- * All rights reserved. 
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
- * are met: 
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
- *
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
- *
- * 3. Neither the name of KTH nor the names of its contributors may be
- *    used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
- *    specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY KTH AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL KTH OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
- * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
- * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
-
-#include "krb5_locl.h"
-
-RCSID("$Id: derived-key-test.c,v 1.1 2001/03/12 07:44:52 assar Exp $");
-
-enum { MAXSIZE = 24 };
-
-static struct testcase {
-    krb5_enctype enctype;
-    unsigned char constant[MAXSIZE];
-    size_t constant_len;
-    unsigned char key[MAXSIZE];
-    unsigned char res[MAXSIZE];
-} tests[] = {
-    {ETYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1, {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x55}, 5,
-    {0xdc, 0xe0, 0x6b, 0x1f, 0x64, 0xc8, 0x57, 0xa1, 0x1c, 0x3d, 0xb5, 0x7c, 0x51, 0x89, 0x9b, 0x2c, 0xc1, 0x79, 0x10, 0x08, 0xce, 0x97, 0x3b, 0x92},
-    {0x92, 0x51, 0x79, 0xd0, 0x45, 0x91, 0xa7, 0x9b, 0x5d, 0x31, 0x92, 0xc4, 0xa7, 0xe9, 0xc2, 0x89, 0xb0, 0x49, 0xc7, 0x1f, 0x6e, 0xe6, 0x04, 0xcd}},
-    {ETYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1, {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0xaa}, 5,
-     {0x5e, 0x13, 0xd3, 0x1c, 0x70, 0xef, 0x76, 0x57, 0x46, 0x57, 0x85, 0x31, 0xcb, 0x51, 0xc1, 0x5b, 0xf1, 0x1c, 0xa8, 0x2c, 0x97, 0xce, 0xe9, 0xf2},
-     {0x9e, 0x58, 0xe5, 0xa1, 0x46, 0xd9, 0x94, 0x2a, 0x10, 0x1c, 0x46, 0x98, 0x45, 0xd6, 0x7a, 0x20, 0xe3, 0xc4, 0x25, 0x9e, 0xd9, 0x13, 0xf2, 0x07}},
-    {ETYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1, {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x55}, 5,
-     {0x98, 0xe6, 0xfd, 0x8a, 0x04, 0xa4, 0xb6, 0x85, 0x9b, 0x75, 0xa1, 0x76, 0x54, 0x0b, 0x97, 0x52, 0xba, 0xd3, 0xec, 0xd6, 0x10, 0xa2, 0x52, 0xbc},
-     {0x13, 0xfe, 0xf8, 0x0d, 0x76, 0x3e, 0x94, 0xec, 0x6d, 0x13, 0xfd, 0x2c, 0xa1, 0xd0, 0x85, 0x07, 0x02, 0x49, 0xda, 0xd3, 0x98, 0x08, 0xea, 0xbf}},
-    {ETYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1, {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0xaa}, 5,
-     {0x62, 0x2a, 0xec, 0x25, 0xa2, 0xfe, 0x2c, 0xad, 0x70, 0x94, 0x68, 0x0b, 0x7c, 0x64, 0x94, 0x02, 0x80, 0x08, 0x4c, 0x1a, 0x7c, 0xec, 0x92, 0xb5},
-     {0xf8, 0xdf, 0xbf, 0x04, 0xb0, 0x97, 0xe6, 0xd9, 0xdc, 0x07, 0x02, 0x68, 0x6b, 0xcb, 0x34, 0x89, 0xd9, 0x1f, 0xd9, 0xa4, 0x51, 0x6b, 0x70, 0x3e}},
-    {ETYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1, {0x6b, 0x65, 0x72, 0x62, 0x65, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x73}, 8,
-     {0xd3, 0xf8, 0x29, 0x8c, 0xcb, 0x16, 0x64, 0x38, 0xdc, 0xb9, 0xb9, 0x3e, 0xe5, 0xa7, 0x62, 0x92, 0x86, 0xa4, 0x91, 0xf8, 0x38, 0xf8, 0x02, 0xfb},
-     {0x23, 0x70, 0xda, 0x57, 0x5d, 0x2a, 0x3d, 0xa8, 0x64, 0xce, 0xbf, 0xdc, 0x52, 0x04, 0xd5, 0x6d, 0xf7, 0x79, 0xa7, 0xdf, 0x43, 0xd9, 0xda, 0x43}},
-    {ETYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1, {0x63, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x62, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x65}, 7,
-     {0xb5, 0x5e, 0x98, 0x34, 0x67, 0xe5, 0x51, 0xb3, 0xe5, 0xd0, 0xe5, 0xb6, 0xc8, 0x0d, 0x45, 0x76, 0x94, 0x23, 0xa8, 0x73, 0xdc, 0x62, 0xb3, 0x0e},
-     {0x01, 0x26, 0x38, 0x8a, 0xad, 0xc8, 0x1a, 0x1f, 0x2a, 0x62, 0xbc, 0x45, 0xf8, 0xd5, 0xc1, 0x91, 0x51, 0xba, 0xcd, 0xd5, 0xcb, 0x79, 0x8a, 0x3e}},
-    {ETYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1, {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x55}, 5,
-     {0xc1, 0x08, 0x16, 0x49, 0xad, 0xa7, 0x43, 0x62, 0xe6, 0xa1, 0x45, 0x9d, 0x01, 0xdf, 0xd3, 0x0d, 0x67, 0xc2, 0x23, 0x4c, 0x94, 0x07, 0x04, 0xda},
-     {0x34, 0x80, 0x57, 0xec, 0x98, 0xfd, 0xc4, 0x80, 0x16, 0x16, 0x1c, 0x2a, 0x4c, 0x7a, 0x94, 0x3e, 0x92, 0xae, 0x49, 0x2c, 0x98, 0x91, 0x75, 0xf7}},
-    {ETYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1, {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0xaa}, 5,
-     {0x5d, 0x15, 0x4a, 0xf2, 0x38, 0xf4, 0x67, 0x13, 0x15, 0x57, 0x19, 0xd5, 0x5e, 0x2f, 0x1f, 0x79, 0x0d, 0xd6, 0x61, 0xf2, 0x79, 0xa7, 0x91, 0x7c},
-     {0xa8, 0x80, 0x8a, 0xc2, 0x67, 0xda, 0xda, 0x3d, 0xcb, 0xe9, 0xa7, 0xc8, 0x46, 0x26, 0xfb, 0xc7, 0x61, 0xc2, 0x94, 0xb0, 0x13, 0x15, 0xe5, 0xc1}},
-    {ETYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1, {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x55}, 5,
-     {0x79, 0x85, 0x62, 0xe0, 0x49, 0x85, 0x2f, 0x57, 0xdc, 0x8c, 0x34, 0x3b, 0xa1, 0x7f, 0x2c, 0xa1, 0xd9, 0x73, 0x94, 0xef, 0xc8, 0xad, 0xc4, 0x43},
-     {0xc8, 0x13, 0xf8, 0x8a, 0x3b, 0xe3, 0xb3, 0x34, 0xf7, 0x54, 0x25, 0xce, 0x91, 0x75, 0xfb, 0xe3, 0xc8, 0x49, 0x3b, 0x89, 0xc8, 0x70, 0x3b, 0x49}},
-    {ETYPE_DES3_CBC_SHA1, {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0xaa}, 5,
-     {0x26, 0xdc, 0xe3, 0x34, 0xb5, 0x45, 0x29, 0x2f, 0x2f, 0xea, 0xb9, 0xa8, 0x70, 0x1a, 0x89, 0xa4, 0xb9, 0x9e, 0xb9, 0x94, 0x2c, 0xec, 0xd0, 0x16},
-     {0xf4, 0x8f, 0xfd, 0x6e, 0x83, 0xf8, 0x3e, 0x73, 0x54, 0xe6, 0x94, 0xfd, 0x25, 0x2c, 0xf8, 0x3b, 0xfe, 0x58, 0xf7, 0xd5, 0xba, 0x37, 0xec, 0x5d}},
-    {0}
-};
-
-int
-main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
-    struct testcase *t;
-    krb5_context context;
-    krb5_error_code ret;
-    int val = 0;
-
-    ret = krb5_init_context (&context);
-    if (ret)
-	errx (1, "krb5_init_context failed: %d", ret);
-
-    for (t = tests; t->enctype != 0; ++t) {
-	krb5_keyblock key;
-	krb5_keyblock *dkey;
-
-	key.keytype = KEYTYPE_DES3;
-	key.keyvalue.length = MAXSIZE;
-	key.keyvalue.data   = t->key;
-
-	ret = krb5_derive_key(context, &key, t->enctype, t->constant,
-			      t->constant_len, &dkey);
-	if (ret)
-	    krb5_err (context, 1, ret, "krb5_derive_key");
-	if (memcmp (dkey->keyvalue.data, t->res, dkey->keyvalue.length) != 0) {
-	    const unsigned char *p = dkey->keyvalue.data;
-	    int i;
-
-	    printf ("derive_key failed\n");
-	    printf ("should be: ");
-	    for (i = 0; i < dkey->keyvalue.length; ++i)
-		printf ("%02x", t->res[i]);
-	    printf ("\nresult was: ");
-	    for (i = 0; i < dkey->keyvalue.length; ++i)
-		printf ("%02x", p[i]);
-	    printf ("\n");
-	    val = 1;
-	}
-    }
-    return val;
-}

crypto/heimdal/lib/krb5/error_string.c

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2001 Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan
- * (Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden). 
- * All rights reserved. 
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
- * are met: 
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
- *
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
- *
- * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
- *    without specific prior written permission. 
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
- * SUCH DAMAGE. 
- */
-
-#include "krb5_locl.h"
-
-RCSID("$Id: error_string.c,v 1.1 2001/05/06 23:07:22 assar Exp $");
-
-#undef __attribute__
-#define __attribute__(X)
-
-void
-krb5_free_error_string(krb5_context context, char *str)
-{
-    if (str != context->error_buf)
-	free(str);
-}
-
-void
-krb5_clear_error_string(krb5_context context)
-{
-    if (context->error_string != NULL
-	&& context->error_string != context->error_buf)
-	free(context->error_string);
-    context->error_string = NULL;
-}
-
-krb5_error_code
-krb5_set_error_string(krb5_context context, const char *fmt, ...)
-    __attribute__((format (printf, 2, 3)))
-{
-    krb5_error_code ret;
-    va_list ap;
-
-    va_start(ap, fmt);
-    ret = krb5_vset_error_string (context, fmt, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-    return ret;
-}
-
-krb5_error_code
-krb5_vset_error_string(krb5_context context, const char *fmt, va_list args)
-    __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 0)))
-{
-    krb5_clear_error_string(context);
-    vasprintf(&context->error_string, fmt, args);
-    if(context->error_string == NULL) {
-	vsnprintf (context->error_buf, sizeof(context->error_buf), fmt, args);
-	context->error_string = context->error_buf;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-char*
-krb5_get_error_string(krb5_context context)
-{
-    char *ret = context->error_string;
-    context->error_string = NULL;
-    return ret;
-}
-
-krb5_boolean
-krb5_have_error_string(krb5_context context)
-{
-    return context->error_string != NULL;
-}

crypto/heimdal/lib/krb5/store-test.c

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2001 Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan
- * (Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden). 
- * All rights reserved. 
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
- * are met: 
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
- *
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
- *
- * 3. Neither the name of KTH nor the names of its contributors may be
- *    used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
- *    specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY KTH AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL KTH OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
- * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
- * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */
-
-#include "krb5_locl.h"
-
-RCSID("$Id: store-test.c,v 1.1 2001/05/11 16:06:25 joda Exp $");
-
-static void
-print_data(unsigned char *data, size_t len)
-{
-    int i;
-    for(i = 0; i < len; i++) {
-	if(i > 0 && (i % 16) == 0)
-	    printf("\n            ");
-	printf("%02x ", data[i]);
-    }
-    printf("\n");
-}
-
-static int
-compare(const char *name, krb5_storage *sp, void *expected, size_t len)
-{
-    int ret = 0;
-    krb5_data data;
-    krb5_storage_to_data(sp, &data);
-    krb5_storage_free(sp);
-    if(data.length != len || memcmp(data.data, expected, len) != 0) {
-	printf("%s mismatch\n", name);
-	printf("  Expected: ");
-	print_data(expected, len);
-	printf("  Actual:   ");
-	print_data(data.data, data.length);
-	ret++;
-    }
-    krb5_data_free(&data);
-    return ret;
-}
-
-int
-main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
-    int nerr = 0;
-    krb5_storage *sp;
-    krb5_context context;
-    krb5_principal principal;
-	
-
-    krb5_init_context(&context);
-
-    sp = krb5_storage_emem();
-    krb5_store_int32(sp, 0x01020304);
-    nerr += compare("Integer", sp, "\x1\x2\x3\x4", 4);
-
-    sp = krb5_storage_emem();
-    krb5_storage_set_byteorder(sp, KRB5_STORAGE_BYTEORDER_LE);
-    krb5_store_int32(sp, 0x01020304);
-    nerr += compare("Integer (LE)", sp, "\x4\x3\x2\x1", 4);
-
-    sp = krb5_storage_emem();
-    krb5_storage_set_byteorder(sp, KRB5_STORAGE_BYTEORDER_BE);
-    krb5_store_int32(sp, 0x01020304);
-    nerr += compare("Integer (BE)", sp, "\x1\x2\x3\x4", 4);
-
-    sp = krb5_storage_emem();
-    krb5_storage_set_byteorder(sp, KRB5_STORAGE_BYTEORDER_HOST);
-    krb5_store_int32(sp, 0x01020304);
-    {
-	int test = 1;
-	void *data;
-	if(*(char*)&test) 
-	    data = "\x4\x3\x2\x1";
-	else 
-	    data = "\x1\x2\x3\x4";
-	nerr += compare("Integer (host)", sp, data, 4);
-    }
-
-    sp = krb5_storage_emem();
-    krb5_make_principal(context, &principal, "TEST", "foobar", NULL);
-    krb5_store_principal(sp, principal);
-    nerr += compare("Principal", sp, "\x0\x0\x0\x1"
-		    "\x0\x0\x0\x1"
-		    "\x0\x0\x0\x4TEST"
-		    "\x0\x0\x0\x6""foobar", 26);
-    
-    return nerr ? 1 : 0;
-}

crypto/heimdal/lib/roken/bswap.c

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2001 Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan
- * (Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden).
- * All rights reserved.
- * 
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 
- * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- * 
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "roken.h"
-
-RCSID("$Id: bswap.c,v 1.3 2001/05/18 15:32:11 joda Exp $");
-
-#ifndef HAVE_BSWAP32
-
-unsigned int
-bswap32 (unsigned int val)
-{
-    return (val & 0xff) << 24 |
-	(val & 0xff00) << 8 |
-	(val & 0xff0000) >> 8 |
-	(val & 0xff000000) >> 24;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_BSWAP16
-
-unsigned short
-bswap16 (unsigned short val)
-{
-    return (val & 0xff) << 8 |
-	(val & 0xff00) >> 8;
-}
-#endif

crypto/heimdal/tools/krb5-config.cat1

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-
-KRB5-CONFIG(1)               UNIX Reference Manual              KRB5-CONFIG(1)
-
-NNAAMMEE
-     kkrrbb55--ccoonnffiigg - give information on how to link code against Heimdal li-
-     braries
-
-SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
-     kkrrbb55--ccoonnffiigg [----pprreeffiixx[=_d_i_r]] [----eexxeecc--pprreeffiixx[=_d_i_r]] [----lliibbss] [----ccffllaaggss]
-     [_l_i_b_r_a_r_i_e_s]
-
-DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
-     kkrrbb55--ccoonnffiigg tells the application programmer what special flags to use to
-     compile and link programs against the libraries installed by Heimdal.
-
-     Options supported:
-
-     ----pprreeffiixx[=_d_i_r]
-             Print the prefix if no _d_i_r is specified, otherwise set prefix to
-             _d_i_r.
-
-     ----eexxeecc--pprreeffiixx[=_d_i_r]
-             Print the exec-prefix if no _d_i_r is specified, otherwise set exec-
-             prefix to _d_i_r.
-
-     ----lliibbss  Output the set of libraries that should be linked against.
-
-     ----ccffllaaggss
-             Output the set of flags to give to the C compiler when using the
-             Heimdal libraries.
-
-     By default kkrrbb55--ccoonnffiigg will output the set of flags and libraries to be
-     used by a normal program using the krb5 API.  The user can also supply a
-     library to be used, the supported ones are:
-
-     krb5    (the default)
-
-     gssapi  use the krb5 gssapi mechanism
-
-     kadm-client
-             use the client-side kadmin libraries
-
-     kadm-server
-             use the server-side kadmin libraries
-
-SSEEEE AALLSSOO
-     cc(1)
-
-HHIISSTTOORRYY
-     kkrrbb55--ccoonnffiigg appeared in Heimdal 0.3d.
-
- HEIMDAL                       November 30, 2000                             1

crypto/openssl/doc/ssl/SSL_COMP_add_compression_method.pod

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-=pod
-
-=head1 NAME
-
-SSL_COMP_add_compression_method - handle SSL/TLS integrated compression methods
-
-=head1 SYNOPSIS
-
- #include <openssl/ssl.h>
-
- int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id, COMP_METHOD *cm);
-
-=head1 DESCRIPTION
-
-SSL_COMP_add_compression_method() adds the compression method B<cm> with
-the identifier B<id> to the list of available compression methods. This
-list is globally maintained for all SSL operations within this application.
-It cannot be set for specific SSL_CTX or SSL objects.
-
-=head1 NOTES
-
-The TLS standard (or SSLv3) allows the integration of compression methods
-into the communication. The TLS RFC does however not specify compression
-methods or their corresponding identifiers, so there is currently no compatible
-way to integrate compression with unknown peers. It is therefore currently not
-recommended to integrate compression into applications. Applications for
-non-public use may agree on certain compression methods. Using different
-compression methods with the same identifier will lead to connection failure.
-
-An OpenSSL client speaking a protocol that allows compression (SSLv3, TLSv1)
-will unconditionally send the list of all compression methods enabled with
-SSL_COMP_add_compression_method() to the server during the handshake.
-Unlike the mechanisms to set a cipher list, there is no method available to
-restrict the list of compression method on a per connection basis.
-
-An OpenSSL server will match the identifiers listed by a client against
-its own compression methods and will unconditionally activate compression
-when a matching identifier is found. There is no way to restrict the list
-of compression methods supported on a per connection basis.
-
-The OpenSSL library has the compression methods B<COMP_rle()> and (when
-especially enabled during compilation) B<COMP_zlib()> available.
-
-=head1 WARNINGS
-
-Once the identities of the compression methods for the TLS protocol have
-been standardized, the compression API will most likely be changed. Using
-it in the current state is not recommended.
-
-=head1 RETURN VALUES
-
-SSL_COMP_add_compression_method() may return the following values:
-
-=over 4
-
-=item 1
-
-The operation succeeded.
-
-=item 0
-
-The operation failed. Check the error queue to find out the reason.
-
-=back
-
-=head1 SEE ALSO
-
-L<ssl(3)|ssl(3)>
-
-=cut

crypto/openssl/doc/ssl/SSL_CTX_ctrl.pod

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-=pod
-
-=head1 NAME
-
-SSL_CTX_ctrl, SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl, SSL_ctrl, SSL_callback_ctrl - internal handling functions for SSL_CTX and SSL objects
-
-=head1 SYNOPSIS
-
- #include <openssl/ssl.h>
-
- long SSL_CTX_ctrl(SSL_CTX *ctx, int cmd, long larg, char *parg);
- long SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(SSL_CTX *, int cmd, void (*fp)());
-
- long SSL_ctrl(SSL *ssl, int cmd, long larg, char *parg);
- long SSL_callback_ctrl(SSL *, int cmd, void (*fp)());
-
-=head1 DESCRIPTION
-
-The SSL_*_ctrl() family of functions is used to manipulate settings of
-the SSL_CTX and SSL objects. Depending on the command B<cmd> the arguments
-B<larg>, B<parg>, or B<fp> are evaluated. These functions should never
-be called directly. All functionalities needed are made available via
-other functions or macros.
-
-=head1 RETURN VALUES
-
-The return values of the SSL*_ctrl() functions depend on the command
-supplied via the B<cmd> parameter.
-
-=head1 SEE ALSO
-
-L<ssl(3)|ssl(3)>
-
-=cut